WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

EASTERN DISTRICT OF VIRGINIA

RICHMOND DIVISION

------------------------------------------------------------x

:

In re : Chapter 11

:

CHINOS HOLDINGS, INC., et al., : Case No. 20–32181 (KLP)

:

Debtors.1 : (Jointly Administered)

:

------------------------------------------------------------x

DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FOR AMENDED JOINT 

PREARRANGED CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF REORGANIZATION 

OF CHINOS HOLDINGS, INC. AND ITS AFFILIATED DEBTORS

WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP

Ray C. Schrock, P.C. (admitted pro hac vice)

Ryan Preston Dahl (admitted pro hac vice)

Candace M. Arthur (admitted pro hac vice)

Daniel Gwen (admitted pro hac vice)

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10153

Telephone: (212) 310-8000

Facsimile: (212) 310-8007

HUNTON ANDREWS KURTH LLP

Tyler P. Brown (VSB No. 28072)

Henry P. (Toby) Long, III (VSB No. 75134)

Nathan Kramer (VSB No. 87720)

Riverfront Plaza, East Tower

951 East Byrd Street

Richmond, Virginia 23219

Telephone: (804) 788-8200

Facsimile: (804) 788-8218

Attorneys for Debtors 

and Debtors in Possession

Attorneys for Debtors 

and Debtors in Possession

August 9, 2020

Richmond, Virginia

THE DEADLINE TO VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN IS 4:00 P.M., EASTERN 

TIME, ON AUGUST 17, 2020, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE COURT OR THE DEBTORS.

THE RECORD DATE FOR DETERMINING WHICH HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR 

INTERESTS MAY VOTE ON THE PLAN IS JULY 15, 2020 (THE “VOTING RECORD 

DATE”).

 1 The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of each Debtor’s federal tax identification number, as 

applicable, are Chinos Holdings, Inc. (3834); Chinos Intermediate Holdings A, Inc. (3301); Chinos Intermediate, Inc. (3871); 

Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc. (3244); J. Crew Group, Inc. (4486); J. Crew Operating Corp. (0930); Grace Holmes, 

Inc. (1409); H.F.D. No. 55, Inc. (9438); J. Crew Inc. (6360); J. Crew International, Inc. (2712); J. Crew Virginia, Inc. (5626); 

Madewell Inc. (8609); J. Crew Brand Holdings, LLC (7625); J. Crew Brand Intermediate, LLC (3860); J. Crew Brand, LLC 

(1647); J. Crew Brand Corp. (1616); J. Crew Domestic Brand, LLC (8962); and J. Crew International Brand, LLC (7471). 

The Debtors’ corporate headquarters and service address is 225 Liberty St., New York, NY 10281.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 1 of 171
ii

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

RECOMMENDATION BY THE DEBTORS 

THE DEBTORS RECOMMEND THAT ALL CREDITORS WHOSE VOTES ARE BEING 

SOLICITED SUBMIT BALLOTS TO ACCEPT THE PLAN.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 2 of 171
iii

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTERESTS SHOULD NOT CONSTRUE THE CONTENTS OF 

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AS PROVIDING ANY LEGAL, BUSINESS, FINANCIAL, OR 

TAX ADVICE AND SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN ADVISORS BEFORE VOTING 

ON THE PLAN.

THE OFFER, ISSUANCE, AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE NEW COMMON EQUITY ISSUED 

ON ACCOUNT OF ALLOWED TERM LOAN SECURED CLAIMS (AS DEFINED IN THE PLAN) 

AND ALLOWED IPCO NOTES CLAIMS (AS DEFINED IN THE PLAN) AND AS BACKSTOP 

PREMIUM (AS DEFINED IN THE PLAN) WILL BE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER 

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND ANY 

OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO SECTION 1145 OF THE 

BANKRUPTCY CODE. THESE SECURITIES MAY BE RESOLD WITHOUT REGISTRATION 

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND ALL RULES AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED 

THEREUNDER, AND ANY STATE OR LOCAL LAW REQUIRING REGISTRATION FOR THE 

OFFER, ISSUANCE, OR DISTRIBUTION OF SECURITIES. THESE SECURITIES SHALL BE 

FREELY TRADABLE BY THE RECIPIENTS THEREOF, SUBJECT TO: (I) THE HOLDER NOT 

BEING AN “UNDERWRITER” WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SECURITIES, AS THAT TERM IS 

DEFINED IN SECTION 1145(B) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE OR AN “AFFILIATE” OF THE 

REORGANIZED DEBTOR THAT ISSUED SUCH SECURITIES; (II) COMPLIANCE WITH ANY 

RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 

APPLICABLE AT THE TIME OF ANY FUTURE TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES OR 

INSTRUMENTS; (III) ANY RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THE NEW 

COMMON EQUITY CONTAINED IN THE STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT; AND 

(IV) APPLICABLE REGULATORY APPROVAL.

THE OFFER, ISSUANCE, AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE NEW EQUITY ALLOCATION AND 

THE NEW WARRANTS TO THE NEW TERM LENDERS ARE BEING MADE IN RELIANCE 

ON THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION SET FORTH IN SECTION 4(a)(2) OF THE 

SECURITIES ACT AND REGULATION D THEREUNDER. SUCH SECURITIES TOGETHER

WITH THE UNITS OF NEW COMMON EQUITY ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THE NEW 

WARRANTS SHALL BE CONSIDERED “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” AND MAY NOT BE 

TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT 

OR UNDER AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS 

OF THE SECURITIES ACT SUCH AS, UNDER CERTAIN CONDITIONS, THE RESALE 

PROVISIONS OF RULE 144 OF THE SECURITIES ACT. ADDITIONALLY, THE NEW 

WARRANTS ARE SUBJECT TO ANY RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFERABILITY OF 

SUCH NEW WARRANTS CONTAINED IN THE WARRANT AGREEMENT.

THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY 

CODE, SECTION 4(A)(2) OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE 

SECURITIES LAWS WILL NOT BE A CONDITION TO THE OCCURRENCE OF THE 

EFFECTIVE DATE.

THE NEW COMMON EQUITY AND NEW WARRANTS HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR 

DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”) OR BY 

ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR SIMILAR PUBLIC, GOVERNMENTAL, OR 

REGULATORY AUTHORITY, AND NEITHER THE SEC NOR ANY SUCH AUTHORITY HAS 

PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN 

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT OR UPON THE MERITS OF THE PLAN. ANY 

REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 3 of 171
iv

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

CERTAIN STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, INCLUDING 

STATEMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE, PROJECTED FINANCIAL 

INFORMATION, AND OTHER FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, ARE BASED ON 

ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS. CERTAIN OF THESE FORWARD-LOOKING 

STATEMENTS CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY THE USE OF WORDS SUCH AS “BELIEVES,” 

“EXPECTS,” “PROJECTS,” “INTENDS,” “PLANS,” “ESTIMATES,” “ASSUMES,” “MAY,” 

“SHOULD,” “WILL,” “SEEKS,” “ANTICIPATES,” “OPPORTUNITY,” “PRO FORMA,” 

“PROJECTIONS,” OR OTHER SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS AND VARIATIONS OF SUCH 

WORDS. THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT SUCH STATEMENTS WILL BE 

REFLECTIVE OF ACTUAL OUTCOMES. FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE 

PROVIDED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT PURSUANT TO THE SAFE HARBOR 

ESTABLISHED UNDER THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995 

AND SHOULD BE EVALUATED IN THE CONTEXT OF THE ESTIMATES, ASSUMPTIONS, 

UNCERTAINTIES, AND RISKS DESCRIBED HEREIN.

NO INDEPENDENT AUDITOR OR ACCOUNTANT HAS REVIEWED OR APPROVED THE 

LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS HEREIN.

ALL PARTIES ENTITLED TO VOTE ARE ADVISED AND ENCOURAGED TO READ THE 

DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE PLAN IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING TO 

ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN. THE PLAN SUMMARIES AND STATEMENTS MADE IN 

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE 

TO THE PLAN AND THE EXHIBITS ATTACHED TO THE PLAN AND THIS DISCLOSURE 

STATEMENT. THE TERMS OF THE PLAN GOVERN IN THE EVENT OF ANY 

INCONSISTENCY WITH THE SUMMARIES IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.

THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 

1125 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND BANKRUPTCY RULE 3016 AND NOT 

NECESSARILY IN ACCORDANCE WITH OTHER NON-BANKRUPTCY LAW.

THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS BEING PROVIDED SOLELY 

FOR PURPOSES OF VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN OR IN CONNECTION

WITH CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN. NOTHING IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT 

MAY BE USED BY ANY PARTY FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE.

ALL EXHIBITS TO THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE INCORPORATED INTO AND ARE 

A PART OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AS IF SET FORTH IN FULL HEREIN.

PLEASE BE ADVISED THAT SECTIONS 10.6, 10.7, AND 10.8 OF THE PLAN CONTAIN 

RELEASE, EXCULPATION AND INJUNCTION PROVISIONS. YOU SHOULD REVIEW 

AND CONSIDER THE PLAN CAREFULLY BECAUSE YOUR RIGHTS MAY BE AFFECTED.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 4 of 171
v

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. INTRODUCTION..................................................................................................................................... 1

II. OVERVIEW OF THE DEBTORS’ BUSINESS ..................................................................................... 8

A. History and Formation ........................................................................................................ 8

B. Debtors’ Business Operations............................................................................................. 8

1. J. Crew Business.................................................................................................... 8

2. Madewell Business................................................................................................ 8

3. Business Operations and Employees..................................................................... 9

4. International Operations ...................................................................................... 10

5. Recent Operational Initiatives ............................................................................. 10

C. Board of Directors and Senior Executive Officers. .......................................................... 11

D. Regulation of Debtors’ Business. ..................................................................................... 12

E. Prepetition Capital Structure............................................................................................. 12

1. Corporate Structure.............................................................................................. 12

2. Prepetition Indebtedness...................................................................................... 13

III. EVENTS LEADING TO COMMENCEMENT OF CHAPTER 11 CASES ....................................... 16

A. COVID-19: Liquidity Challenges and Preservation Measures......................................... 17

B. Trends and Uncertainties Affecting the Businesses.......................................................... 18

C. Funded Debt and Contractual Obligations........................................................................ 18

D. Prepetition Balance Sheet Restructuring Initiatives.......................................................... 19

1. 2017 Transaction.................................................................................................. 19

2. 2019 and 2020 Stakeholder Engagement and Chapter 11 Filing......................... 20

E. Material Terms of Transaction Support Agreement ......................................................... 21

F. DIP Financing and Backstop Commitment ...................................................................... 21

IV. THE CHAPTER 11 CASES................................................................................................................. 22

A. First Day Motions............................................................................................................. 22

B. DIP Order.......................................................................................................................... 22

C. Procedural Motions........................................................................................................... 23

D. Retention of Chapter 11 Professionals.............................................................................. 23

E. Statements and Schedules and Claims Bar Dates............................................................. 23

F. Exclusivity ........................................................................................................................ 24

G. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases ..................................................................... 24

H. Trade Agreements............................................................................................................. 25

I. Appointment of Creditors’ Committee and Ongoing Investigation.................................. 25

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 5 of 171
vi

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

J. Review Committee ........................................................................................................... 26

K. U.S. Trustee Matters and Reports..................................................................................... 27

V. PENDING LITIGATION ...................................................................................................................... 27

A. Eaton Vance Litigation ..................................................................................................... 27

B. Other Litigation................................................................................................................. 27

VI. SUMMARY OF PLAN ........................................................................................................................ 27

A. Administrative Expense and Priority Claims.................................................................... 28

1. Administrative Expense Claims........................................................................... 28

2. Professional Fee Claims....................................................................................... 29

3. DIP Claims........................................................................................................... 30

4. Priority Tax Claims.............................................................................................. 30

5. Payment of Statutory Fees................................................................................... 30

B. Reclamation Claims.......................................................................................................... 30

C. Employee, Director, and Officer Matters ......................................................................... 31

D. Classification of Claims and Interests............................................................................... 31

E. Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of Plan and Effective Date .................................. 33

1. Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of Plan .................................................... 33

2. Conditions Precedent to Effective Date............................................................... 33

3. Satisfaction or Waiver of Conditions Precedent.................................................. 35

4. Effect of Failure of a Condition........................................................................... 35

F. Effect of Confirmation of Plan ......................................................................................... 35

1. Vesting of Assets................................................................................................. 35

2. Binding Effect...................................................................................................... 35

3. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests.............................................. 36

4. Term of Injunctions or Stays ............................................................................... 36

5. Injunction............................................................................................................. 36

6. Releases ............................................................................................................... 37

7. Exculpation .......................................................................................................... 39

8. Releases and Exculpation Provisions Generally.................................................. 39

VII. ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN ................... 40

A. Continuation of the Chapter 11 Cases .............................................................................. 40

B. 363 Sale............................................................................................................................. 40

C. Liquidation under Chapter 7 ............................................................................................. 40

VIII. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND CONSEQUENCES UNDER FEDERAL 

SECURITIES LAWS..................................................................................................................... 41

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 6 of 171
vii

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

A. Section 1145 Securities..................................................................................................... 41

B. Private Placement ............................................................................................................. 42

IX. CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PLAN ...................................... 43

A. Consequences to Debtors.................................................................................................. 45

1. Cancellation of Debt ............................................................................................ 46

2. Limitation on NOLs and Other Tax Attributes.................................................... 47

3. Potential Application of AHYDO Provisions...................................................... 49

B. Consequences to Holders of Claims................................................................................. 50

1. Holders of Class 4 Term Loan Secured Claims and Holders of Class 5 

IPCo Notes Claims............................................................................................... 50

2. Holders of Class 6(a) Ongoing Trade Claims...................................................... 53

3. Holders of Class 6(b) Other General Unsecured Claims..................................... 54

4. Character of Gain or Loss.................................................................................... 54

5. Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest ................................................... 55

6. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding ................................................ 55

X. CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED........................................................................... 56

A. Certain Bankruptcy Law Considerations.......................................................................... 56

1. Risk of Non-Confirmation of Plan....................................................................... 56

2. Risk of Non-Consensual Confirmation................................................................ 56

3. Risk of Non-Occurrence of Effective Date.......................................................... 57

4. Risk of Termination of Transaction Support Agreement..................................... 57

5. Conversion to Chapter 7 Cases............................................................................ 57

6. Claims Could Be More than Projected ................................................................ 57

B. Risks Relating to Reorganized Debtors’ Business and Financial Condition .................... 57

1. Risks Associated with Debtors’ Business and Industry....................................... 57

2. COVID-19 Risks.................................................................................................. 58

3. Merchandising Operations................................................................................... 58

4. Right-Sizing Real Estate Portfolio....................................................................... 58

5. Post-Effective Date Indebtedness........................................................................ 58

6. Pending and Future Litigation ............................................................................. 58

C. Factors Relating to Securities to Be Issued under Plan Generally.................................... 59

1. Implied Valuation of Securities........................................................................... 59

2. Potential Dilution................................................................................................. 59

3. Dividends............................................................................................................. 59

4. Restrictions on Ability to Resell New Common Equity...................................... 59

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 7 of 171
viii

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

D. Risks Related to New Common Equity ............................................................................ 60

1. Significant Holders.............................................................................................. 60

2. Interests Subordinated to Reorganized Debtors’ Indebtedness............................ 60

3. Implied Valuation of New Common Equity Not Intended to Represent 

Trading Value of New Common Equity.............................................................. 60

4. New Common Equity May Be Subject to Further Dilution................................. 60

E. Additional Factors............................................................................................................. 60

1. Debtors Could Withdraw Plan............................................................................. 60

2. Debtors Have No Duty to Update........................................................................ 61

3. No Representations Outside Disclosure Statement Are Authorized.................... 61

4. No Legal or Tax Advice Is Provided by Disclosure Statement ........................... 61

5. No Admission Made ............................................................................................ 61

6. Certain Tax Consequences................................................................................... 61

XI. VOTING PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS........................................................................... 61

A. Voting Instructions and Voting Deadline ......................................................................... 61

B. Voting Procedures............................................................................................................. 62

C. Parties Entitled to Vote ..................................................................................................... 63

1. Voting Creditors (Who Are Record Holders)...................................................... 64

2. Beneficial Holders (Class 5 – IPCo Notes Claims) ............................................. 64

3. Nominees............................................................................................................. 65

4. Non-Voting Parties.............................................................................................. 65

5. Miscellaneous...................................................................................................... 66

6. Fiduciaries and Other Representatives................................................................. 66

7. Agreements upon Furnishing Ballots................................................................... 66

8. Change of Vote .................................................................................................... 67

9. Requirement to File a Proof of Claim.................................................................. 67

D. Waivers of Defects, Irregularities, etc. ............................................................................. 67

E. Further Information, Additional Copies ........................................................................... 67

XII. CONFIRMATION OF PLAN............................................................................................................. 67

A. Confirmation Hearing ....................................................................................................... 67

B. Objections to Confirmation .............................................................................................. 68

C. Requirements for Confirmation of Plan............................................................................ 70

1. Requirements of Section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code ................................. 70

2. Additional Requirements for Non-Consensual Confirmation ............................. 72

XIII. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION................................................................................... 1

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 8 of 171
ix

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

EXHIBIT A: Plan

EXHIBIT B: Financial Projections 

EXHIBIT C: Liquidation Analysis

EXHIBIT D: Valuation Analysis

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 9 of 171
1

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

I.

INTRODUCTION

Chinos Holdings, Inc. (“Chinos Holdings”) and its debtor affiliates (collectively, the “Debtors”)

submit this joint disclosure statement (the “Disclosure Statement”) in connection with the solicitation of 

votes on the Joint Prearranged Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Chinos Holdings, Inc. and Its 

Affiliated Debtors, (the “Plan”)2

, attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Debtors commenced their chapter 11 

cases (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Virginia

(the “Bankruptcy Court”) on May 4, 2020 (the “Petition Date”).

The purpose of this Disclosure Statement, including the exhibits annexed hereto, is to provide 

information of a kind, and in sufficient detail, to enable creditors of the Debtors that are entitled to vote on 

the Plan to make an informed decision on whether to vote to accept or reject the Plan. This Disclosure 

Statement contains summaries of the Plan, explanation of certain statutory provisions, events contemplated 

in the Chapter 11 Cases, and certain documents related to the Plan.

On May 3, 2020, after extensive arm’s-length, good faith negotiations overseen by an independent 

special committee, the Debtors and certain of their stakeholders executed a transaction support agreement 

(the “Transaction Support Agreement”), attached as Exhibit B to the Declaration of Michael J. Nicholson 

In Support of Debtors’ Chapter 11 Petitions and First Day Relief [Docket No. 6]. Specifically, the 

following stakeholders executed the Transaction Support Agreement: (i) certain holders of Term Loans, 

IPCo Notes, Series A Preferred Stock, and Common Stock (each as defined herein) (collectively, with any 

subsequent joinders, the “Consenting Support Parties”) and (ii) the prepetition equity sponsors composed 

of funds managed or affiliated with TPG Capital LP (“TPG”) and Leonard Green & Partners LP (“LGP” 

and together with TPG, the “Sponsors”). As of the date hereof, Consenting Support Parties and Sponsors

holding approximately 96% of the Term Loans, 100% of the IPCo Notes, 85% of Series A Preferred Stock, 

and 89% of the Common Stock are party to the Transaction Support Agreement.3

 Under the terms of the 

Transaction Support Agreement, the Consenting Support Parties, the Sponsors, and the Debtors agreed to 

the series of transactions set forth in the Plan and described herein (the “Restructuring”).

The Restructuring is expected to materially de-leverage the Debtors’ balance sheet, thereby 

positioning the Debtors to successfully compete in the retail industry. The Restructuring is also expected 

to enhance the Debtors’ long-term growth prospects and allow them to focus on operational performance 

and value creation.

The material terms of the Plan are summarized below:

 Each holder of an Allowed ABL Facility Claim will receive cash in the full amount of its Allowed 

ABL Facility Claim.

4

 Each holder of an Allowed Term Loan Secured Claim will receive its pro rata share of the common 

equity of Reorganized Chinos Holdings (the “New Common Equity”) representing, in the 

aggregate, 76.5% of the New Common Equity issued on the Effective Date remaining after 

 2 Capitalized terms used in this Disclosure Statement, but not defined herein, have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan. 

To the extent any inconsistencies exist between this Disclosure Statement and the Plan, the Plan shall govern in all respects. 

Figures referenced in this Disclosure Statement are as of the Petition Date unless otherwise expressly provided. 

3 The disclosable economic interests of the Consenting Support Parties constituting the Ad Hoc Committee are set forth in the 

Amended Verified Statement Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2019 filed on June 24, 2020 [Docket No. 533].

4 Pursuant to the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement, the existing commitments under the ABL Credit Agreement were 

terminated automatically upon the Petition Date.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 10 of 171
2

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

distributions on account of the Backstop Premium and the New Equity Allocation, and of any other 

New Common Equity distributed pursuant to the Plan (other than the New Common Equity

distributed to holders of IPCo Notes Claims as described below), subject to dilution from New 

Common Equity (i) issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants, (ii) issued pursuant to the 

Management Incentive Plan, and (iii) otherwise issued by the Reorganized Debtors after the 

Effective Date, including the Incremental Debt Equity.

 Each holder of an Allowed IPCo Notes Claim will receive its pro rata share of New Common 

Equity representing, in the aggregate, 23.5% of the New Common Equity issued on the Effective 

Date remaining after distribution on account of the Backstop Premium, the New Equity Allocation, 

and of any other New Common Equity distributed pursuant to the Plan (other than the New 

Common Equity distributed to holders of Term Loan Secured Claims as described above), subject 

to dilution from New Common Equity (i) issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants, (ii) issued 

pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan, and (iii) otherwise issued by the Reorganized Debtors 

after the Effective Date, including the Incremental Debt Equity.

 Each holder of a general unsecured claims that will provide goods and services necessary to the 

operation of the Reorganized Debtors, as determined by the Debtors in consultation with the 

Requisite Consenting Support Parties5 (the “Ongoing Trade Claims”) and that has executed a 

trade agreement that expressly designates such party as a holder of an Ongoing Trade Claim,6 will 

on the Effective Date receive its pro rata share of $71 million in cash; provided that the aggregate 

amount of cash distributed on account of any Ongoing Trade Claim will not exceed 50% of the 

allowed amount of such Claim.

 Holders of Other General Unsecured Claims, which include rejection damages claims and the Term 

Loan Deficiency Claims,

7 will, on the Effective Date, receive their pro rata share of cash allocable 

to the applicable Debtor from a cash pool that will aggregate (a) $3 million if the class votes to 

accept the Plan and (b) $1 million if the class votes to reject the Plan; provided, that the aggregate 

amount of cash distributed on account of any Other General Unsecured Claim will not exceed 50% 

of the allowed amount of such Claim.

 On the Effective Date, all Existing Holdings Preferred Equity and Existing Holdings Equity shall 

be cancelled and will be of no further force and effect, regardless of whether surrendered for 

cancellation.

In addition to supporting the Plan, certain Consenting Support Parties (in such capacity, the “DIP 

Lenders”) have committed to provide the Debtors with debtor-in-possession financing pursuant to a term 

loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $400,000,000 (the “DIP Facility”, and the Debtors’ 

obligations thereunder, the “DIP Obligations”). On May 3, 2020, certain of the Consenting Support Parties 

(in such capacity, the “Backstop Parties”) executed that certain Backstop Commitment Letter (as the same 

may be amended from time to time, the “Backstop Commitment Letter”), committing to backstop the 

 5 Pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, “Requisite Consenting Support Parties” means, as of the date of 

determination, Consenting Support Parties (excluding the Sponsors), holding at least two-thirds in aggregate principal amount 

of Term Loans and IPCo Notes, taken together, held by all Consenting Support Parties. 

6 Such agreements obligate the holders of Ongoing Trade Claims to provide goods and services to the Reorganized Debtors for 

a period of at least 365 days after the Effective Date on terms no less favorable to the Debtors than those in place for the year 

before the Petition Date, except as otherwise agreed by the Debtors with the consent of the Requisite Consenting Support 

Parties (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). 

7 As a gift to holders of Other General Unsecured Claims, holders of Term Loan Claims will forgo their entitled distribution on 

account of Term Loan Deficiency Claims, subject to occurrence of the Effective Date and solely for purposes of the Plan.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 11 of 171
3

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

DIP Facility and to provide, if necessary, the Additional New Term Loans (as defined in the Transaction 

Support Agreement).

The Debtors expect to conduct these chapter 11 cases on an expedited timeline to preserve and 

maximize the going-concern value of their estates. The Transaction Support Agreement reflects, among 

other things, the mutual commitment by the Debtors and their economic stakeholders to pursue the 

following timeline (subject to the Bankruptcy Court’s availability):

Milestone Transaction Support Agreement Deadline

Begin Solicitation of the Plan Within 80 calendar days of the Petition Date

(i.e., by July 23, 2020)

Entry of Confirmation Order Within 120 calendar days of the Petition Date

(i.e., by September 1, 2020)

Effective Date Within 130 calendar days after the Petition Date

(i.e., by September 11, 2020)

Summary of Plan Classification and Treatment of Claims and Interests

Under the Bankruptcy Code, only holders of claims or interests in “impaired” classes are entitled 

to vote on a chapter 11 plan (unless, for reasons discussed in more detail below, such holders are deemed 

to reject the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code). Under section 1124 of the 

Bankruptcy Code, a class of claims or interests is deemed to be “impaired” unless the plan leaves unaltered 

the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which such claim or interest entitles the holder thereof or 

notwithstanding any legal right to an accelerated payment of such claim or interest, a plan, among other 

things, cures all existing defaults (other than defaults resulting from the occurrence of events of bankruptcy) 

and reinstates the maturity of such claim or interest as it existed before the default.

The following table summarizes (i) the treatment of Claims and Interests under the Plan, (ii) which 

Classes are impaired by the Plan, (iii) which Classes are entitled to vote on the Plan, and (iv) the estimated 

recoveries for holders of Claims and Interests. The table is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full 

text of the Plan. For a more detailed summary of the terms and provisions of the Plan, see Article VI—

Summary of the Plan, below.

Class Claim or 

Equity Interest Treatment

Impairment 

and 

Entitlement 

to Vote

Estimated Allowed 

Amount and 

Percentage Recovery8

1 Priority Non-Tax 

Claims (All 

Debtors)

Except if a holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim 

agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, in full 

and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge 

of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Priority Non-Tax 

Claim, at the sole option of the Reorganized Debtors, 

Unimpaired

Not Entitled 

to Vote 

Estimated Allowed 

Amount: $250,000

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: 100%

 8 Estimated amounts are as of the date hereof and are subject to material change. Recovery percentages presented on account 

of Term Loan Secured Claims and IPCo Notes Claims do not reflect the estimated value of securities issued in consideration 

of capital committed by Backstop Parties or Electing Subsequent Consenting Support Parties (as defined in the Transaction 

Support Agreement). In addition, the estimated amount of the Term Loan Secured Claims and of the percentage recovery for 

Term Loan Secured Claims and IPCo Notes Claims each assume New Common Equity having value based on a transaction 

enterprise value of $1.75 billion.

THE DEBTORS URGE ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ENTITLED

TO VOTE ON THE PLAN TO VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 12 of 171
4

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Class Claim or 

Equity Interest Treatment

Impairment 

and 

Entitlement 

to Vote

Estimated Allowed 

Amount and 

Percentage Recovery8

(i) each such holder shall receive payment in cash in an 

amount equal to the Allowed amount of such Claim, 

payable on the later of the Effective Date and the date 

that is 10 business days after the date on which such 

Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority 

Non-Tax Claim, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably 

practicable, (ii) such holder’s Allowed Priority Non-Tax 

Claim shall be Reinstated, or (iii) such holder shall 

receive such other treatment consistent with 

section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code so as to 

render such holder’s Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim 

Unimpaired.

(Presumed 

to accept) 

2 Other Secured

Claims (All

Debtors)

Except if a holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim 

agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, in full 

and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge 

of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Other Secured 

Claim, at the option of the Reorganized Debtors, on the 

later of the Effective Date and the date that is 10 business 

days after the date such Other Secured Claim becomes 

an Allowed Claim, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably 

practicable, each holder of an Allowed Other Secured 

Claim shall receive on account of such Allowed Claim 

(i) cash in an amount equal to the Allowed amount of 

such Claim, (ii) delivery of the collateral securing such 

Allowed Claim and cash for any interest required under 

section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or 

(iii) Reinstatement or such other treatment that will 

render such holder’s Allowed Other Secured Claim 

Unimpaired. If an Other Secured Claim is treated under 

clauses (i) or (ii), the Liens securing such Other Secured 

Claim shall be deemed released immediately upon 

payment or delivery of collateral, as applicable.

Unimpaired

Not Entitled 

to Vote 

(Presumed 

to accept) 

Estimated Allowed 

Amount: Non-Material 

and Undetermined

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: 100%

3 ABL Facility 

Claims (Only Loan 

Debtors)

Except if a holder of an Allowed ABL Facility Claim 

agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, in full 

and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge 

of, and in exchange for, each Allowed ABL Facility 

Claim, each holder of an Allowed ABL Facility Claim 

will receive, on the Effective Date, cash in the full 

amount of its Allowed ABL Facility Claim and all issued 

and outstanding letters of credit shall be cash 

collateralized in accordance with the terms and 

conditions of the ABL Credit Agreement. To the extent 

that any ABL Facility Claim is contingent as of the 

Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may, in their 

sole discretion, elect to (i) terminate any further 

commitments under the ABL Facility, (ii) cash 

collateralize such contingent amounts, or (iii) provide 

the ABL Lenders with such other treatment mutually 

satisfactory.

Unimpaired

Not Entitled 

to Vote 

(Presumed 

to accept) 

Estimated Allowed 

Amount: $309,093,952

plus $63,960,717 of 

letter of credit 

obligations

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: 100%

4 Term Loan Secured

Claims (Only Loan 

Debtors)

Except if a holder of an Allowed Term Loan Secured 

Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, 

in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and 

Impaired Estimated Allowed 

Amount: 

$716,645,6059

 9 For illustrative purposes, Term Lenders would receive approximately 53.4% recovery if considering the aggregate amount 

outstanding of both the Term Loan Secured Claims and the Term Loan Deficiency Claims. The blended recovery assumes 

New Common Equity having value based on a transaction enterprise value of $1.75 billion.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 13 of 171
5

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Class Claim or 

Equity Interest Treatment

Impairment 

and 

Entitlement 

to Vote

Estimated Allowed 

Amount and 

Percentage Recovery8

discharge of, and in exchange for, its Allowed Term 

Loan Secured Claim, each holder of an Allowed Term 

Loan Secured Claim will receive, on the Effective Date, 

its Pro Rata share of New Common Equity representing, 

in the aggregate, 76.5% of the New Common Equity

issued on the Effective Date remaining after distributing 

the Backstop Premium, the New Equity Allocation, and 

any other New Common Equity distributed pursuant to 

the Plan other than the New Common Equity distributed 

to holders of IPCo Notes Claims, which will be subject 

to dilution from New Common Equity (i) issuable upon 

exercise of the New Warrants, (ii) issued pursuant to the 

Management Incentive Plan, and (iii) otherwise issued 

by Reorganized Chinos Holdings after the Effective 

Date, including the Incremental Debt Equity.

Entitled to 

Vote Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: 100%

5 IPCo Notes Claims

(Only IPCo

Debtors)

Except if a holder of an Allowed IPCo Notes Claim 

agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim and 

notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the IPCo 

Indentures or the IPCo Intercreditor Agreement, in full 

and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge 

of, and in exchange for, its Allowed IPCo Notes Claim, 

each holder of an Allowed IPCo Notes Claim will 

receive, on the Effective Date, its Pro Rata share of New 

Common Equity representing, in the aggregate, 23.5% 

of the New Common Equity issued on the Effective Date 

remaining after distributing the Backstop Premium, the 

New Equity Allocation, and any other New Common 

Equity distributed pursuant to the Plan other than the 

New Common Equity distributed to holders of Term 

Loan Secured Claims, subject to dilution from New 

Common Equity (i) issuable upon exercise of the New 

Warrants, (ii) issued pursuant to the Management 

Incentive Plan, and (iii) otherwise issued by NewCo

Holdings after the Effective Date, including the 

Incremental Debt Equity.

Impaired

Entitled to 

Vote

Estimated Allowed 

Amount: $411,668,976

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: 53.4%

6-A Ongoing Trade

Claims (All 

Debtors)

Except if a holder of an Allowed Ongoing Trade Claim 

agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, in full 

and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge 

of, and in exchange for, such Claim, each holder of an 

Allowed Ongoing Trade Claim will receive, on the 

Effective Date, its Pro Rata share of a cash pool in an 

aggregate amount equal to $71,000,000; provided that 

the aggregate amount of cash distributed on account of 

any Allowed Ongoing Trade Claim will not exceed 50% 

of the Allowed amount of such Claim. 

Impaired 

Entitled to 

Vote

Estimated Allowed 

Amount: $134,934,228

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: 50%

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 14 of 171
6

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Class Claim or 

Equity Interest Treatment

Impairment 

and 

Entitlement 

to Vote

Estimated Allowed 

Amount and 

Percentage Recovery8

6-B10 Other General 

Unsecured Claims

(All Debtors)

Except if a holder of an Allowed Other General 

Unsecured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment of 

such Claim, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, 

release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such 

Claim, each holder of an Allowed Other General 

Unsecured Claim will receive, on the Effective Date, its 

Pro Rata share of the cash pool allocated to each Debtor 

as set forth in Section 4.7(b) of the Plan11; provided that 

the aggregate amount of cash distributed on account of 

any Allowed Other General Unsecured Claim will not 

exceed 50% of the Allowed amount of such Claim. The 

cash pool may be reallocated among the Debtors after 

the occurrence of the Claims bar date, in their reasonable 

business judgement, to recalibrate for, among other 

things, the Claims asserted against each Debtor.

Debtor

Cash Pool

If Class 6-B 

Accepts

If Class 6-B 

Rejects

J. Crew Inc. $82,200 $27,380

J. Crew Operating 

Corp. $1,666,450 $555,600

Grace Holmes, Inc. $474,000 $158,000

H.F.D. No. 55, Inc. $195,500 $65,100

Madewell Inc. $581,500 $193,800

J. Crew Group, 

Inc. $350 $120

Total $3,000,000 $1,000,000

The Plan shall be deemed a filed objection for purposes 

of section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code to any Claim 

arising out of or relating to the rejection of an Executory 

Contract or Unexpired Lease whose holder is seeking the 

allowance of such Claim in excess of the amounts 

allowable under section 502(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Subject to occurrence of the Effective Date and solely 

for purposes of the Plan, holders of the Term Loan 

Deficiency Claims agree to forgo any distribution under 

Impaired

Entitled to 

Vote

Estimated Allowed 

Amount against 

J. Crew Inc.:

$5,193,885

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: <1.6%

Estimated Allowed 

Amount against 

J. Crew Operating 

Corp.: $105,214,784

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: <1.6%

Estimated Allowed 

Amount against Grace 

Holmes, Inc.: 

$29,880,913

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: <1.6%

Estimated Allowed 

Amount against H.F.D. 

No. 55, Inc.: 

$12,340,383

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: <1.6%

Estimated Allowed 

Amount against 

Madewell Inc.: 

$36,705,531

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: <1.6%

 10 The estimated allowed amounts included herein (a) exclude rejection damages and the Term Loan Deficiency Claims and 

(b) do not take into account reductions to the Class on account of curing executory contracts and unexpired leases.

11 The aggregate consideration for Class 6-B for all Debtors will not exceed $3,000,000 (assuming all applicable Classes 6-B 

accept) or $1,000,000 (assuming all Classes 6-B reject). The amount of consideration for Class 6-B was negotiated with the 

Consenting Support Parties representing over a majority of the Term Loans and IPCo Notes Claims, who are not being repaid 

in full. The Debtors allocated the cash pool based on their good faith and best estimates of the Allowed Claims in Class 6-B 

against each Debtor. The Debtors will reallocate the cash pool as necessary after occurrence of the claims bar date to, in their 

reasonable business judgment, recalibrate for the claims asserted against each Debtor and seek to ensure that the relative 

recoveries of general unsecured creditors in Class 6-B is comparable as between all Debtors. Because the final amount of 

Allowed claims in Class 6-B could change as a result of claims reconciliation, the actual recoveries to creditors in Class 6-B 

could materially change or be materially less than set forth herein.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 15 of 171
7

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Class Claim or 

Equity Interest Treatment

Impairment 

and 

Entitlement 

to Vote

Estimated Allowed 

Amount and 

Percentage Recovery8

the Plan on account of the $625,475,61412 of such Term 

Loan Deficiency Claims.

Estimated Allowed 

Amount against 

J. Crew Group, Inc.: 

$21,867

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: <1.6%

7 Intercompany 

Claims (All 

Debtors)13

From and after the Effective Date, all Intercompany 

Claims, including the PIK Toggle Notes Claim, shall be 

adjusted, continued, settled, Reinstated, discharged, 

contributed to capital, or eliminated, in each case to the 

extent determined to be appropriate by the Reorganized 

Debtors in their sole discretion.

Unimpaired

Not Entitled 

to Vote 

(Presumed 

to accept) 

Estimated Allowed 

Amount: N/A

Estimated Percentage

Recovery: N/A

8 Section 510(b) 

Claims (All 

Debtors)

On the Effective Date, all Section 510(b) Claims will be 

cancelled, released, discharged, and extinguished and 

will be of no further force or effect, and holders of such 

claims will not receive any distribution on account of 

such claims.

Impaired

Not Entitled 

to Vote 

(Presumed 

to reject) 

Estimated Allowed 

Amount: N/A 

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: 0%

9 Intercompany 

Interests (All 

Debtors)

From and after the Effective Date, all Intercompany 

Interests shall be adjusted, Reinstated, or cancelled, to 

the extent reasonably determined to be appropriate by 

the Reorganized Debtors in their sole discretion.

Unimpaired 

Not Entitled 

to Vote 

(Presumed 

to accept) 

Estimated Allowed 

Amount: N/A 

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: 0%

10-A Existing Holdings 

Preferred Equity

(Only Chinos 

Holdings)

Holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B 

Preferred Stock (together, the “Existing Holdings 

Preferred Equity”) shall not receive or retain any 

property under the Plan on account of such Existing 

Holdings Preferred Equity. On the Effective Date, all 

Existing Holdings Preferred Equity shall be cancelled 

and shall be of no further force and effect, regardless of 

whether surrendered for cancellation.

Impaired

Not Entitled 

to Vote 

(Deemed to 

reject)

Estimated Allowed 

Amount: N/A 

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: 0%

10-B Existing Holdings 

Equity (Only 

Chinos Holdings)

Holders of equity in Chinos Holdings as of the Petition 

Date except for Existing Holdings Preferred Equity (the 

“Existing Holdings Equity”) shall not receive or retain 

any property under the Plan on account of such Existing 

Holdings Equity. On the Effective Date, all Existing 

Holdings Equity shall be cancelled and shall be of no 

further force and effect, regardless of whether 

surrendered for cancellation.

Impaired 

Not Entitled 

to Vote 

(Deemed to 

reject)

Estimated Allowed 

Amount: N/A 

Estimated Percentage 

Recovery: 0%

 12 Subject to change if the amount of the Term Loan Secured Claims change. 

13 Under the Plan, there are no distributions on account of Intercompany Claims and Intercompany Interests. To the extent 

Intercompany Claims or Interests are Reinstated, they are being done as a matter of administrative convenience to preserve 

the Debtors’ corporate structure. The Debtors do not believe that this treatment violates the absolute priority rule and will be 

prepared to demonstrate at the confirmation hearing that the treatment of Classes 7 and 9 are consistent with the Bankruptcy 

Code.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 16 of 171
8

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

II.

OVERVIEW OF THE DEBTORS’ BUSINESS

A. History and Formation

Introduced in 1983, the Debtors emerged as a fashion retailer rooted in iconic American style, and, 

in 1989, the Debtors opened their first store in downtown Manhattan with a clothing line targeting working 

professionals. From there, the Debtors began expanding by opening retail locations across the United 

States. In 2006, the Debtors acquired the defunct “Madewell” brand from the brand’s former private 

owners, and later that year, launched their first Madewell store and quickly expanded Madewell stores 

across the United States. The Debtors also began expanding internationally in 2011. 

Although the Debtors began as a privately-held company, the Debtors went public in 2006, with its 

common shares traded on the New York Stock Exchange. In 2011, the Debtors again became a privatelyheld company. 

B. Debtors’ Business Operations

Today, the Debtors are an internationally recognized multi-brand apparel and accessories retailer 

for young professionals and fashion-conscious men and women. With the J. Crew brand recognized as a 

household name for nearly four decades, the Debtors enjoy a strong reputation for providing their customers 

with stylish and quality products. In recent years, the Debtors have also seen fast and innovative growth 

from their Madewell brand, which offers a full product assortment rooted in premium denim and packaged 

in a cool, unexpected, and artful aesthetic.

The Debtors operate their retail stores under two distinct brands: (a) the J. Crew brand, which is 

the Debtors’ primary global brand used for both J. Crew stores and J. Crew factory outlet stores, and (b) the 

Madewell brand. The Debtors sell their merchandise in stores, online, as well as through partnered 

wholesalers, such as Nordstrom. The differentiation across the business lines allows the Debtors to operate 

multiple store locations in close proximity and to serve a wider demographic.

1. J. Crew Business

There are approximately 181 J. Crew stores across the world, with the flagship J. Crew retail store 

located in South Street Seaport, Manhattan, where the J. Crew store first opened in 1983. The J. Crew 

brand represents signature “classics with a twist” apparel and accessories, featuring the highest-quality 

style, design, and fabrics with consistent fits and authentic details. J. Crew retail stores are located in 

upscale regional malls, lifestyle centers, and street locations.

The Debtors also operate approximately 170 J. Crew Factory brand stores related to the J. Crew 

business. First launched in 1988, J. Crew Factory stores offer the same iconic J. Crew style but sold through 

outlet stores instead of traditional retail locations. J. Crew Factory features merchandise with different 

designs, fabrics, and washes than those offered at the regular J. Crew retail stores. 

For fiscal year 2019, revenues from the J. Crew brand, including J. Crew factory stores, totaled 

approximately $1.7 billion or approximately 67.2% of the Debtors’ revenue in fiscal year 2019.

2. Madewell Business

In 2006, the Debtors introduced the first Madewell store in Dallas, Texas. Initially only featuring 

women’s clothing and accessories, the Debtors’ approximately 140 Madewell stores now offer merchandise 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 17 of 171
9

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

for both men and women, including jeans and related products, swimwear, accessories, shoes, beauty 

products, and other leather goods. Madewell stores focus on providing customers with a cool, unexpected, 

and artful aesthetic. The Madewell brand has amassed a community of loyal customers and brand 

enthusiasts who actively participate in the brand through (a) Madewell Insider, Madewell’s membership 

loyalty program that offers benefits and deals to loyal customers, (b) store events, such as pop-ups, panels, 

workshops, and charity events, and (c) digital content featured on the Madewell website and social media 

platforms.

For fiscal year 2019, revenues from the Madewell brand totaled approximately $602 million or 

approximately 23.7% of the Debtors’ revenue in fiscal year 2019.14

3. Business Operations and Employees

Nearly all of the Debtors’ merchandise is sourced either (a) by purchasing directly from 

manufacturing vendors or (b) through the use of buying agents. Like many retailers, the substantial majority 

of the vendors and service providers utilized by the Debtors are based outside of the United States. In fiscal 

year 2019, the Debtors purchased nearly all of their inventory from suppliers located outside of the United 

States. The Debtors have historically done business with over 200 vendors that operate hundreds of

factories, with the top 10 vendors supplying 32% of the Debtors’ merchandise. The Debtors have strong 

relationships with their vendors, some of which rely upon the Debtors for a significant portion of their 

business and others who advance costs for the Debtors in connection with producing the Debtors’ 

merchandise.

The Debtors source the balance of their merchandise on an order-by-order basis with a select group 

of buying agents that, among other things, identify suitable vendors, place orders with those vendors for 

merchandise on the Debtors’ behalf, manage timely delivery of goods to the Debtors, inspect the finished 

merchandise, and handle vendor communications on the Debtors’ behalf. In an effort to directly source 

and reduce reliance on buying agents, the Debtors have established a sourcing office in Hong Kong under 

the purview of a non-debtor affiliate, J. Crew Sourcing Asia, Limited. The sourcing office acts as a local 

intermediary between the Debtors and their foreign sourcing base. The Debtors also have smaller sourcing 

offices in mainland China, India, and Vietnam. In the fiscal year 2019, 87% of the Debtors’ merchandise 

was sourced in Asia (with 45% of their products sourced from mainland China and 16% of their products 

sourced from Vietnam), 12% sourced in Europe and other regions, and 1% in the United States.

As of the Petition Date, the Debtors own and operate two distribution facilities in Asheville, North 

Carolina and Lynchburg, Virginia. The Asheville facility houses the Debtors’ distribution operations for 

their stores and wholesale business and historically has employed approximately 330 full and part-time 

associates, with additional temporary associates, sourced from various staffing agencies, as needed during 

peak seasons. The Lynchburg facility houses the Debtors’ customer call center and order fulfillment 

operations for the Debtors’ e-commerce business. The Lynchburg facility historically has employed 

approximately 1,270 full and part-time associates and an additional 310 additional temporary associates, 

also sourced from various staffing agencies, during peak seasons. Merchandise sold through the Debtors’ 

e-commerce business is sent through the mail system directly to domestic customers from the Lynchburg 

distribution center or to the Debtors’ stores for in-store pickup. For international orders, the Debtors use a 

single third-party provider to accept and fulfill online orders from customers in approximately 100 countries 

outside of the United States.

 14 An additional approximately $230 million and 9.1% of the Debtors’ revenue come from wholesale customers and shipping 

and handling fees. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 18 of 171
10

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Before implementing a furlough program that began on April 1, 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 

pandemic, the Debtors employed approximately 13,000 individuals in the United States, Canada, the United 

Kingdom, China, Hong Kong, Vietnam, and India, approximately 4,000 of whom were employed on a fulltime basis, and approximately 9,000 of whom were employed on a part-time basis (collectively, the 

“Employees”). Due to store closures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Debtors made the 

decision to furlough approximately 11,000 Employees. As of the Petition Date, the Debtors employed

approximately 2,000 active full-time Employees. 

4. International Operations

As noted, the Debtors sell merchandise to customers in approximately 100 countries worldwide. 

Such merchandise first arrives to the Debtors in the United States, and the Debtors then export inventory 

from the United States to their stores in the United Kingdom and Canada. The bulk of revenue generated 

internationally comes from customers located in the United Kingdom and Canada. 

In order to ensure a seamless process with their international operations, the Debtors, in the ordinary 

course of their business, are party to arm’s-length procurement and sourcing services agreements with 

certain of their non-debtor affiliates. Under these agreements, several non-debtor affiliates acquire, source, 

and facilitate the purchase of materials and goods for the Debtors’ products. In exchange, the Debtors pay 

commissions for such services to J. Crew Global Holdings B, LLC (a non-debtor foreign affiliate), which 

in turn pays the appropriate foreign account for the provision of goods and services provided by the 

applicable non-debtor affiliate. 

5. Recent Operational Initiatives

Cost-Optimization. The Debtors’ management team have made significant efforts to reduce costs, 

improve efficiencies, and increase brand loyalty and presence. For example, during the second quarter of 

fiscal year 2019, the Debtors completed a comprehensive review of their J. Crew business and launched a 

multi-year cost-optimization program, which the Debtors expected to generate savings of approximately 

$50 million over three years with approximately $15 million realized in the 2019 fiscal year. The Debtors’ 

cost-optimization efforts have been spearheaded by a dedicated management team, which recently 

experienced leadership changes in both the J. Crew and Madewell businesses. In March 2019, for example, 

the Debtors promoted Libby Wadle to President and Chief Executive Officer of Madewell, and in January 

2020, the Debtors hired Jan Singer as the new Chief Executive Officer of J. Crew.

Lease Negotiations. The Debtors lease all of their retail store locations from approximately 140 

landlords and are party to approximately 500 unexpired leases of nonresidential real property, located in 

nearly every state in the United States. The Debtors’ lease agreements typically have terms between five 

and ten years. As of the Petition Date, the Debtors have approximately $20 million in monthly domestic

lease obligations.

Beginning in early April 2020, after several weeks of government mandated store closures and 

uncertainty as to the duration and resulting impact of the pandemic, the Debtors began to evaluate their 

lease portfolio to, among other things, quantify and realize the potential for lease savings. In furtherance 

of the comprehensive lease strategy, the Debtors with the assistance of their real estate consultants, Hilco 

Real Estate, LLC (“Hilco”), communicated with landlords in an effort to improve lease terms. If certain 

accommodations with landlords are not achieved, the Debtors likely will reject certain burdensome leases 

and close the related stores. On May 5, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Order Authorizing Debtors 

to (I) Establish Procedures for Rejection of Unexpired Leases of Nonresidential Real Property and 

Abandonment of Property in Connection Therewith and (II) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 118] (the 

“Lease Procedures Order”) authorizing the Debtors to establish procedures for the rejection of unexpired 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 19 of 171
11

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

leases and related subleases of nonresidential real property and the abandonment of certain de minimis 

property in connection therewith and granting related relief.

On May 26, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Order (I) Extending Time for Performance of 

Obligations Arising Under Unexpired Non-Residential Real Property Leases, and (II) Granting Related 

Relief [Docket No. 323] (the “365(d)(3) Order”). Pursuant to the 365(d)(3) Order, the Bankruptcy Court 

extended performance of the Debtors’ lease obligations under their unexpired real property leases for 60 

days from the Petition Date though July 6, 2020.

COVID-19 Initiatives. In light of disruptions and challenges posed by the current environment, the 

Debtors have undertaken critical initiatives in an effort to effectively manage liquidity while continuing to 

provide their customers with high-quality products and services. Based on the Debtors’ budget plan for the 

2020 fiscal year prepared before COVID-19, the Debtors expect a loss of almost $900 million in sales due 

primarily to store closures across all brands. The Debtors have taken action to redirect and reduce inventory

and explore options to modify delivery time and costs of merchandise. During this time, the Debtors are 

leveraging their e-commerce platform to generate revenue while certain stores remain closed.

Moreover, the Debtors initiated a variety of temporary Employee-related measures to ensure public 

health and safety and manage the impact of the crisis until business stabilizes, including closing all retail 

store locations, furloughing Employees, reducing certain Employee hours, and decreasing the salary of 

certain field, distribution, and corporate Employees. Specifically, and as noted above, starting April 1, 

2020, the Debtors furloughed approximately 11,000 Employees, which constituted approximately 85% of 

their full-time Employees and all of their part-time Employees—though the Debtors remain hopeful that 

jobs will be minimally impacted when stores reopen.

Beginning May 2020, the Debtors began reopening stores on a limited basis, as permitted by 

applicable law and the economic and social circumstances. Approximately 475 stores reopened by the end 

of June 2020, which are subject to any closures that result from the Debtors’ evaluation of their lease 

portfolio and lease rejections attendant therewith.

C. Board of Directors and Senior Executive Officers.

The following table sets forth the names of the Debtors’ executive officers as of the Petition Date: 

Name Position

Jan Singer Chief Executive Officer, J. Crew

Vincent Zanna Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Michael Nicholson President and Chief Operating Officer

Libby Wadle President and Chief Executive Officer, Madewell

Lynda Markoe Chief Administrative Officer

Lisa Greenwald Chief Merchandising Officer

The identities of the members of the New Board and other board of directors or managers of a 

Reorganized Debtor, and to the extent applicable, the officers of each Reorganized Debtor, shall be 

disclosed at or before the Confirmation Hearing in accordance with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy 

Code.

Commencing on the Effective Date, each of the directors, managers, and officers of each of the 

Reorganized Debtors shall be elected and serve pursuant to the terms of the applicable organizational 

documents of such Reorganized Debtor and may be replaced or removed in accordance with such 

organizational documents. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 20 of 171
12

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

D. Regulation of Debtors’ Business.

The Debtors are subject to regulation by a variety of governmental authorities, including federal, 

state and local agencies that regulate customs, truth-in-advertising, consumer protection, employment, data 

privacy, product safety and other laws, including zoning and occupancy ordinances that regulate retailers 

and/or govern the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of retail stores and warehouse 

facilities. 

A substantial portion of the Debtors’ products are manufactured outside the United States. These 

products are imported and are subject to U.S. customs laws, which impose tariffs as well as import quota 

restrictions for textiles and apparel. Some of the Debtors’ imported products are eligible for dutyadvantaged programs. In addition, the Debtors’ importation of goods from foreign countries from which 

the Debtors buy their products may be subject to embargo by U.S. Customs authorities if shipments exceed 

quota limits.

E. Prepetition Capital Structure.

1. Corporate Structure

An organizational chart illustrating the Debtors’ corporate structure is below. As set forth on the 

organizational chart, Chinos Holdings is the Debtors’ ultimate parent, which directly or indirectly owns 

each of the other Debtor entities. Additionally, the Debtors have 24 non-debtor affiliates, 17 of which are 

foreign subsidiaries. The foreign non-debtor affiliates are incorporated in India, Japan, China, Hong Kong, 

the Cayman Islands, Bermuda, Canada, France, the Netherlands, and the United Kingdom. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 21 of 171
13

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

2. Prepetition Indebtedness

As of the Petition Date, the Debtors’ prepetition capital structure included approximately $2 billion 

in funded debt. The Debtors’ funded debt obligations are summarized below:

As of Petition Date: 

Debt Instrument 

Approximate 

Outstanding Amount

($ millions)

ABL Facility $ 310.0

Term Loans $ 1,337.4

IPCo Notes $ 411.715

Total Funded Debt $ 2,059.1

Prepetition ABL

On March 7, 2011, certain of the Debtors entered into the Credit Agreement (as amended, restated, 

supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ABL Credit Agreement”), among J. Crew 

Group, Inc. (“Group, Inc.”) as borrower, Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc. (“Chinos B”), Bank of 

 15 This amount includes the makewhole premium equal to $58,044,927, calculated as of the Petition Date.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 22 of 171
14

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

America, N.A. (“ABL Agent”), as administrative agent, collateral agent, lender and issuer, and the other 

lenders and issuers from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ABL Lenders”), pursuant to which, 

among other things, the ABL Lenders agreed to provide the Debtors with an asset-based revolving credit 

facility (the “ABL Credit Facility”). As of the Petition Date, approximately $310 million in principal 

amount was outstanding under the ABL Credit Facility, along with approximately $64 million of 

outstanding but undrawn letters of credit securing the Debtors’ obligations with respect to their workers’ 

compensation policies, certain leases, customs bonds, and inventory. In addition, the Debtors are obligated 

on account of any outstanding cash management obligations. The ABL Credit Facility will mature on 

December 4, 2020.

Pursuant to a guaranty agreement, Chinos B, J. Crew Operating Corp (“J. Crew OpCo”), J. Crew 

Inc. (“JCI”), J. Crew International, Inc., Grace Holmes, Inc., H. F. D. No. 55, Inc., Madewell Inc., and 

J. Crew Virginia, Inc. (the “Guarantors”, and together with Group, Inc., the “Loan Debtors”) guaranteed 

Group, Inc.’s obligation under the ABL Credit Agreement. All obligations of the Loan Debtors under the 

ABL Credit Facility and the related guarantees are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Loan 

Debtors, including: (a) a first-priority security interest in the Loan Debtors’ accounts receivable, inventory, 

cash, certain deposit accounts, securities accounts, commodities accounts, and certain proceeds thereof (the 

“ABL Priority Collateral”), and (b) a second-priority security interest in the Term Loan Priority Collateral 

(as defined below).

Prepetition Term Loan

On March 5, 2014, certain of the Debtors entered into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

(as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Term Loan 

Agreement”), among Group, Inc. as borrower, Chinos B., Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (“Term 

Loan Agent”), as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other lenders from time to time party 

thereto (collectively, the “Term Lenders”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Term Lenders 

agreed to provide Group, Inc. with a term loan in the initial principal amount of approximately $1.57 billion 

(the “Term Loans”). As of the Petition Date, approximately $1.34 billion in principal amount of the Term 

Loans remained outstanding. The Term Loans will mature on March 5, 2021.

Group, Inc.’s obligations under the Term Loan are also guaranteed by each of the Guarantors. All 

obligations of the Loan Debtors with respect to the Term Loans and the related guarantees are secured by 

substantially all of the assets of the Loan Debtors, including: (a) a first-priority security interest in 

substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of the Loan Debtors (other than ABL Priority 

Collateral), including certain capital stock directly held by any Loan Party (the “Term Loan Priority 

Collateral”) and (b) a second-priority security interest in the ABL Priority Collateral.

IPCo Notes and License Agreements

Pursuant to the Indenture dated July 13, 2017 (as amended, restated, supplemented, waived or 

otherwise modified from time to time, the “IPCo New Money Notes Indenture”), among J. Crew Brand, 

LLC (“Brand”), J. Crew Brand Corp. (“Brand Corp., and together with Brand, the “IPCo Issuers”), the 

guarantors party thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, the IPCo 

Issuers issued 13.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 (the “IPCo New Money Notes”) in the aggregate 

principal amount of $97,000,000.

Pursuant to the Indenture, dated July 13, 2017 (as amended, restated, supplemented, waived or 

otherwise modified from time to time, the “IPCo Exchange Notes Indenture”, and together with the IPCo 

New Money Notes Indenture, the “IPCo Indentures”), among the IPCo Issuers, the guarantors party 

thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, the IPCo Issuers issued 13.00% 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 23 of 171
15

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Senior Secured Notes due 2021 (the “IPCo Exchange Notes”, and together with the IPCo New Money 

Notes, the “IPCo Notes,” and their holders, the “IPCo Noteholders) in the aggregate principal amount of 

approximately $250 million. The IPCo Notes mature on September 15, 2021.

All obligations under the IPCo Notes and IPCo Indentures are guaranteed on (a) a secured basis by 

the IPCo Issuers and J. Crew Brand Intermediate, LLC (“Brand Intermediate”), J. Crew International 

Brand, LLC (“JCI Brand”), and J. Crew Domestic Brand, LLC (“Domestic Brand”) (each, an “IPCo 

Guarantor”), and (b) an unsecured basis by Chinos Intermediate Holdings A, Inc. (“Chinos A”), as 

supplemental guarantor. The IPCo Notes and the guarantees thereof are senior secured obligations of the 

IPCo Issuers and IPCo Guarantors, secured by the Licensed Marks (as defined below). The collateral 

securing the IPCo Notes, including with respect to the Licensed Marks (as defined below), is governed by 

each of the IPCo Indentures, the Intercreditor Agreement, dated July 13, 2017, between the IPCo Trustees, 

and related security documents.

Domestic Brand owns 100% of an undivided ownership interest in the domestic J. Crew brand 

intellectual property (the “Licensed Marks”). Pursuant to two license agreements (the “License 

Agreements”), Domestic Brand, as the licensor, provides exclusive, non-transferrable, sublicensable, 

royalty-bearing licenses with respect to 100% of the Licensed Marks to JCI Brand, as licensee. J. Crew 

OpCo., as payor, on behalf of JCI Brand, is obligated to pay a fixed license fee in the amount of $59 million 

to Domestic Brand, with $29.5 million due on each of March 1st and September 1st (collectively, the 

“License Fees”). The proceeds from the License Fees are used by Brand and Domestic Brand to service 

the IPCo Notes, and any License Fees in excess of such debt service requirements are loaned back to other 

Debtors on a subordinated basis.

Intercreditor Relationships

The relative contractual rights of the ABL Lenders and Term Lenders are governed by the 

Intercreditor Agreement between Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent for the ABL Lenders and 

the Term Loan Agent, dated as of March 7, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise 

modified from time to time). As noted previously, the liens on the ABL Priority Collateral held by the ABL 

Agent on behalf of the ABL Lenders are senior in priority to the liens on the ABL Priority Collateral granted 

to the Term Loan Agent on behalf of the Term Lenders. Conversely, the liens on the Term Priority 

Collateral held by the Term Loan Agent on behalf of the Term Lenders are senior in priority to the liens on 

the Term Priority Collateral granted to the ABL Agent on behalf of the ABL Lenders.

Intercompany Claims and Interests

On November 4, 2013, Chinos A issued approximately $500 million in aggregate 7.75%/8.50% 

Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022 (the “PIK Toggle Notes”). The PIK Toggle Notes were initially set to 

mature on May 1, 2019, but such maturity has since been extended to March 15, 2022. Thus, the PIK 

Toggle Notes remain outstanding and are held by Brand as collateral for the IPCo Notes. Under the terms 

of the PIK Toggle Notes, upon certain events of default, Chinos A and certain other Debtors are subject to 

certain restrictions concerning, among others, the ability to declare or pay dividend or any distributions, 

create encumbrances or incur indebtedness.

Pursuant to the IPCo Intercompany Note dated July 13, 2017 (the “Intercompany Note”), among 

Group, Inc. as borrower, and the IPCo Issuers and IPCo Guarantors as lenders (collectively, the 

“Intercompany Lenders”), Group, Inc. is obligated to the Intercompany Lenders in the principal amount 

of approximately $120 million and interest on such amount accruing at 1.89% per annum. The 

Intercompany Note matures on September 6, 2021 and constitutes collateral for the IPCo Notes. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 24 of 171
16

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Additionally, under the terms of the Intercompany Note, obligations thereunder are subordinate and junior 

to payment in full of any outstanding amounts under the Term Loan Agreement.

Chinos Intermediate, Inc. (“Intermediate”) has issued 300,000 shares of preferred Series A 

common stock (the “Intercompany Preferred Shares”), which were distributed to Chinos Holdings in 

July 2017 in exchange for Chinos Holdings’ participation in the 2017 Exchange Offer. The Intercompany 

Preferred Shares have a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. On account of the Intercompany Preferred 

Shares, Intermediate pays preferential dividends of 7% in kind to Holdings on each March 15 and 

September 15.

Although the Debtors and their non-debtor affiliates regularly engage in ordinary-course 

intercompany transactions to support the global enterprise, none of the Debtors are obligated on any of their 

non-debtor affiliates’ funded debt; and, conversely, none of the Debtors’ non-debtor affiliates are obligated 

on any of the Debtors’ funded debt.16 The intercompany transfers are tracked and accounted for, as 

discussed in greater detail in the Cash Management Motion (as defined below).

Preferred Stock

As of February 1, 2020, Chinos Holdings issued approximately 190,000 shares of 7% nonconvertible perpetual series A preferred stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”) and approximately 130,000

shares of 7% non-convertible perpetual series B preferred stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”). As of the 

Petition Date, the Consenting Support Parties held approximately 66% of the Series A Preferred Stock, with 

the remainder held by other holders. The Sponsors held approximately 92.0% of the Series B Preferred 

Stock, with the remainder held by various other holders.

Common Stock

As of February 1, 2020, Chinos Holdings has also issued approximately 115 million shares of class 

A common stock (“Common Stock”). As of the Petition Date, the Sponsors held approximately 76% of 

the Common Stock, the Consenting Support Parties held approximately 9% of the Common Stock, and the 

remainder was held by other holders.

General Unsecured Claims

In addition to their funded debt, in the ordinary course of business, the Debtors incur fixed, 

liquidated, and undisputed payment obligations to various third-party providers of goods and services. As 

discussed in greater details in the Vendors Motion (as defined below), certain of these claims (a) are entitled 

to statutory priority in payment, such as under section 503(b)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (b) may give 

rise to liens on the Debtors’ property if left unpaid.

III.

EVENTS LEADING TO COMMENCEMENT OF CHAPTER 11 CASES

The Debtors commenced these chapter 11 cases to implement a prearranged restructuring supported 

by the Sponsors and the Consenting Support Parties, as described above and memorialized in the 

Transaction Support Agreement. Although the Debtors’ business is operationally sound, the Debtors have 

substantial long-term funded debt and lease obligations that they must restructure. In addition, the Debtors 

have been heavily impacted, like many of their retail peers, by the unprecedented and evolving global 

 16 Pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement and Term Loan Agreement, equity of certain non-debtor affiliates has been pledged 

to secure the Loan Parties’ obligations under the ABL Credit Facility and Term Loans. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 25 of 171
17

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

pandemic, COVID-19. Through these chapter 11 cases, the Debtors will have the opportunity to address 

their substantial indebtedness and lease obligations while raising additional capital to fund their operations 

and make strategic investments to allow them to emerge as a stronger global enterprise.

A. COVID-19: Liquidity Challenges and Preservation Measures

The President of the United States has declared COVID-19 to be a national emergency. 

See Proclamation No. 9994, 85 Fed. Reg. 15,337 (Mar. 13, 2020). Similarly, nearly every state (including 

the states where the Debtors operate) has declared a state of emergency and issued orders mandating nonessential business closures or otherwise restricting the movement of people in a manner that would 

functionally prevent the Debtors from operating their stores.17

Beginning in late February 2020, the Debtors began to face unprecedented liquidity and operational 

challenges with the spread of COVID-19. Though many companies across all industries faced hardships 

and tumultuous market conditions, the Debtors were uniquely and severely impacted as a customer-facing 

retailer in an already struggling industry. The Debtors quickly encountered, among other things, (a) a steep 

decrease in net sales across their business lines and (b) inability of the Debtors’ foreign vendors to operate, 

produce, and ship merchandise. By early March 2020, the Debtors were forced to close all retail stores 

consistent with governmental health guidelines and directives. The Debtors have been relying primarily on 

e-commerce activities. As noted, the Debtors expect a loss of almost $900 million in sales due primarily 

to store closures across all brands. As a result of the foregoing, the Debtors have experienced a steep drop 

in revenue, which forced the Debtors to employ liquidity preservation measures.

The precipitous decline in the Debtors’ revenue has resulted in shared concessions by nearly all of 

the Debtors’ economic constituencies, including: 

• temporary closures of approximately 500 retail stores worldwide; 

• furlough of approximately 11,000 employees; 

• reduction of salaries for remaining corporate employees between 10-25%; and 

• prepetition extension of trade payment terms, in some cases by up to 75 days.

 17 See Ala. Order of the State Health Officer (Apr. 28, 2020); Alaska Essential Services and Critical Workforce Infrastructure 

Order (amended May 5, 2020); Ariz. Exec. Order 2020-33 (Apr. 29, 2020); Cal. Exec. Order N-33-20 (Mar. 4, 2020); Colo. 

Exec. Order D 2020 024 (Apr. 6, 2020); Conn. Exec. Order No. 7H (Mar. 20, 2020); Del. Fourth Modification of the Decl. of 

State of Emergency (Mar. 22, 2020); D.C. Mayor’s Order 2020-053 (Mar. 24, 2020); Ga. Exec. Order No. 04.30.20.01 (Apr. 

20, 2020); Haw. Third Supplementary Proclamation (Mar. 23, 2020); Haw. Sixth Supplementary Proclamation (Apr. 16, 

2020); Idaho Order to Self-Isolate (amended Apr. 15, 2020); Ill. Exec. Order 2020-32 (Apr. 30, 2020); Ind. Exec. Order 20-

22 (Apr. 20, 2020); Kan. Exec. Order No. 20-16 (Mar. 28, 2020); Ky. Exec. Order 2020-257 (Mar. 25, 2020); La. Proclamation 

Number 33 JBE 2020 (Mar. 22, 2020); La. Proclamation Number 41 JBE 2020 (Apr. 2, 2020); Me. Exec. Order No. 28 FY 

19/20 (Mar. 31, 2020); Md. Exec. Order No. 20-03-30-01 (Mar. 30, 2020); Mass. COVID-19 Order No. 21 (Mar. 31, 2020); 

Mich. Exec. Order No. 2020-59 (Apr. 24, 2020); Minn. Emergency Exec. Order 20-33 (Apr. 8, 2020); Miss. Exec Order 1473 

(Apr. 17, 2020); Mo. Dep’t of Health & Human Servs. Order (Apr. 16, 2020); Mont. Exec. Order extending 2-2020 and 3-

2020 (Apr. 7, 2020); Nev. Directive 010 (Mar. 31, 2020); N.H. Emergency Order #17 Pursuant to Exec. Order 2020-04 (Mar. 

26, 2020); N.J. Exec. Order No. 107 (Mar. 21, 2020); N.M. Public Health Order (Apr. 30, 2020); N.Y. Exec. Order No. 202.18 

(Apr. 16, 2020); Ohio Dep’t of Health Amended Stay at Home Order (Apr. 2, 2020); N.C. Exec. Order No. 135 (Apr. 23, 

2020); Or. Exec. Order No. 20-12 (Mar. 23, 2020); Pa. Amendment to Stay at Home Order (Apr. 20, 2020); R.I. Executive 

Order 20-14 (Mar. 28, 2020); S.C. Exec. Order No. 2020-21 (Apr. 6, 2020); Tenn. Exec. Order No. 22 (Mar. 30, 2020); Tenn. 

Exec. Order No. 27 (Apr. 13, 2020); Tex. Exec. Order No. GA-14 (Mar. 31, 2020); Vt. Addendum 9 to Exec. Order 01-20 

(Apr. 10, 2020); Va. Exec. Order No. 55 (Mar. 30, 2020); Wash. Proclamation 20-25.1 (Apr. 2, 2020); W. Va. Exec. Order 

No. 9-20 (Mar. 23, 2020); Wis. Emergency Order #12 (Mar. 24, 2020); and Wis. Emergency Order #28 (Apr. 16, 2020).

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 26 of 171
18

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

B. Trends and Uncertainties Affecting the Businesses

The specialty retail industry is highly competitive and, in recent years, the retail industry as a whole 

has been challenged by shifts in consumer purchasing preferences and habits. The Debtors primarily 

compete with specialty retailers, department stores, and e-commerce businesses that engage in the sale of 

women’s, men’s and children’s apparel, accessories, and similar merchandise. The Debtors are not in the 

business of “fast fashion” and pride themselves on long-lasting merchandise, quality designs, and attentive 

customer service. Nevertheless, the Debtors face increasing competition from “fast fashion” retailers due 

to their aggressive pricing strategies.

Moreover, economic conditions around the world have impacted the Debtors’ customers and 

affected the general business environment in which the Debtors operate and compete. Because apparel and 

accessories generally are discretionary purchases, consumer purchases of the Debtors’ products have 

declined when consumer disposable income is lower. As a result, the Debtors’ sales, growth, and 

profitability have been adversely affected by unfavorable economic conditions across the United States and 

abroad.

Before the sharp decline in sales due directly to COVID-19, however, the Debtors’ business

performance showed signs of an upward trend. Below is a summary of the Debtors’ revenues in fiscal year 

201918 as compared to fiscal year 2018, which showed an overall revenue increase of 2.3% of the combined 

enterprise.

Business Fiscal Year 2018 Fiscal Year 2019 Variance

J. Crew $1,779,500,000 $1,707,700,000 4% decrease

Madewell $529,200,000 602,400,000 13.8% increase

Other Revenues 

(i.e. wholesale revenue) $175,300,000 $230,000,000 31.2% increase

Total $2,484,000,000 $2,540,100,000 2.3% increase

In addition, unfavorable economic conditions abroad have impacted the Debtors’ ability to meet 

production goals. As noted previously, approximately 87% of the Debtors’ merchandise is sourced in Asia, 

with approximately 45% of the Debtors’ products sourced from mainland China and 12% sourced from 

Europe and other regions. Each of those regions have been particularly affected by COVID-19 and have 

faced significant prolonged shutdowns, which has affected the Debtors’ ability to obtain supplies and 

finished goods from those areas. Although the Debtors believe their quality, design, customer service, and 

price remain a compelling proposition over the long term, the Debtors are not immune from these broader 

trends, particularly in light of COVID-19.

C. Funded Debt and Contractual Obligations

The Debtors have a substantial amount of funded debt and a considerable level of interest expense.

For example, the Debtors paid approximately $143 million in fiscal year 2019 for cash interest expense. 

The debt service obligations reduced the Debtors’ ability to make capital expenditures, including to refresh 

store locations, drive growth initiatives, and further enhance their customer experience. The Debtors also 

have substantial fixed contractual commitments, including, as noted above, approximately $20 million of 

 18 The Debtors’ 2019 fiscal year ended February 1, 2020. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 27 of 171
19

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

monthly domestic lease obligations or approximately $240 million of such rental expense on an annualized 

basis. 

D. Prepetition Balance Sheet Restructuring Initiatives

1. 2017 Transaction

In 2016, the Debtors began exploring options to address the maturity of approximately $543 million 

of the PIK Toggle Notes. In an effort to reduce their indebtedness and address their obligations under the 

PIK Toggle Notes, the Debtors entered into a two-step liability management transaction (the “2017 

Transaction”). First, in late 2016, the Debtors transferred the Licensed Marks (such transfer, the “IP 

Transfer”) into an unrestricted subsidiary, Domestic Brand. The IP Transfer allowed the IPCo Issuers to 

issue IPCo Notes secured by the Licensed Marks. Then, in June 2017, with the support of an ad hoc group 

of holders of PIK Toggle Notes, the Debtors executed a debt-for-debt exchange (the “2017 Exchange 

Offer”),19 whereby approximately 99.85% of the PIK Toggle Notes were consensually exchanged through 

a public offer for a pro rata share of (a) IPCo Notes, (b) $190 million of Series A Preferred Stock, and 

(c) 15% of the Common Stock. The 2017 Exchange Offer functionally extended the Debtors’ maturity 

profile by exchanging PIK Toggle Notes maturing May 2019 with IPCo Notes maturing 2021.

Concurrently with the 2017 Exchange Offer, the Debtors amended the Term Loan Agreement to 

facilitate, among other things, the repayment of Term Loans then-outstanding, the 2017 Exchange Offer, 

and the raising of approximately $30 million of Term Loans from the Sponsors (collectively, the “Term 

Loan Amendment”). The Debtors obtained support for the Term Loan Amendment from approximately 

87.8% of the Term Lenders.

The Debtors were party to two lawsuits in connection with the 2017 Transaction.

20 On 

February 1, 2017, the Debtors initiated a lawsuit against the Term Loan Agent seeking a declaratory 

judgment that the IP Transfer was permissible under the applicable documents, which was ultimately settled 

in connection with the Term Loan Amendment to allow the closing of the 2017 Transaction. On June 22, 

2017, certain Term Lenders that did not consent to the 2017 Transaction or the Term Loan Amendment 

filed a lawsuit alleging, among other things, that the Term Loan Amendment and other transactions in 

connection with the 2017 Transaction violated the Term Lenders’ unanimous consent rights under the Term 

Loan Agreement and that the transfer of the Licensed Marks was a fraudulent conveyance. The Debtors 

filed a partial motion to dismiss all claims asserted by the dissenting Term Lenders, except for their breach 

of contract claims relating to their alleged unanimous consent rights. On April 25, 2018, the Supreme Court 

of New York County granted the Debtors’ partial motion to dismiss. On April 25, 2019, the Appellate 

Division of the Supreme Court in the First Department unanimously affirmed the trial court’s decision.

Among other benefits, the 2017 Transaction permitted the Debtors to extend their maturity profile, 

implement key turnaround changes for the business, and delever their balance sheet by approximately $340 

million. Moreover, the Debtors were able to gain greater flexibility under their existing debt instruments 

with the Term Loan Amendment. The Debtors utilized the runway provided by the 2017 Transaction to 

continue to evaluate strategic alternatives to achieving optimal, long-term, and sustainable growth.

Though the issues surrounding the 2017 Transaction have been extensively litigated, the Debtors 

have established a committee (the “Review Committee”) to investigate potential estate claims and causes 

of action relating to the 2017 Transaction, including fraudulent transfer claims. The Debtors appointed 

 19 The Debtors were represented by Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (“Weil”) and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC (“Lazard”) in the 

2017 Exchange Offer. 

20 One lawsuit is still pending as of the Petition Date. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 28 of 171
20

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Mr. D.J. (Jan) Baker on or about April 24, 2020 as the sole member of the Review Committee, which has 

retained independent legal counsel and financial advisor and has undertaken and finalized a review of the 

2017 Transaction in accordance with its mandate, as described herein.

The Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors is conducting its own independent investigation of 

the 2017 Transaction, which remains ongoing. 

2. 2019 and 2020 Stakeholder Engagement and Chapter 11 Filing

Since the 2017 Transaction and in the time leading up to the Petition Date, the Debtors have taken 

a number of steps to evaluate strategic alternatives, enhance performance, right-size their capital structure, 

and position themselves for success within their current operating environment. Despite their best efforts, 

the general economic downturn and industry trends affecting retail, as discussed above, has strained the 

Debtors’ liquidity.

In April 2019, the Debtors engaged Lazard as investment banker and Weil as legal counsel to assist 

with, among other things, identifying and developing potential strategic alternatives, including strategic 

considerations surrounding a potential separation of the Madewell and J. Crew businesses.

At that time, the Debtors established the special committee of the board of directors of Chinos A 

(the “Chinos A Special Committee”) to evaluate strategic alternatives or transactions that may be available 

to the Debtors. The Chinos A Special Committee is composed of Messrs. Chad Leat, Richard Feintuch, 

and Seth Farbman, and, together with the special committee of J.Crew OpCo,

21 remains charged with 

overseeing the Debtors’ strategic review.

As noted, the Debtors and their advisors proactively engaged with their stakeholder groups before

the Petition Date. Since May 2019, the Debtors engaged in arms-length negotiations with a certain ad hoc 

committee (the “Ad Hoc Committee”) represented by PJT Partners LP as investment banker and Milbank 

LLP as legal counsel. As of the Petition Date, members of the Ad Hoc Committee held approximately 

69.1% of the Term Loans, 77.9% of the IPCo Notes, 66.5% of the Series A Preferred Stock, and 9.8% of 

the Common Stock.

After eight months of arms-length and good faith negotiations, on December 2, 2019, the Debtors 

executed a consensual transaction support agreement (as amended, modified, or restated from time to time, 

the “IPO Support Agreement”) with the members of the Ad Hoc Committee and the Sponsors. The IPO 

Support Agreement contemplated, among other things, a separation of the J. Crew and Madewell 

businesses, enabling a potential initial public offering for the Madewell business, and a material 

deleveraging of the Debtors’ capital structure through the use of the IPO proceeds and the issuance of new 

capital stock. In the subsequent months, the Debtors took substantial steps to effectuate the transactions 

contemplated under the IPO Support Agreement. The Debtors, through their advisors, engaged with certain 

Term Lenders to execute joinders to the IPO Support Agreement. The Debtors also filed a preliminary 

prospectus, dated January 17, 2020, for the issuance of common stock by Chinos Holdings.

Beginning in late February 2020, however, the Debtors began to face abrupt and unprecedented 

liquidity and operational challenges with the spread of COVID-19. In the span of just a few weeks, by 

early March 2020, the Debtors were forced to close all retail stores consistent with governmental health 

guidelines and directives, which stressed the Debtors’ cash liquidity. On March 2, 2020, the parties further 

amended the IPO Support Agreement to modify certain milestones therein to provide more time for the 

 21 In May 2020, the Debtors also established a special committee of the Board of Directors of J. Crew OpCo composed of Messrs. 

D.J. (Jan) Baker, Chad Leat, Richard Feintuch, and Seth Farbman.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 29 of 171
21

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

parties to review and explore additional strategic alternatives in light of the uncertain market for initial 

public offerings and other global economic considerations.

In February 2020, the Debtors reengaged with the Ad Hoc Committee and the Sponsors with the 

good faith goal of maximizing and preserving the value of the Debtors’ business. After weeks of

negotiations, the Debtors and their various stakeholders agreed that the transactions contemplated by the 

IPO Support Agreement would entail significant execution risk under the circumstances. On May 3, 2020, 

the Debtors, after good faith and arm’s-length negotiations, reached a consensual resolution with the 

Consenting Support Parties and the Sponsors regarding the value-maximizing transactions contemplated 

under the Transaction Support Agreement and, with the approval of an independent special committee, 

entered into the Transaction Support Agreement, as described herein.

E. Material Terms of Transaction Support Agreement

On May 3, 2020, the Debtors executed the Transaction Support Agreement with (i) certain of the 

Consenting Support Parties and (ii) the Sponsors. Pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement, the 

Consenting Support Parties and the Sponsors agreed to support a restructuring transaction by, among other 

things:

• subject to Disclosure Statement approval, voting to accept a plan embodying the 

restructuring transaction described in the Transaction Support Agreement;

• agreeing to grant and not opt-out of the releases contemplated by the Plan; 

• refraining from taking any action that would delay or impede consummation of the 

Plan; and

• supporting and effectuating the documentation within the timeframes 

contemplated in the Transaction Support Agreement.

F. DIP Financing and Backstop Commitment

A key component of the Transaction Support Agreement necessary to facilitate the transactions 

contemplated by the Plan is the financing commitments provided the Backstop Parties. Contemporaneous 

with the execution of the Transaction Support Agreement, the Debtors and the Backstop Parties entered 

into the Backstop Commitment Letter, pursuant to which the Backstop Parties committed to provide the 

DIP Facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $400,000,000. On the Effective Date, in accordance 

with the DIP Credit Agreement, the principal amount of the DIP Facility will be converted into the New 

Term Loans, and the DIP Lenders will, severally but not jointly, provide any additional New Term Loans. 

In exchange for providing the commitments under the Backstop Commitment Letter, the Backstop Parties 

will receive a premium in an amount equal to $40,000,000, which will be paid on the Effective Date in the 

form of New Common Equity (the “Backstop Premium”), which equity will be subject to dilution by New 

Common Equity issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants, issued pursuant to the Management Incentive 

Plan, and otherwise issued after the Effective Date in accordance with the Backstop Commitment Letter 

and the Plan.

In accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement, each IPCo Noteholder and Term Lender

that is a qualified institutional buyer or accredited institutional investor was given the right to join the 

Transaction Support Agreement. As of the date hereof, Consenting Support Parties and Sponsors holding 

approximately 96% of the Term Loans, 100% of the IPCo Notes, 85% of Series A Preferred Stock, and 

89% of the Common Stock are party to the Transaction Support Agreement. Each such person that joined 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 30 of 171
22

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

the Transaction Support Agreement within 10 business days after the Petition Date and any Electing 

Sponsor (as defined in the Transaction Support Agreement) was given the right to participate in providing 

the DIP Obligations. If they exercised such right to participate in providing the DIP Obligations, each such 

person is required to participate in providing the New Term Loans upon the Effective Date and, in 

connection therewith, will receive the New Equity Allocation and New Warrants on the Effective Date.

IV.

THE CHAPTER 11 CASES

A. First Day Motions

On the Petition Date, the Debtors filed multiple motions seeking various relief from the Bankruptcy 

Court to enable the Debtors to facilitate a smooth transition into chapter 11 (the “First Day Motions”). 

The Bankruptcy Court has granted substantially all of the relief requested in the First Day Motions and 

entered various interim and final orders authorizing the Debtors to, among other things:

• obtain postpetition financing and authorization to use cash collateral [Docket Nos. 84 and 

447]; 

• continue the use of the Debtors’ cash management system, bank accounts, and business 

forms [Docket Nos. 101 and 378] (such motion, the “Cash Management Motion”);

• continue insurance programs and the processing of workers’ compensation claims [Docket 

Nos. 102 and 379];

• pay certain prepetition taxes and assessments [Docket No. 103]; 

• continue certain customer programs, promotions, and practices [Docket Nos. 104 and 380]; 

• establish procedures for utility companies to request adequate assurance of payment and to 

prohibit utility companies from altering or discontinuing service [Docket Nos. 105 and

381]; 

• restrict certain transfers of equity interests in the Debtors [Docket Nos. 106 and 382];

• continue paying employee wages and benefits [Docket Nos. 108 and 383] (“Wages and 

Benefits Motion”); and

• pay certain shipping charges and other amounts owed to lien holders and prepetition 

obligations for certain vendors [Docket Nos. 110 and 384] (such motion, the “Vendors

Motion”).

B. DIP Order

On May 5, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court approved the DIP Facility on an interim basis [Docket No. 

84], and on June 5, 2020, approved the DIP Facility on a final basis [Docket No. 447] (together, the “DIP 

Order”).

The DIP Facility includes certain milestones with respect to the Chapter 11 Cases, such as (a) no 

later than 70 calendar days after the Petition Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Disclosure 

Statement Order; (b) no later than 80 calendar days after the Petition Date, the solicitation of the Approved 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 31 of 171
23

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Plan of Reorganization shall have commenced; (c) no later than 120 calendar days after the Petition Date, 

the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order; and (d) the effective date of the Approved 

Plan of Reorganization shall have occurred not later than 130 calendar days following the Petition Date.

In accordance with the DIP Order, upon (a) the failure of the Debtors to perform, in any respect, 

any of the terms, provisions, conditions, covenants, or obligations under the DIP Order, (b) the occurrence 

of an “Event of Default” as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement, or (c) delivery of an ABL Cash Collateral 

Termination Declaration (as defined therein), the DIP Agent may (i) terminate any further commitments 

under the DIP Credit Agreement and (ii) reduce or restrict the Debtors’ use of cash collateral. 

C. Procedural Motions

The Debtors have filed various motions regarding procedural issues common to chapter 11 cases 

of similar size and complexity. On May 5, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court granted the relief requested in the

motions noted below and entered orders to, among other things:

• approving joint administration of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases [Docket No. 99]; 

• approving the form and manner of notice of commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases 

[Docket No. 100]; and

• establishing certain notice, case management, and administrative procedures [Docket No. 

109].

D. Retention of Chapter 11 Professionals

The Debtors have filed applications and obtained authority to retain various professionals to assist 

the Debtors in carrying out their duties under the Bankruptcy Code during the Chapter 11 Cases. These 

professionals include (i) AlixPartners, LLP as financial advisor [Docket No. 404]; (ii) Hilco as real estate 

consultant [Docket No. 387]; (iii) Hunton Andrews Kurth LLP as co-counsel [Docket No. 385]; (iv) KPMG 

LLP to provide tax compliance and tax consulting services [Docket No. 575]; (v) Lazard as investment 

banker [Docket No. 449]; (vi) Omni Agent Solutions (“Omni”) as claims, noticing, and administrative 

agent [Docket No. 107], and (vii) Weil as counsel [Docket No. 448]. Debtor J. Crew OpCo also filed 

applications and obtained authority to retain (i) Quinn Emanuel Urquhart & Sullivan, LLP to render 

independent services to, and at the direction of Mr. Baker as independent director and sole member of the 

Review Committee [Docket No. 391], and (ii) Goldin Associates, LLC to render independent financial 

advisory services to, and at the direction of Mr. Baker [Docket No. 392].

On May 26, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Order (I) Establishing Procedures for Interim 

Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses of Professionals and (II) Granting Related Relief [Docket 

No. 389] and Order (I) Authorizing Debtors to Retain and Employ Professionals Utilized in the Ordinary 

Course of Business, Effective as of the Petition Date, and (II) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 388].

E. Statements and Schedules and Claims Bar Dates

On May 6, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order extending the deadline by which the 

Debtors must file (a) their schedules of assets and liabilities and statements of financial affairs (collectively, 

the “Schedules”) to June 12, 2020, and (b) the deadline by which the Debtors must file the financial reports 

required under Bankruptcy Rule 2015.3 to the earlier of (i) five business days before any Disclosure 

Statement Objection Deadline and (ii) 45 days after the 341 meeting [Docket No. 117]. On June 11, 2020, 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 32 of 171
24

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

the Debtors filed their initial 2015.3 report [Docket No. 475]. On June 12, 2020, each Debtor filed its 

respective Schedule in its respective chapter 11 case. 

On May 28, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Order (I) Establishing a General Bar Date to 

File Proofs Of Claim, (II) Establishing a Bar Date to File Proofs of Claim By Governmental Units,

(III) Establishing an Amended Schedules Bar Date, (IV) Establishing a Rejection Damages Bar Date, 

(V) Approving the Form and Manner For Filing Proofs of Claim, (VI) Approving the Proposed Notice of 

Bar Dates, and (VII) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 390] (the “Bar Date Order”). Pursuant to the 

Bar Date Order, the Bankruptcy Court has established (i) July 15, 2020, at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, as the 

deadline for all non-governmental units (as defined in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code), including 

claims arising under section 503(b)(9), to file proofs of claim in the Chapter 11 Cases (the “General Bar 

Date”); (ii) November 2, 2020, at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, as the deadline for all governmental units (as 

defined in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code) to file proofs of claim in the Chapter 11 Cases 

(the “Governmental Bar Date”); (iii) the later of (a) the General Bar Date or the Governmental Bar Date, 

as applicable, and (b) 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the date that is 30 days from the date on which the 

Debtors provide notice of an amendment or supplement to the Schedule as the deadline by which persons 

or entities affected by such filing, amendment, or supplement must file proofs of claim in the Chapter 11 

Cases; and (iv) the later of (y) the General Bar Date or the Governmental Bar Date, as applicable, and (z) 

5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the date that is thirty days following the entry of an order approving rejection 

of any executory contract or unexpired lease of the Debtors as the deadline by which persons or entities 

asserting claims resulting from such rejection must file proofs of claim in the Chapter 11 Cases.

F. Exclusivity

Section 1121(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides for a period of 120 days after the commencement 

of a chapter 11 case (i.e., September 1, 2020) during which time a debtor has the exclusive right to file a 

plan of reorganization (the “Exclusive Plan Period”). In addition, section 1121(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy 

Code provides that if a debtor files a plan within the Exclusive Plan Period, it has a period of 180 days after 

commencement of the chapter 11 case (i.e., November 2, 2020) to obtain acceptances of such plan (the 

“Exclusive Solicitation Period,” and together with the Exclusive Plan Period, the “Exclusive Periods”). 

Pursuant to section 1121(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Court may, upon a showing of cause, 

extend the Exclusive Periods. The Exclusive Periods currently remain in effect.

G. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

As of the Petition Date, the Debtors were parties to approximately 500 unexpired leases of 

nonresidential real property (the “Leases”) and approximately 600 unexpired executory contracts

(“Unexpired Contracts”). Section 365(d)(4)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a debtor has a 

period of 120 days after the commencement of the chapter 11 case (in this case, until September 1, 2020) 

to assume, assign, or reject unexpired leases of nonresidential real property (the “Lease Assumption 

Period”). Pursuant to section 365(d)(4)(B), the Bankruptcy Court may, upon a showing of cause, extend 

the Lease Assumption Period an additional 90 days.

As noted above, on May 5, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Lease Procedures Order (as 

defined above) establishing procedures for the rejection of unexpired leases and related subleases of 

nonresidential real property and the abandonment of certain de minimis property in connection therewith.

On June 12, 2020, the Debtors filed a rejection notice of certain leases in accordance with the Lease 

Procedures Order [Docket No. 476]. On June 25, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court approved the rejection of 

certain unexpired leases with a proposed rejection date of July 31, 2020 [Docket No. 558] (the “Rejection 

Order”). On July 10, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Amended Order Approving the Rejection of 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 33 of 171
25

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Unexpired Leases of Nonresidential Real Property and Abandonment of Property in Connection Therewith 

[Docket No. 605], which amended the Rejection Order.

With the assistance of their advisors, the Debtors have continued their prepetition efforts of 

examining their lease portfolio and curating the optimal footprint necessary for their viability as a 

reorganized enterprise. The Debtors’ lease analysis includes, among other things, a review of the historical 

and future revenue and profits of each store, considerations of the impact of COVID-19, and the likelihood 

of realizing future cost savings through, for example, negotiating lease modifications with landlords. 

Through this process, the Debtors have identified stores that are underperforming or not part of their core 

business needs and that they determine, in their business judgment, should be sold, assigned or otherwise 

closed in furtherance of maximizing value for the benefit of their estates and stakeholders. 

As noted above, the Bankruptcy Court has extended the Debtors’ lease obligations under their 

leases for 60 days from the Petition Date though July 6, 2020.

As set forth in Article VIII of the Plan, on the Effective Date and subject to payment of any 

applicable cure obligations, the Debtors intend to assume all Leases and Unexpired Contracts effective as 

of the Effective Date, other than Leases and Unexpired Contracts that will be rejected, including those

identified on the Schedule of Rejected Contracts and Leases portion of the Plan Supplement.

H. Trade Agreements

On May 28, 2020, the Bankruptcy Court approved a form of the Debtors’ trade agreements [Docket 

No. 384]. As of the date hereof, the Debtors have entered into trade agreements with 81 key vendors that 

represent approximately $212 million of prepetition trade claims (the “Trade Agreements”). The key 

vendors were identified by the Debtors with the assistance of their advisors as essential to the Debtors’ 

operations and essential to the Reorganized Debtors’ success. These Trade Agreements generally require 

the vendors to provide customary trade terms for the Reorganized Debtors for a period of one year after the 

Effective Date as a condition for being classified in Class 6-A under the Plan. In negotiating the Trade 

Agreements, the Debtors in their reasonable business judgement determined that the treatment 

contemplated under the Plan for Class 6-A was a key factor in causing holders of the Ongoing Trade Claims 

to execute the Trade Agreements providing the Reorganized Debtors.

I. Appointment of Creditors’ Committee and Ongoing Investigation

On May 13, 2020, the United States Trustee for the Eastern District of Virginia appointed an official 

committee of unsecured creditors (the “Creditors’ Committee”) in these chapter 11 cases pursuant to 

section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 188]. The members of the Creditors’ Committee are: 

(a) Simon Properties, Inc., (b) United Parcel Service, Inc., (c) Brookfield Property REIT, Inc., (d) First 

Glory Limited, and (e) Pan Pacific Co. Ltd. 

The Creditors’ Committee has filed applications and obtained authority to retain (a) Pachulski 

Stang Ziehl & Jones LLP and Hirschler Fleischer, P.C. as counsel and co-counsel, respectively, 

(b) Province, Inc. as its financial advisor, and (c) Back Bay Management Corporation and its division, the 

Michel-Shaked Group as expert consultant. In addition, the Creditors’ Committee has filed an application 

and obtained authority to retain Morrison & Foerster LLP as special intellectual property and tax counsel.

Under the DIP Order, the Creditors’ Committee may (a) object to or challenge the amount, validity, 

or enforceability of the prepetition obligations or the perfection or priority of the liens, or (b) otherwise 

assert or prosecute any action for preferences, fraudulent conveyances, other avoidance power claims or 

any other claims, counterclaims or causes of action, objections, contests or defenses against the Debtors’ 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 34 of 171
26

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

prepetition secured creditors or any of such parties’ affiliates, representatives, attorneys or advisors in 

connection with matters related to the “Prepetition Documents, the Prepetition Secured Debt, and the 

Prepetition Collateral” (each as defined in the DIP Order).

On August 3, 2020, the Creditors’ Committee filed three motions: (a) the Motion of the Official 

Committee of Unsecured Creditors for Entry of an Order Authorizing the Committee to Prosecute 

Avoidance Action and Challenges Relating to the Prepetition Secured Parties [Docket No. 676], (b) the 

Motion of the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors for an Order: (I) Determining, Pursuant to 

Section 506(A)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3012, That the Term Loan Creditors are 

Oversecured and There are No Term Loan Deficiency Claims; (II) To the Extent There Are Any Such 

Deficiency Claims, Determining Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3013, That Such Claims are Improperly 

Classified in Class 6-B Under the Debtors’ Plan of Reorganization; and (III) Designating, Pursuant to 

Section 1126(E) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Term Loan Deficiency Claim Holders’ Votes as Note in Good 

Faith and Not Counting Any Votes of Such Claimants in Determining Acceptances by Class 6-B [Docket 

No. 677]; and (c) Motion of the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors to Determine the Secured and 

Undersecured Amounts of the IPCo Notes Claims Against the IPCo Debtor Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. 

§ 506(A)(1) and Rule 3012 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure [Docket No. 678] (collectively, 

the “Committee Motions”). 

Through the Committee Motions, the Creditors’ Committee, among other things, (a) seeks a 

Bankruptcy Court order determining that the Term Lenders are oversecured or, in the alternate, that the 

Plan impermissibly classifies the Term Loan Deficiency Claim in Class 6-B and any votes on account of 

such claim should not be counted in determining plan acceptance; (b) asserts the value of the collateral 

securing the IPCo Notes Claim is worth no more than $180 million, and the IPCo Notes exceeding the 

collateral value should be treated as a general unsecured claim against the IPCo Debtors; and (c) seeks 

derivative standing on behalf of the Debtors, to the extent necessary, in an adversary proceeding to assert 

certain lien challenges as contemplated by the DIP Order to provide value for unsecured creditors at one or 

more Debtors entities. As of August 9, 2020, no findings or rulings have been made by the Bankruptcy 

Court with respect to the Creditors’ Committee’s investigations or with respect to the Committee Motions.

The Creditors’ Committee has also indicated that it believes that (a) the Plan constitutes a de facto 

substantive consolidation of the Debtors, and (b) the releases contemplated by the Plan are inappropriate. 

The Debtors dispute these assertions and believe that the classifications and releases contemplated under 

the Plan are consistent with applicable law. As set forth above, the Debtors also do not believe that the 

distributions under the Plan result in substantive consolidation. 

In view of the cost, expense, and uncertainties attendant to litigation, including evolving applicable 

law regarding makewholes, the Debtors believe that the compromises and settlements embodied in the Plan 

are reasonable and constitute a fair, equitable, and appropriate resolution of claims that maximizes values 

for stakeholders and includes a distribution to junior general unsecured creditors notwithstanding that the 

senior secured lenders are not being paid in full. 

J. Review Committee

As noted above, the Debtors have established a Review Committee to investigate potential estate 

claims and causes of action relating to the 2017 Transaction, including fraudulent transfer claims. As 

discussed in greater details in the Response of the Review Committee of J. Crew Operating Corp. to Motion 

of Debtors for Entry of Orders (I) Authorizing the Debtors to Obtain Postpetition Financing, 

(II) Authorizing the Debtors to Use Cash Collateral, (III) Granting Liens and Providing Superpriority 

Administrative Expense Claims, (IV) Granting Adequate Protection to Prepetition Secured Parties, 

(V) Modifying the Automatic Stay, (VI) Scheduling a Final Hearing, and (VII) Granting Related Relief 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 35 of 171
27

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

[Docket No. 414] (“Review Committee Report”), the Review Committee determined that any potential 

claims or causes of action related to the 2017 Transaction are “speculative and unlikely to lead to any value 

to the estate of [J. Crew OpCo] or any of its subsidiaries.” Review Committee Report, ¶ 25. The Review 

Committee further noted that the mutual releases contemplated under the Plan with respect to participants 

in the 2017 Transaction are similarly appropriate. Review Committee Report, n. 9.

K. U.S. Trustee Matters and Reports

The Debtors will continue to file reports including, among other things, information regarding their 

deposits, expenditures, and other relevant financial information in monthly operating reports (before the 

Effective Date). After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will file quarterly operating reports 

with the Bankruptcy Court until the applicable Chapter 11 Cases are converted, dismissed, or closed, 

whichever occurs first.

V.

PENDING LITIGATION

A. Eaton Vance Litigation

The Debtors are subject to ongoing litigation pursuant to the lawsuit filed on June 22, 2017 by, 

among others, Eaton Vance Management, along with certain of their affiliates. The Debtors believe this 

matter will be resolved in connection with the Restructuring contemplated by their Transaction Support 

Agreement. Any Claims relating to such litigation will be classified as Other General Unsecured Claims.

B. Other Litigation

The Debtors are involved in a number of lawsuits and matters that have arisen in the ordinary course 

of business. Any Claims relating to such litigation will be classified as Other General Unsecured Claims. 

The Debtors expect that to the extent Allowed, certain of these Claims may be covered by the Debtors’ 

insurance coverage, in whole or in part. The Debtors do not expect any liability they may have in these 

matters to have a material adverse effect on their business or restructuring efforts.

VI.

SUMMARY OF PLAN

This Section of the Disclosure Statement summarizes the Plan, a copy of which is annexed hereto 

as Exhibit A. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan. YOU SHOULD READ 

THE PLAN IN ITS ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN.

In general, a chapter 11 plan (a) divides claims and equity interests into separate classes, 

(b) specifies the consideration that each class is to receive under the plan and (c) contains other provisions 

necessary to implement the plan. Under the Bankruptcy Code, “claims” and “equity interests,” rather than 

“creditors” and “shareholders,” are classified because creditors and shareholders may hold claims and 

equity interests in more than one class. Under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, a class of claims is 

“impaired” under a plan unless the plan (a) leaves unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights of 

each holder of a claim in such class or (b) provides, among other things, for the cure of certain existing 

defaults and reinstatement of the maturity of claims in such class. Under the Plan, Class 4 (Term Loan 

Secured Claims), Class 5 (IPCo Notes Claims), Class 6-A (Ongoing Trade Claims), Class 6-B (Other 

General Unsecured Claims), Class 8 (Section 510(b) Claims), Class 10-A (Existing Holdings Preferred 

Equity), and Class 10-B (Existing Holdings Equity) are impaired, and Holders of Claims or Interests in 

such Classes are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan unless such Classes of Claims or Interests are 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 36 of 171
28

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

deemed to reject the Plan (e.g., Classes 8, 10-A, and 10-B) or a Holder’s Claim is subject to an objection 

filed by the Debtors. Ballots are being furnished herewith to all Holders of Claims in Classes 4, 5, 6-A, 

and 6-B that are entitled to vote to facilitate their voting to accept or reject the Plan. Classes 2, 3, 7, and 9 

are presumed to accept the Plan and Classes 8, 10-A, and 10-B are deemed to reject the Plan, and, therefore,

holders of Claims or Interests in such Classes will not vote on the Plan.

A Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class for all purposes, including voting, confirmation, 

and Distribution under the Plan and under sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided 

that a Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving Distributions pursuant to 

the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in that Class 

and such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest has not been satisfied, released, or otherwise settled.

For additional information regarding the Plan not discussed in this section, please refer to the 

following select Plan provisions: 

Topic Plan Provision

Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims Section III.4

Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes Section III.6

Treatment of Claims and Interests Article IV

Means for Implementation of the Plan Article V

Provisions Governing Distributions Article VI

Procedures for Disputed Claims Article VII

Treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases22 Article VIII

Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies Section X.3

Retention of Causes of Action/Reservation of Rights Section X.9

Retention of Jurisdiction Article XI

Miscellaneous Provisions Article XII

Modification and Amendments of the Plan Section XII.5

A. Administrative Expense and Priority Claims

1. Administrative Expense Claims

Each holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim (other than a Professional Fee Claim or 

DIP Claim), except to the extent such holder agrees to less favorable treatment, shall receive, in full and 

final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Claim, cash in an amount 

equal to such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim on, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, 

the later of (a) the Effective Date, and (b) the first business day after the date that is 30 calendar days after 

the date such Administrative Expense Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim; provided

that (a) any Allowed Administrative Expense Claims representing liabilities incurred in the ordinary course 

of business shall be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in the ordinary course 

of business, consistent with past practice and in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of 

any course of dealing or agreements governing, instruments evidencing, or other documents relating to the 

applicable transaction and (b) the holders of any adequate protection claims granted by the DIP Order will 

not receive any recovery on account of such claims, having waived such recovery solely for purposes of 

the Plan.

 22 The Debtors have provided the Financial Projections as Exhibit B hereto and are prepared to demonstrate the feasibility of the 

Plan at the Confirmation in satisfaction of any obligation to provide adequate assurance of future performance under the Lease 

and Unexpired Contracts that are assumed under the Plan.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 37 of 171
29

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.1 of the Plan and except with respect to Professional Fee 

Claims, requests for payment of Administrative Expense Claims must be filed and served on the Debtors 

or Reorganized Debtors no later than the Administrative Claims Bar Date. Holders of Administrative 

Expense Claims that are required to file and serve a request for payment and that do not timely file and 

serve such a request shall be forever barred from asserting such Administrative Expense Claims against the 

Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or their respective property, and such Administrative Expense Claims 

shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Expense Claims as of 

the Effective Date.

2. Professional Fee Claims

(a) Final Fee Applications

All final requests for Professional Fee Claims shall be filed no later than 60 days after the Effective 

Date unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court.

(b) Professional Fee Reserve Amount

All Professionals shall estimate in good faith their unpaid Professional Fee Claims before and as of 

the Effective Date and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors and counsel to the Ad Hoc Committee at 

least three calendar days before the Effective Date; provided that such estimate shall not be deemed to limit 

the amount of the fees and expenses that are the subject of the Professional’s final request for payment of

Professional Fee Claims. If a Professional does not provide such estimate, the Debtors and Reorganized 

Debtors may estimate the unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional; provided that such estimate shall 

not be considered an admission or limitation with respect to the fees and expenses of such Professional. 

The total amount so estimated as of the Effective Date shall comprise the Professional Fee Reserve Amount.

(c) Professional Fee Escrow

If the Professional Fee Reserve Amount is greater than zero, then as soon as reasonably practicable 

after the Confirmation Date and no later than the Effective Date, the Debtors will establish and fund the

Professional Fee Escrow with cash equal to the Professional Fee Reserve Amount, and no Liens, Claims, 

or interests will encumber the Professional Fee Escrow in any way. The Professional Fee Escrow (including 

funds held in the Professional Fe Escrow) will (i) not be and will not be deemed to be property of the 

Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors and (ii) will be held in trust for the Professionals; provided that funds 

remaining in the Professional Fee Escrow after all Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been irrevocably 

paid in full will revert to the Reorganized Debtors. Allowed Professional Fee Claims will be paid in cash 

to such Professionals from funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow when such Claims are Allowed by an 

order of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that the Debtors’ obligations with respect to Professional Fee 

Claims will not be limited nor deemed to be limited in any way to the balance of funds held in the 

Professional Fee Escrow.

If the amount of funds in the Professional Fee Escrow is insufficient to fund payment in full of all 

Allowed Professional Fee Claims and any other Allowed amounts owed to Professionals, the deficiency 

will be promptly funded to the Professional Fee Escrow from the Debtors’ estates and Reorganized Debtors 

without any further action or order of the Bankruptcy Court.

(d) Post-Effective Date Fees and Expenses

On and after the Effective Date, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will pay 

in the ordinary course of business and without any further action or order of the Bankruptcy Court, pay in 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 38 of 171
30

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

cash the reasonable legal, professional, or other fees and expenses related to implementation of the Plan

incurred by the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.

On the Effective Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331 

and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services provided after such 

date shall terminate, and the Reorganized Debtors may employ and pay any post-Effective Date fees and 

expenses of any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, 

order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

3. DIP Claims

Except if a holder of an Allowed DIP Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, each holder of an 

Allowed DIP Claim will receive, on the Effective Date, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, 

and discharge of such Allowed DIP Claim, (a) (i) on account of the outstanding principal amount of such 

Claim, an equal principal amount of New Term Loans, (ii) a portion of the New Equity Allocation and New 

Warrants, and (iii) cash on account of accrued and unpaid interest and other charges payable through the 

Effective Date, or (b) such other treatment agreed upon among the Debtors, the Requisite Consenting 

Support Parties, and the holders of Allowed DIP Claims.

4. Priority Tax Claims

Except if a holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, each holder 

of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and 

discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, at the sole option of the Reorganized 

Debtors, cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim on, or as soon thereafter as is 

reasonably practicable, the later of (a) the Effective Date, to the extent such Claim is an Allowed Priority 

Tax Claim on the Effective Date, (b) the first business day after the date that is 30 calendar days after the 

date such Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Tax Claim, and (c) the date such Allowed 

Priority Tax Claim is due and payable in the ordinary course; provided that the Debtors and the Reorganized 

Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to prepay all or a portion of any Allowed Priority Tax Claim at any 

time without penalty or premium.

5. Payment of Statutory Fees

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay all fees incurred pursuant to 

section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code, together with interest, if any, pursuant to 

section 3717 of title 31 of the United States Code for each Debtor’s case, or until such time as a final decree 

is entered closing a particular Debtor’s case, a Final Order converting such Debtor’s case to a case under 

chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code is entered, or a Final Order dismissing such Debtor’s case is entered.

B. Reclamation Claims

Pursuant to section 546(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, a seller of goods that sold goods to a debtor in 

the ordinary course of such seller’s business may reclaim such goods if the debtor received the goods while 

insolvent and within forty-five days of commencement of a bankruptcy case (each such claim, a 

“Reclamation Claim”). Section 546(c) of the Bankruptcy Code requires that the seller demand, in writing, 

reclamation of such goods not later than forty-five days after the date of receipt of such goods by the debtor 

or not later than twenty days after the date of commencement of the case, if the forty-five day period expires 

after the commencement of a case. The Plan does not include any recovery for Reclamation Claims. 

Rather, pursuant to section 546(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, Reclamation Claims are subject to the prior 

perfected liens held by other parties on the Debtors’ inventory. Accordingly, the Debtors do not believe 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 39 of 171
31

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

that any valid Reclamation Claims exist, and any claims on account of such losses would be Other General 

Unsecured Claims.

C. Employee, Director, and Officer Matters

The Plan provides that on the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will be deemed to have 

assumed all Benefit Plans and Employee Arrangements, other than those Executory Contracts that have 

been rejected by the Debtors or which are the subject to a pending rejection motion on the Confirmation 

Date; provided that notwithstanding anything in the contrary in the Employee Arrangements, the 

consummation of the Plan will not be treated as a “change in control” with respect to the Employee 

Arrangements. A description of most Employee Arrangements is set forth in the Wages and Benefits 

Motion, and material employment agreements have been filed on Forms 8-K made available to the public 

or otherwise identified on the Schedules. 

The Plan contemplates that certain of the New Common Equity could be diluted by awards under 

the Management Incentive Plan. After the Effective Date, the New Board has the sole discretion on whether 

to adopt a Management Incentive Plan and the terms, allocation, and vesting of awards under such plan. 

D. Restructuring Transaction Steps

The Debtors will take the series of corporate transactions and steps on or around the Effective Date, 

as set forth in the Restructuring Transaction Steps. 

The Reorganized Debtors’ post-emergence corporate structure is set forth below: 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 40 of 171
32

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

E. Classification of Claims and Interests

The Plan groups the Debtors together solely for the purpose of describing treatment under the Plan, 

confirmation of the Plan, and making distributions in accordance with the Plan. Such groupings shall not 

affect any Debtor’s status as a separate legal Entity, change the organizational structure of the Debtors’ 

business enterprise, constitute a change of control of any Debtor for any purpose, cause a merger or 

consolidation of any legal entities, or cause the transfer of any assets; and, except as otherwise provided by 

or permitted under the Plan, all Reorganized Debtors shall continue to exist as separate legal entities after 

the Effective Date.

In deciding to pursue the Plan, the Debtors and their advisors considered the circumstances related 

to intercompany transactions and the secured lenders’ prepetition collateral, including with respect to the 

2017 Transaction, to evaluate whether substantive consolidation would be appropriate. The Plan does not 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 41 of 171
33

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

contemplate substantive consolidation, and in view of the compromises and settlements embodied in the 

Plan and that the Debtors’ secured lenders are significantly undersecured, the Debtors do not believe that 

recoveries for general unsecured creditors would be materially different if the Debtors were substantively 

consolidated. In particular, the Term Lenders and IPCo Noteholders have validly perfected liens and 

security interests, as described herein, on substantially all of the Debtors’ assets that requires that their 

claims be repaid in full before general unsecured creditors of the Loan Debtors and IPCo Debtors would be 

entitled to a distribution. Based on the Valuation Analysis set forth herein, the Debtors’ prepetition secured 

parties are not being repaid in full and as a result, any chapter 11 plan (regardless of substantive 

consolidation) that contemplates a distribution to general unsecured creditors of the Loan Debtors and IPCo 

Debtors must be contributed from the secured lenders. 

A Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class under sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the 

Bankruptcy Code for all purposes, including voting, confirmation, and distribution under the Plan; provided 

that a Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to 

the Plan only to the extent such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest and such Allowed 

Claim or Allowed Interest has not been satisfied, released, or otherwise settled. The Creditors’ Committee 

and certain other creditors assert that the Plan improperly classifies the Term Loan Deficiency Claim with 

Other General Unsecured Claims. Based on applicable law and the nature of the claims, the Debtors dispute 

that assertion and believe that the Term Loan Deficiency Claim can be classified with Other General 

Unsecured Claims and will be prepared to demonstrate the same at the confirmation hearing. 

F. Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of Plan and Effective Date

1. Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of Plan

The following are conditions precedent to confirmation of the Plan:

the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered an order approving the Disclosure 

Statement as containing adequate information with respect to the Plan within the meaning of section 1125 

of the Bankruptcy Code;

the proposed Confirmation Order shall be consistent with the Transaction 

Support Agreement and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Debtors, the 

Requisite Consenting Support Parties, the Required DIP Lenders, the DIP Agent, the Exit ABL Agent, and 

the Exit Term Agent; provided that the Debtors will also consult in good faith with the ABL Agent 

regarding the form and substance of the Confirmation Order; and

the Backstop Commitment Letter and the Transaction Support Agreement 

shall not have been terminated by the parties thereto and shall be in full force and effect and binding on all 

parties thereto.

2. Conditions Precedent to Effective Date

The occurrence of the Effective Date will be subject to the following conditions precedent, among 

others; provided that any condition can be waived with the prior written consent of the Debtors and the 

Requisite Consenting Support Parties:

(a) the Transaction Support Agreement shall not have been terminated by the parties 

thereto and remains in full force and effect and binding on the parties thereto;

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 42 of 171
34

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

(b) the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order consistent with 

the Transaction Support Agreement and the Confirmation Order shall not have been stayed;

(c) the Definitive Documents shall be consistent with the Transaction Support 

Agreement and otherwise approved by the parties thereto consistent with their respective consent and 

approval rights as set forth in the Transaction Support Agreement;

(d) all actions, documents, and agreements necessary to implement and consummate 

the Plan shall have been performed or executed, as applicable;

(e) the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the DIP Order, the DIP Loan Documents 

shall be in full force and effect in accordance with their terms, the DIP Termination Date (as defined in the 

DIP Order) shall not have occurred, no Event of Default (as defined in the DIP Loan Documents) shall have 

occurred or be continuing, and the obligations outstanding under the DIP Credit Agreement shall not have 

been accelerated in accordance with the terms thereof;

(f) all documentation related to the Exit ABL Facility shall have been executed and 

delivered by each party thereto, and any conditions precedent related thereto shall have been satisfied or 

waived;

(g) all documentation related to the New Term Credit Agreement shall have been 

executed and delivered by each party thereto, and any conditions precedent related thereto shall have been 

satisfied or waived; provided that the DIP Lenders shall be deemed to have executed and delivered the New 

Term Credit Agreement in accordance with the terms of the DIP Credit Agreement;

(h) all conditions precedent to the issuance of the New Common Equity, other than 

the occurrence of the Effective Date, shall have occurred;

(i) the New Equity Allocation and New Warrants shall have been issued to the 

Consenting Support Parties in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement;

(j) the organizational documents and bylaws for Reorganized Chinos Holdings will 

be adopted on terms consistent with the Transaction Support Agreement and otherwise in form and 

substance reasonably satisfactory to the Debtors and the Requisite Consenting Support Parties;

(k) the Backstop Commitment Letter shall not have been terminated and remains in 

full force and effect;

(l) the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall have been established and funded as 

provided herein;

(m) all fees and expenses owed pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement or the 

DIP Order, including all Ad Hoc Committee Fees, to the extent unpaid and invoiced at least two business 

days before the Effective Date, shall have been paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors;

(n) all governmental and third-party approvals and consents, including Bankruptcy 

Court approval, necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Support 

Agreement shall have been obtained, not be subject to unfulfilled conditions, and be in full force and effect, 

and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any 

competent authority that would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose materially adverse conditions on such 

transactions; and

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 43 of 171
35

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

(o) all other actions, documents, and agreements necessary to implement and 

effectuate the Plan shall have been performed or executed, as applicable.

3. Satisfaction or Waiver of Conditions Precedent

Except as otherwise provided herein, all actions required to be taken on the 

Effective Date shall take place and shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously and no such action 

shall be deemed to have occurred before the taking of any other such action. No leave or order of the 

Bankruptcy Court shall be required for the waiver by the Debtors, with the prior written consent of the 

Requisite Consenting Support Parties, of any condition precedent set forth in Section 9.1 of the Plan, except 

the condition precedent set forth in Section 9.1(a), in accordance with the terms thereof. 

The Confirmation Order shall contain a waiver of any stay of enforcement 

otherwise applicable, including pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3020(e), 6004(h), and 7062.

4. Effect of Failure of a Condition

If the Effective Date does not occur, then (a) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects, (b) any 

settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan, assumption of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases 

effected under the Plan, and document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan shall be deemed null and 

void, and (c) nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall (i) constitute a waiver or 

release of any Claim or Interest or any claims or Causes of Action by the Debtors, (ii) prejudice in any 

manner the rights of any Entity, or (iii) constitute any admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking 

by the Debtors, any of the Consenting Support Parties, or any other Entity.

G. Effect of Confirmation of Plan

1. Vesting of Assets

On the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 1141(b) and (c) of the Bankruptcy Code, all assets and 

property of the Debtors’ Estates shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors, free and clear of all Claims, Liens, 

encumbrances, charges, and other interests, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order. On 

and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may take any action, including, the operation of their 

businesses; the use, acquisition, sale, lease and disposition of property; and the entry into transactions, 

agreements, understandings, or arrangements, whether in or other than in the ordinary course of business, 

and execute, deliver, implement, and fully perform any and all obligations, instruments, documents, and 

papers or otherwise in connection with any of the foregoing, free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code 

or Bankruptcy Rules and in all respects as if there were no pending cases under the Bankruptcy Code, 

except as expressly provided herein.

2. Binding Effect

As of the Effective Date, the Plan shall bind (a) all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the 

settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, and injunctions described in the Plan, (b) each Entity 

acquiring property under the Plan and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired 

Leases, (c) all parties to the Transaction Support Agreement, and (d) all holders of Claims and Interests and 

their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding whether any such holders were (i) Impaired or

Unimpaired under the Plan, (ii) deemed to accept or reject the Plan, (iii) failed to vote to accept or reject 

the Plan, or (iv) voted to reject the Plan.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 44 of 171
36

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

3. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

Upon the Effective Date, in consideration of the distributions to be made hereunder, except as 

otherwise expressly provided herein, each holder (as well as any representatives, trustees, or agents on 

behalf of each holder) of a Claim or Interest and any affiliate of such holder shall be deemed to have forever 

waived, released, and discharged the Debtors, to the fullest extent permitted by section 1141 of the 

Bankruptcy Code, of and from any and all Claims, Interests, rights, and liabilities that arose before the 

Effective Date. Pursuant to and to the fullest extent permitted by section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code 

and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the distributions, rights, and treatment provided 

in the Plan shall be in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge, effective as of the 

Effective Date, of all Interests and Claims of any nature whatsoever, including (unless otherwise 

specifically provided herein) any interest accrued on Claims from and after the Petition Date, whether 

known or unknown, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to 

the Plan on account of such Claims or Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that 

arose before the Effective Date, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or 

warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 

502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (a) a proof of claim or interest is 

filed or deemed filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) a Claim or Interest is Allowed; 

or (c) the holder of such Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial 

determination, subject to the Effective Date occurring, of the discharge of all Claims and Interests except 

as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan. Upon the Effective Date, all holders of Interests and Claims 

of any nature whatsoever shall be forever precluded and enjoined, pursuant to section 524 of the Bankruptcy 

Code, from prosecuting or asserting any such discharged Claim or terminated Interest against the Debtors, 

the Reorganized Debtors, or any of their assets or property, whether or not such holder has filed a proof of 

claim and whether or not the facts or legal bases therefor were known or existed before the Effective Date.

4. Term of Injunctions or Stays

Unless otherwise provided herein, in the Confirmation Order, or in another Final Order of the 

Bankruptcy Court, all injunctions or stays arising or issued under section 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy 

Code or otherwise, and in existence on the Confirmation Date, shall remain in full force and effect until the 

later of the Effective Date and the date indicated in the order providing for such injunction or stay. 

5. Injunction

Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, all holders of Claims and 

Interests and other parties in interest, along with their respective present or former employees, 

agents, officers, directors, principals, and affiliates, shall be enjoined from taking any actions to 

interfere with the implementation or consummation of the Plan.

Except as expressly provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or 

another order of the Bankruptcy Court or agreed to by the Debtors and a holder of a Claim or 

Interest, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold Claims or Interests (whether or not proof of 

such claims or interests has been filed and whether or not such Entities voted for or against the Plan 

or abstained from voting on the Plan or are presumed to have accepted or deemed to have rejected 

the Plan) and other parties in interest, along with their respective present or former employees, 

agents, officers, directors, principals, and affiliates are permanently enjoined, on and after the 

Effective Date, solely with respect to the Claims, Interests, and Causes of Action that are 

extinguished, discharged, or released pursuant to the Plan, from (i) commencing, conducting, or 

continuing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any suit, action, or other proceeding of any kind 

(including, any proceeding in a judicial, arbitral, administrative or other forum) against or affecting 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 45 of 171
37

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

the Released Parties or the property of any of the Released Parties, (ii) enforcing, levying, attaching 

(including any prejudgment attachment), collecting, or otherwise recovering by any manner or 

means, whether directly or indirectly, any judgment, award, decree, or order against the Released 

Parties or the property of any of the Released Parties, (iii) creating, perfecting, or otherwise enforcing 

in any manner, directly or indirectly, any encumbrance of any kind against the Released Parties or 

the property of any of the Released Parties, (iv) asserting any right of setoff, directly or indirectly, 

against any obligation due the Released Parties or the property of any of the Released Parties, except 

as contemplated by the Plan, and (v) acting in any manner that does not conform to or comply with 

the provisions of the Plan or the Confirmation Order.

By accepting distributions under the Plan, each holder of an Allowed 

Claim extinguished, discharged, or released pursuant to the Plan shall be deemed to have 

affirmatively and specifically consented to be bound by the Plan, including the injunctions set forth 

in Section 10.6 of the Plan.

The injunctions in Section 10.6 of the Plan shall extend to any 

successors of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors and their respective property and interests 

in property.

6. Releases

Releases by Debtors

As of the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, 

the Released Parties shall be deemed to be conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and 

forever released and discharged by the Debtors, their Estates, the Reorganized Debtors, and any 

Entity seeking to exercise the rights of the foregoing, including any successors to the Debtors or any 

estate representatives appointed or selected pursuant to section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, 

from any and all claims, obligations, rights, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, rights, 

Causes of Action, remedies, losses, and liabilities whatsoever, including any derivative claims, 

asserted or assertable on behalf of the Debtors, their Estates, or the Reorganized Debtors, whether 

known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, 

contingent or fixed, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, that the Debtors, their 

Estates, the Reorganized Debtors, or their affiliates would have been legally entitled to assert in their 

own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the holder of any Claim or Interest or 

other Entity, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, 

their Estates, the formation, operation, and conduct of the Debtors’ businesses, the Chapter 11 Cases, 

the acquisition, purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any debt or security of the 

Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (including the New Equity Allocation and the New Warrants), 

the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest, the business 

or contractual arrangements between the Debtors and any Released Party, the Debtors’ 

restructuring, the restructuring of any Claim or Interest before or during the Chapter 11 Cases

(including the restructuring of the IPCo Notes Claims notwithstanding the separate nature of the 

IPCo Indentures or the IPCo Intercreditor Agreement), the DIP Order, the Disclosure Statement, 

the Transaction Support Agreement, the New Term Loan, the Backstop Commitment, the Backstop 

Commitment Letter, the Plan, the Plan Supplement and other related agreements, instruments, and 

documents related to the foregoing (including the Definitive Documents), and the negotiation, 

formulation, or preparation thereof, the solicitation of votes on the Plan, or any other act or omission, 

in all cases based upon any act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking 

place on or before the Effective Date, including all Claims and Causes of Action under Chapter 5 of 

the Bankruptcy Code or any other Avoidance Actions under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 46 of 171
38

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

federal or state law, including any preference or fraudulent transfer Claims or Causes of Action; 

provided that nothing in this release shall be construed to release any post-Effective Date obligations 

of any Entity under the Plan, the Transaction Support Agreement, or any document, instrument, or 

agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan.

Consensual Releases by Holders of Claims or Interests

As of the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, 

each of the Released Parties shall be deemed to be conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, 

irrevocably, and forever released and discharged by:

i. the other Released Parties;

ii. the holders of Impaired Claims who voted to accept the Plan; 

iii. the holders of Impaired Claims who abstained from voting on the Plan 

or voted to reject the Plan but did not opt-out of these releases on their 

ballots;

iv. the holders of Unimpaired Claims and Interests in Classes 1, 2, 3, 7, 

and 9 that are presumed to accept the Plan but do not timely opt-out 

of the releases by completing a written opt-out form; and

v. the holders of Impaired Claims and Interests in Classes 8, 10-A, and 

10-B, that are deemed to reject the Plan but do not timely opt-out of 

the releases by completing a written opt-out form;

and with respect to any Entity in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), (a) such Entity’s predecessors, 

successors, and assigns, and (b) all Entities entitled to assert Claims through or on behalf of such 

Entities with respect to the matters to which these releases apply, in each case, from any and all 

claims, obligations, rights, suits, damages, Causes of Action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, 

including any derivative claims, asserted or assertable on behalf of a Debtor, whether known or 

unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, contingent or 

fixed, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, that such Entity would have been 

legally entitled to assert in its own right (whether individually or collectively) based on or relating to, 

or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors and their Estates, the formation, 

operation, and conduct of the Debtors’ businesses, the Chapter 11 Cases, the acquisition, purchase, 

sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any debt or security of the Debtors or the Reorganized 

Debtors (including the New Equity Allocation and New Warrants), the subject matter of, or the 

transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest, the business or contractual arrangements 

between the Debtors and any Released Party, the Debtors’ restructuring (including the restructuring 

of the IPCo Notes Claims notwithstanding the separate nature of the IPCo Indentures or the IPCo 

Intercreditor Agreement), the restructuring of any Claim or Interest before or during the Chapter 

11 Cases, the DIP Order, the Disclosure Statement, the Transaction Support Agreement, the New 

Term Loan, the Backstop Commitment, the Backstop Commitment Letter, the Plan, the Plan 

Supplement, and related agreements, instruments, and other documents (including the Definitive 

Documents), and the negotiation, formulation, or preparation thereof, the solicitation of votes on the 

Plan, or any other act or omission, in all cases based upon any transaction, agreement, event, or other 

occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date, including all Claims and Causes of Action 

under chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other Avoidance Actions under the Bankruptcy Code 

or applicable federal or state law, including any preference or fraudulent transfer Claims or Causes 

of Action; provided that nothing in this release shall be construed to release any post-Effective Date 

obligations of any Entity under the Plan, the Transaction Support Agreement, or any document, 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 47 of 171
39

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement 

the Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy 

Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the compromises memorialized in the 

releases set forth herein, and shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the releases set 

forth in the Plan are: (a) consensual; (b) essential to the confirmation of the Plan; (c) given in 

exchange for good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties, including the 

Released Parties’ contributions to facilitating the restructuring and implementing the Plan; (d) a 

good faith settlement and compromise of the claims released; (e) in the best interests of the Debtors 

and their Estates; (f) fair, equitable, and reasonable; and (g) given and made after due notice and 

opportunity for hearing.

7. Exculpation

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and to the maximum extent permitted by 

applicable law, no Exculpated Party will have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is hereby released 

and exculpated from, any claim, obligation, suit, judgment, damage, demand, debt, right, cause of 

action, remedy, loss, and liability for any claim in connection with or arising out of the administration 

of the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, and pursuit of the Disclosure Statement, the 

Transaction Support Agreement, the transactions relating to the Debtors’ restructuring, the Plan 

(including the Plan Supplement), the solicitation of votes for, or confirmation of, the Plan, the funding 

or consummation of the Plan, the Definitive Documents, or any related agreements, instruments, or 

other documents, the offer, issuance, and distribution of any securities issued or to be issued pursuant 

to the Plan, whether or not such distribution occurs following the Effective Date, the occurrence of 

the Effective Date, negotiations regarding or concerning any of the foregoing, or the administration 

of the Plan or property to be distributed under the Plan, except for actions determined to constitute 

gross negligence, willful misconduct, or intentional fraud as determined by a Final Order by a court 

of competent jurisdiction. This exculpation shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, all other 

releases, indemnities, exculpations and any other applicable law or rules protecting the Exculpated 

Parties from liability. 

8. Releases and Exculpation Provisions Generally

The Debtors believe that the release and exculpation provisions set forth above are an important 

and integral part of the Plan, and that the Released Parties have made substantial contributions to these 

Chapter 11 Cases. For example, certain of the Released Parties have contributed to the Chapter 11 Cases 

through, among other things, managing the ordinary course of business of the Debtors during the Chapter 

11 Cases, managing and negotiating the Debtors’ lease portfolio, negotiating and finalizing the DIP 

financing, negotiating the Trade Agreements, negotiating the compromises and settlements set forth in the 

Plan, and assisting in prosecution of the Plan. The parties to the Transaction Support Agreement, in their 

capacities as Consenting Support Parties and as Backstop Parties, have made substantial contributions to 

these Chapter 11 Cases by, for example, providing substantial financing necessary to administer these 

chapter 11 cases and consummate the Plan, and also compromising their claims to facilitate a distribution 

to junior creditors. The Debtors believe that under these circumstances, including as a result of the Review 

Committee’s determinations with respect to the 2017 Transaction, the releases contemplated under the Plan 

are appropriate. 

The releases set forth herein would affect claims held by the Debtors and by third-parties against the 

Released Parties with respect to the matters released, including any alleged claims arising from payments 

made to certain Released Parties and that are identified in the Schedules. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 48 of 171
40

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

The Debtors will be prepared to demonstrate at confirmation that the release and exculpation provisions set 

forth herein are appropriate and consistent with applicable law. 

VII.

ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

The Plan reflects a consensus among the Debtors, the Consenting Support Parties, and the Sponsors. 

The Debtors have determined that the Plan is the best alternative available for their successful emergence 

from chapter 11. If the Plan is not confirmed and consummated, the alternatives to the Plan are (a) the 

filing of an alternative chapter 11 plan of reorganization, (b) a sale of some or all of the Debtors’ assets 

pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (c) a liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy 

Code. 

A. Continuation of the Chapter 11 Cases

If the Plan is not confirmed, the Debtors (or, if the Debtors’ Plan Exclusive Period has expired, any 

other party in interest) could attempt to formulate a different plan. Such alternative plan might involve

either a reorganization and continuation of the Debtors’ business or an orderly liquidation of their assets. 

B. 363 Sale

Alternatively, if the Plan is not confirmed, the Debtors could seek from the Bankruptcy Court, after 

notice and a hearing, authorization to sell all of their assets under section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code. 

Holders of Claims in Classes 3, 4, and 5 would be entitled to credit bid on any property to which their 

security interests attach to the extent of the value of such security interests, and to offset their Claims against 

the purchase price of such property. In addition, the security interests of the holders of Other Secured Claims 

would attach to the proceeds of any sale of their respective collateral to the extent of their secured interests 

therein. Upon analysis and consideration of this alternative, the Debtors do not believe a sale of their assets 

under section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code would yield a higher recovery for the holders of Allowed Claims 

than what they would receive under the Plan.

C. Liquidation under Chapter 7

If no plan can be confirmed, the Chapter 11 Cases may be converted to cases under chapter 7 of 

the Bankruptcy Code in which a trustee would be appointed to liquidate the assets of the Debtors and 

distribute their proceeds to their creditors in accordance with the priorities established by the Bankruptcy 

Code.

As demonstrated in the Liquidation Analysis, attached hereto as Exhibit C, the Debtors believe 

that liquidation under chapter 7 would result in smaller distributions to creditors than those provided for in 

the Plan because of, among other things, the delay resulting from the conversion of the Chapter 11 Cases 

to cases under chapter 7, the additional administrative expenses associated with the appointment of a trustee 

and the trustee’s retention of professionals, and the loss in value attributable to an expeditious liquidation 

of the Debtors’ assets as required by chapter 7.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 49 of 171
41

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

VIII.

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND

CONSEQUENCES UNDER FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS

A. Section 1145 Securities

The issuance of and the distribution under the Plan of the New Common Equity on account of 

Allowed Term Loan Secured Claims and Allowed IPCo Notes Claims, and as Backstop Premium will be 

exempt from registration under the Securities Act and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as 

well as any state or local law requiring registration for the offer, issuance, or distribution of securities (the 

“Registration Requirements”), pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, without further act or 

action by any Entity.

Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code generally exempts from the Registration Requirements the 

offer or sale under a chapter 11 plan of a security of the debtor, of an affiliate participating in a joint plan 

with the debtor, or of a successor to the debtor under such plan, if such securities are offered or sold in 

exchange for a claim against, or an interest in, the debtor or such affiliate, or principally in such exchange 

and partly for cash. In reliance upon this exemption, the New Common Equity issued on account of 

Allowed Term Loan Secured Claims and IPCo Notes Claims, will be exempt from the Registration 

Requirements. These securities shall be freely tradable by the recipients thereof, subject to: (i) the holder 

not being an “underwriter” with respect to such securities, as that term is defined in subsection (b) of section 

1145 the Bankruptcy Code or being directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or 

indirect common control with, the Reorganized Debtor that issued such securities; (ii) compliance with any 

rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission applicable at the time of any future 

transfer of such securities or instruments; (iii) any restrictions on the transferability of the New Common 

Equity contained in the Stockholders Agreement; and (iv) any applicable regulatory approval.

Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code defines “underwriter” for purposes of the Securities Act 

as one who, except with respect to ordinary trading transactions, (i) purchases a claim with a view to 

distribution of any security to be received in exchange for the claim, (ii) offers to sell securities issued under 

a plan for the holders of such securities, (iii) offers to buy securities issued under a plan from persons 

receiving such securities, if the offer to buy is made with a view to distribution, or (iv) is an issuer, as used 

in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, with respect to such securities, which includes control persons of 

the issuer.

“Control,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, means the possession, directly or indirectly, 

of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through 

the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise. The legislative history of Section 1145 of the 

Bankruptcy Code suggests that a creditor who owns ten percent (10%) or more of a class of voting securities 

of a reorganized debtor may be presumed to be a “controlling person” and, therefore, an underwriter.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, control person underwriters may be able to sell securities without 

registration pursuant to the resale limitations of Rule 144 of the Securities Act which, in effect, permit the 

resale of securities received by such underwriters pursuant to a chapter 11 plan, subject to applicable volume 

limitations, notice and manner of sale requirements, and certain other conditions. Parties who believe they 

may be statutory underwriters as defined in section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code are advised to consult 

with their own legal advisers as to the availability of the exemption provided by Rule 144.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 50 of 171
42

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

B. Private Placement

The offer, issuance, and distribution of the New Common Equity allocated to the Consenting 

Support Parties in consideration for commitments to participate in the New Term Loans in accordance with 

the Transaction Support Agreement (the “New Equity Allocation”) and of the New Warrants (together 

with the New Common Equity issued as the New Equity Allocation and upon exercise of the New Warrants, 

the “4(a)(2) Securities”) to the New Term Lenders are being made in reliance on the exemption from 

registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D thereunder. Only Term 

Lenders and IPCo Noteholders that are “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D 

under the Securities Act) will be eligible to participate in the New Term Loans and thus receive the 4(a)(2) 

Securities. The 4(a)(2) Securities will be “restricted securities” and may not be transferred except pursuant 

to an effective registration statement or under an available exemption from the Registration Requirements 

such as, under certain conditions, the resale provisions of Rule 144 of the Securities Act. Additionally, the 

New Warrants are subject to the restrictions on transferability contained in the Warrant Agreement.

Rule 144 provides a limited safe harbor for the public resale of restricted securities if certain 

conditions are met. These conditions vary depending on whether the holder of the restricted securities is 

an “affiliate” of the issuer. Rule 144 defines an affiliate of the issuer as “a person that directly, or indirectly 

through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such 

issuer.”

A non-affiliate of an issuer that is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) 

of the Exchange Act and who has not been an affiliate of the issuer during the ninety (90) days preceding 

such sale may resell restricted securities after a one-year holding period whether or not there is current 

public information regarding the issuer.

An affiliate of an issuer that is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of 

the Exchange Act may resell restricted securities after the one-year holding period if at the time of the sale 

certain current public information regarding the issuer is available. An affiliate must also comply with the 

volume, manner of sale and notice requirements of Rule 144. First, the rule limits the number of restricted 

securities (plus any unrestricted securities) sold for the account of an affiliate (and related persons) in any 

three-month period to the greater of 1% of the outstanding securities of the same class being sold or, if the 

class is listed on a stock exchange, the average weekly reported volume of trading in such securities during 

the four weeks preceding the filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144 or if no notice is required, the 

date of receipt of the order to execute the transaction by the broker or the date of execution of the transaction 

directly with a market maker. Second, the manner of sale requirement provides that the restricted securities 

must be sold in a broker’s transaction, directly with a market maker or in a riskless principal transaction (as 

defined in Rule 144). Third, if the amount of securities sold under Rule 144 in any three month period 

exceeds 5,000 units or has an aggregate sale price greater than $50,000, an affiliate must file or cause to be 

filed with the SEC three copies of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144, and provide a copy to any 

exchange on which the securities are traded.

The Debtors believe that the Rule 144 exemption will not be available with respect to the 4(a)(2) 

Securities (whether held by non-affiliates or affiliates) until at least one year after the Effective Date. 

Accordingly, unless transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement or another available 

exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, nonaffiliated holders of the 4(a)(2) 

Securities will be required to hold their 4(a)(2) Securities for at least one year and, thereafter, to sell them 

only in accordance with the applicable requirements of Rule 144, pursuant to the filing an effective 

registration statement or pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of 

applicable securities laws.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 51 of 171
43

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

* * * * *

Legends. Each book entry position or certificate representing the 4(a)(2) Securities or the

New Common Equity issued pursuant to Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code to the Entities that are 

“underwriters” as defined in section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code (collectively, the “Restricted 

Securities”), will bear a legend substantially in the form below:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN 

REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE 

SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, 

OFFERED FOR SALE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED 

UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS REORGANIZED 

SEG RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH 

REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to reasonably require 

certification, legal opinions or other evidence of compliance with Rule 144 as a condition to the removal 

of such legend or to any resale of the Restricted Securities. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as 

applicable, also reserve the right to stop the transfer of any Restricted Securities if such transfer is not in 

compliance with Rule 144, pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to another available 

exemption from the registration requirements of applicable securities laws. All persons who receive 

Restricted Securities will be required to acknowledge and agree that (a) they will not offer, sell or otherwise 

transfer any Restricted Securities except in accordance with an exemption from registration, including 

under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if and when available, or pursuant to an effective registration 

statement, and (b) the Restricted Securities will be subject to the other restrictions described above.

In any case, recipients of securities issued under the Plan are advised to consult with their own legal 

advisers as to the availability of any such exemption from registration under state law in any given instance 

and as to any applicable requirements or conditions to such availability.

BECAUSE OF THE COMPLEX, SUBJECTIVE NATURE OF THE QUESTION OF 

WHETHER A PARTICULAR PERSON MAY BE AN UNDERWRITER OR AN AFFILIATE AND 

THE HIGHLY FACT-SPECIFIC NATURE OF THE AVAILABILITY OF EXEMPTIONS FROM 

REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, INCLUDING THE EXEMPTIONS 

AVAILABLE UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND RULE 144 UNDER 

THE SECURITIES ACT, NONE OF THE DEBTORS MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION 

CONCERNING THE ABILITY OF ANY PERSON TO DISPOSE OF THE SECURITIES TO BE 

ISSUED UNDER OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN. THE DEBTORS 

RECOMMEND THAT POTENTIAL RECIPIENTS OF THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED 

UNDER OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN CONSULT THEIR OWN 

COUNSEL CONCERNING WHETHER THEY MAY FREELY TRADE SUCH SECURITIES AND 

THE CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH THEY MAY RESELL SUCH SECURITIES.

IX.

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PLAN

The following discussion summarizes certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the 

implementation of the Plan to the Debtors (including the Reorganized Debtors) and to holders of certain 

Claims. This discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders of Claims 

or equity interests who are unimpaired or deemed to reject the Plan. In addition, this discussion does not 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 52 of 171
44

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

address any consideration being received on account of a person’s capacity other than as a holder of a 

Claim.

The discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences below is based on the Internal Revenue 

Code of 1986, as amended (the “Tax Code”), the U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations (“Treasury 

Regulations”), judicial authorities, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and other 

applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date of this Disclosure Statement and all of which are subject 

to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). The U.S. federal income tax 

consequences of the contemplated transactions are complex and subject to significant uncertainties. The 

Debtors have not requested an opinion of counsel or a ruling from the IRS or any other taxing authority 

with respect to any of the tax aspects of the contemplated transactions, and the discussion below is not 

binding upon the IRS or any court. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court 

would not sustain, a different position than any position discussed herein.

This summary does not address foreign, state, or local tax consequences of the contemplated 

transactions, nor does it purport to address the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the transactions to 

special classes of taxpayers (e.g., foreign taxpayers, small business investment companies, regulated 

investment companies, real estate investment trusts, banks and certain other financial institutions, insurance 

companies, tax-exempt organizations, retirement plans, individual retirement and other tax-deferred 

accounts, holders that are, or hold their Term Loan Secured Claims, IPCo Notes Claims, Ongoing Trade 

Claims, or Other General Unsecured Claims through, S corporations, partnerships or other pass-through 

entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, 

dealers in securities or foreign currency, traders that mark-to-market their securities, persons subject to the 

“Medicare” tax on net investment income, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or to the special 

accounting rules under section 451(b) of the Tax Code, and persons whose Term Loan Secured Claims, 

IPCo Notes Claims, Ongoing Trade Claims, or Other General Unsecured Claims are part of a straddle, 

hedging, constructive sale, or conversion transaction). In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. 

federal taxes other than income taxes, nor does it apply to any person that acquired the New Common 

Equity in the secondary market, unless otherwise provided herein. This discussion assumes that the New 

Common Equity will be held as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) within the 

meaning of section 1221 of the Tax Code and, except as otherwise discussed herein, that the various debt 

and other arrangements to which any of the Debtors is a party and the transactions pursuant to the Plan will 

be respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with their form. 

In accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement and in connection with the implementation 

of the Plan, holders of Term Loan Secured Claims and IPCo Notes Claims that are qualified institutional 

buyers or accredited investors were given the right to join the Transaction Support Agreement. Each holder 

of Term Loan Secured Claims or IPCo Notes Claims that joined the Transaction Support Agreement was 

given the right to participate in providing the DIP Obligations and, if it so participated, is required to 

participate in providing the New Term Loans and thereby will receive the New Equity Allocation and New 

Warrants (the “Joinder Right”). Any value attributable to the Joinder Right may be considered for tax 

purposes as value received by such holders of Term Loan Secured Claims and IPCo Notes Claims as a 

recovery on such Claims under the Plan. The Debtors have not yet determined whether treatment of the 

Joinder Right as a recovery on the Term Loan Secured Claims and IPCo Notes Claims is appropriate or 

whether the Joinder Right has any value. The remainder of this summary assumes (unless otherwise 

indicated) that the Joinder Right is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as an option to acquire an 

“investment unit” comprised of a portion of the New Term Loans, New Equity Allocation and New 

Warrants. One of the other possible characterizations is that the receipt and exercise of the Joinder Right 

could be treated as an integrated transaction pursuant to which a portion of the New Term Loans, New 

Equity Allocation and New Warrants is acquired directly in partial satisfaction of a holder’s Term Loan 

Secured Claim or IPCo Notes Claim. The Debtors have not yet determined whether any such treatment is 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 53 of 171
45

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

appropriate. The characterization of the Joinder Right and its subsequent exercise for U.S. federal income 

tax purposes—as the exercise of an option to acquire an investment unit comprised of a portion of the New 

Term Loans, New Equity Allocation or New Warrants or, alternatively, as an integrated transaction 

pursuant to which a portion of the New Term Loans, New Equity Allocation and New Warrants is acquired 

directly in partial satisfaction of a holder’s Term Loan Secured Claim or IPCo Notes Claim, or otherwise—

is uncertain. If the Joinder Right is treated as an option, it is also unclear if it is treated as a “security” for 

U.S. federal income tax purposes (as discussed below). If it is not treated as a “security” and the exchange 

of the Term Loan Secured Claims or IPCo Notes Claims pursuant to the Plan is treated as a tax-free 

transaction (as discussed further below), the Joinder Right would be treated as “boot” received by holders 

in the exchange.

The following summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences is for 

informational purposes only and is not a substitute for careful tax planning and advice based upon a 

U.S. Holder’s individual circumstances. All holders of Claims are urged to consult their own tax 

advisor for the U.S. federal, state, local, non-U.S., and other tax consequences applicable under the 

Plan. 

A. Consequences to Debtors

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, Chinos Holdings is a common parent of an affiliated group 

of corporations that files a single consolidated U.S. federal income tax return (the “Chinos Group”), of 

which the other Debtors are members or are disregarded entities, directly or indirectly, wholly-owned by a 

member of the Chinos Group. The Debtors estimate that, as of the end of the fiscal year ending February 

2, 2020, the Chinos Group had carryforwards of disallowed business interest expense in excess of $148 

million, unused general business credits in excess of $1 million, a deferred loss of approximately $828 

million, and certain other tax attributes (collectively, the “Tax Attributes”). With respect to the fiscal year 

ending on February 2, 2021, the Debtors currently project book losses before interest expense of $180

million (which are expected to result in consolidated federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”)) 

and expect that a portion of their interest expense for the fiscal year ending on February 2, 2021 will be 

subject to disallowance and carryforward under section 163(j) of the Tax Code. The amount of any such 

NOLs and other Tax Attributes remain subject to further analysis of the Debtors and audit and adjustment 

by the IRS. Certain equity trading activity and the claiming of certain worthless stock deductions prior to 

the Effective Date could result in an ownership change of Chinos Holdings independent of the Plan, which 

could adversely affect the ability to fully utilize the Chinos Group’s Tax Attributes. In an attempt to 

minimize the likelihood of such an ownership change occurring, the Debtors obtained at the inception of 

the Chapter 11 Cases an interim order from the Bankruptcy Court authorizing protective procedures with 

respect to certain equity trading and worthless stock deductions.

As discussed below, in connection with the implementation of the Plan, the Debtors expect the 

amount of certain of the Tax Attributes will be reduced. In addition, the subsequent utilization of any loss 

and other Tax Attributes remaining following the Effective Date may be limited. Alternatively, depending 

on certain tax elections that could be made in connection with the implementation of the Restructuring 

Transaction Steps (as described below), the Tax Attributes may not carry over to the Reorganized Debtors. 

The Debtors anticipate that the restructuring will constitute a transfer of the Debtors’ assets to a 

new group of limited liability companies as described in the Restructuring Transaction Steps (the “Asset 

Transfers”).23 Depending on whether the Reorganized Debtors cause the NewCo Entity Group to make

 23 The Debtors are analyzing the potential benefits for the Debtors and holders of Claims and Interests of an alternative 

transaction structure commonly described as a “Bruno’s” transaction structure that may be beneficial for tax purposes. If such 

a transaction structure is determined to be beneficial for the Debtors and holders of Claims and Interests, the Debtors do not 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 54 of 171
46

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

certain tax elections after the Effective Date in connection with, and effective as of, the implementation of 

the Restructuring Transaction Steps (the “Restructuring Elections”), the Asset Transfers will constitute 

(i) a taxable transaction, (ii) a tax-free reorganization or (ii) a taxable transaction, in part, and a tax-free 

reorganization, in part. Debtors expect that the acquirer(s) described in the Restructuring Transaction Steps 

will initially hold the Debtors’ assets with a fair market value tax basis to the extent the transfer of such 

assets constitutes a taxable transaction. To the extent the Asset Transfers constitute a taxable transfer, the 

Debtors’ NOLs or other Tax Attributes would not be carried over. The tax consequences to the Debtors of 

the Restructuring Transaction Steps, including the potential amount of cash tax liability (if any) resulting 

from a taxable transfer of assets, remain subject to ongoing analysis and depend on whether the 

Restructuring Elections are determined to be beneficial by the Reorganized Debtors.

1. Cancellation of Debt

In general, absent an exception, a debtor will realize and recognize cancellation of debt (“COD”) 

income upon satisfaction of its outstanding indebtedness for total consideration less than the amount of 

such indebtedness. The amount of COD income, in general, is the excess of (a) the adjusted issue price of 

the indebtedness satisfied, over (b) the sum of (i) the amount of cash paid, (ii) the issue price of any new 

indebtedness of the debtor issued, and (iii) the fair market value of any other new consideration (including 

stock of the debtor or a party related to the debtor) given in satisfaction, or as part of the discharge, of such 

indebtedness at the time of the exchange. The Plan provides that holders of Term Loan Secured Claims 

and holders of IPCo Note Claims will receive New Common Equity in exchange for their Term Loan 

Secured Claims and IPCo Notes Claims, respectively, so the amount of COD income for J.Crew Group, 

Inc., the borrower with respect to the Term Loan, and J.Crew Brand, LLC, the borrower with respect to the 

IPCo Notes, will depend in part on the fair market value of the New Common Equity. In addition, as 

discussed below (see IX.B.1(b)—“Consequences to Holders of Certain Claims—Treatment of the Joinder 

Right”), the Joinder Right may be viewed for tax purposes as a recovery on the Term Loan Secured Claims 

and IPCo Notes Claims, in which case the value of the Joinder Right would be taken into account in 

determining the amount of COD income. Accordingly, the estimated amount of COD income with respect 

to the Term Loan Secured Claims or IPCo Notes Claims is subject to further analysis.

Under section 108 of the Tax Code, any COD income of a debtor is excluded from gross income if 

the debtor is under the jurisdiction of a court in a case under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and the 

discharge of debt occurs pursuant to that proceeding. As a consequence of such exclusion, a debtor 

generally must reduce its tax attributes by the amount of COD income that it excluded from gross income. 

In general, tax attributes of the debtor are reduced in the following order: (a) NOLs; (b) general business 

credit carryovers; (c) alternative minimum tax credit carryovers; (d) capital loss carryovers; (e) tax basis in 

assets, which includes the stock of subsidiaries; (f) passive activity loss and credit carryovers; and 

(g) foreign tax credit carryovers. Alternatively, a debtor with excluded COD income may elect first to 

reduce the basis of its depreciable assets. Although not free from doubt, it is expected that carryovers of 

disallowed business interest expense are not tax attributes subject to such reduction. The reduction of the 

debtor’s tax attributes occurs at the end of the tax year for which the excluded COD income is realized, but 

only after the net income or loss for the taxable year of the debt discharge has been determined; in this way, 

the attribute reduction is generally effective as of the start of the taxable year following the discharge. If 

the amount of excluded COD income exceeds available tax attributes, the excess generally is not subject to 

U.S. federal income tax and has no other U.S. federal income tax impact. Where the debtor joins in the 

filing of a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, applicable Treasury Regulations require, in certain 

circumstances, that certain tax attributes of other members of the group also be reduced. 

 believe that implementing such a transaction structure would adversely affect the recoveries to holders of Claims and Interests 

contemplated in the Plan and described in the Disclosure Statement. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 55 of 171
47

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

In connection with the implementation of the Plan, the Debtors expect to realize a substantial 

amount of excluded COD income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Depending on whether the 

Reorganized Debtors determine that it is beneficial to make the Restructuring Elections in connection with 

the implementation of the Restructuring Transaction Steps, the realization of excluded COD income for 

U.S. federal income tax purposes could result in an attendant reduction in Tax Attributes (but in the case of 

tax basis where no election is made to reduce the basis of depreciable assets as described above, only to the 

extent such tax basis exceeds the amount of the respective Debtor’s liabilities, as determined for these 

purposes, immediately after the Effective Date). As noted above, depending on whether the Restructuring 

Elections are made in connection with the implementation of the Restructuring Transaction Steps, the 

Reorganized Debtors will not succeed to part or all of the Tax Attributes of the Debtors.

2. Limitation on NOLs and Other Tax Attributes

Following the Effective Date, any NOLs, carryforwards of disallowed business interest expense 

and certain other Tax Attributes allocable to tax periods or portions thereof ending on or prior to the 

Effective Date (collectively, “Pre-Change Losses”) may be subject to certain limitations under sections 

382 and 383 of the Tax Code. Any such limitations apply in addition to, and not in lieu of, the use of 

attributes or the attribute reduction that results from the exclusion of COD income arising in connection 

with the Plan. 

If a corporation or consolidated group undergoes an “ownership change” as defined under section 

382 of the Tax Code, the amount of its “pre-change losses” that may be utilized to offset future taxable 

income generally is subject to an annual limitation. The Debtors anticipate that the distribution of the New 

Common Equity pursuant to the Plan will result in an ownership change of the Reorganized Debtors for 

these purposes, and that the Reorganized Debtors’ use of their Pre-Change Losses will be subject to 

limitation unless an exception to the general rules of sections 382 and 383 of the Tax Code applies. The 

rules under sections 382 and 383 of the Tax Code are not expected to be relevant if the Reorganized Debtors 

do not succeed to any of the Tax Attributes of the Debtors, which will depend on whether the Restructuring 

Elections are made in connection with the implementation of the Restructuring Transaction Steps, as noted 

above.

General Annual Limitation

In general, the amount of the annual limitation to which a corporation or consolidated group that 

undergoes an ownership change would be subject is equal to the product of (a) the fair market value of the 

stock of the corporation (or parent of the consolidated group) immediately before the ownership change 

(with certain adjustments) multiplied by (b) the “long-term tax-exempt rate” (which is the highest of the 

adjusted federal long-term rates in effect for any month in the three (3)-calendar-month period ending with 

the calendar month in which the ownership change occurs, e.g., 1.47 percent for ownership changes 

occurring in May, 2020). For a corporation or consolidated group in bankruptcy that undergoes an 

ownership change pursuant to a confirmed bankruptcy plan, unless the special exception described below 

(see IX.A.2(b)—“Limitation on NOLs and Other Tax Attributes —Section 382(l)(5) Exception”) applies, 

the annual limitation is generally determined by reference to the fair market value of the stock of the 

corporation (or the parent of the consolidated group) immediately after (rather than before) the ownership 

change and after giving effect to the discharge of creditors’ claims, subject to certain adjustments (the 

“382(l)(6) Exception”); in no event, however, can the stock value for this purpose exceed the pre-change 

gross value of the assets of the corporation or consolidated group.

Any portion of the annual limitation that is not used in a given year may be carried forward, thereby 

adding to the annual limitation for the subsequent taxable year.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 56 of 171
48

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Under certain circumstances, the annual limitation otherwise computed may be increased if the 

corporation or consolidated group has an overall built-in gain in its assets at the time of the ownership 

change. If a loss corporation or consolidated group has such “net unrealized built-in gain” at the time of an 

ownership change (taking into account most assets and items of “built-in” income, gain, loss, and 

deduction), any built-in gains recognized (or, according to a currently effective IRS notice, treated as 

recognized) during the following sixty (60)-month period (up to the amount of the original net unrealized 

built-in gain) generally will increase the annual limitation in the year of such recognition, such that the loss 

corporation or consolidated group would be permitted to use its pre-change losses against such built-in gain 

income in addition to its otherwise applicable annual limitation. Alternatively, if a loss corporation or 

consolidated group has a “net unrealized built-in loss” at the time of an ownership change, then built-in 

losses (including, but not limited to, amortization or depreciation deductions attributable to such built-in 

losses) recognized during the sixty (60)-month period following the ownership change (up to the amount 

of the original net unrealized built-in loss) will be treated as pre-change losses, the deductibility of which 

will be subject to the annual limitation. In general, the net unrealized built-in gain or loss will be deemed 

to be zero unless it is greater than the lesser of (a) $10,000,000 or (b) fifteen percent (15%) of the fair 

market value of the corporation’s or consolidated group’s assets (with certain adjustments) before the 

ownership change. On September 9, 2019, the U.S. Department of the Treasury issued proposed regulations 

that would significantly modify the calculation and treatment of net unrealized built-in gains and losses; 

however, the U.S. Department of the Treasury subsequently amended the proposed effective date provision 

to exempt from the new regulations ownership changes pursuant to chapter 11 cases filed prior to the 

regulations becoming effective. Thus, the proposed regulations should not apply to the Debtors. Although 

not free from doubt, it is currently expected that the Chinos Group will have a net unrealized built-in gain 

as of the Effective Date.

If the corporation or consolidated group does not continue its historic business or use a significant 

portion of its historic assets in a new business for at least two years after the ownership change, the annual 

limitation resulting from the ownership change is reduced to zero, thereby precluding any utilization of the 

corporation’s pre-change losses (absent any increases due to recognized built-in gains). Currently, the 

Debtors anticipate that regardless of the application of section 382 of the Tax Code, all of their NOLs 

generated in taxable years ending prior to the Effective Date will be fully utilized in the fiscal year ending 

February 2, 2020 and/or carried back to prior taxable years pursuant to provisions of the recently enacted 

coronavirus-related stimulus legislation known as the CARES Act. However, section 382 of the Tax Code

may restrict the subsequent utilization of other Tax Attributes, such as the carryforward of any disallowed 

business interest expense allocable to the period through the Effective Date and the portion of any NOLs 

generated during the current taxable year and allocable to the period through the Effective Date.

Section 382(l)(5) Bankruptcy Exception

An exception to the foregoing annual limitation rules generally applies when, among other 

requirements, existing shareholders and “qualified creditors” of a debtor corporation receive, in respect of 

their equity interests or claims (as applicable), at least fifty percent (50%) of the vote and value of the stock 

of the reorganized debtor (or a controlling corporation) pursuant to a confirmed chapter 11 plan (the 

“382(l)(5) Exception”). The IRS has in private letter rulings applied the 382(l)(5) Exception on a 

consolidated basis where the parent corporation is in bankruptcy. Generally, qualified creditors are 

creditors who (a) held their claims continuously for at least eighteen (18) months at the time the bankruptcy 

petition is filed and thereafter, (b) hold claims incurred in the ordinary course of the debtor’s business and 

held those claims continuously since they were incurred, or (c) in certain cases, do not become five percent 

(5%) shareholders of the reorganized corporation. 

Under the 382(l)(5) Exception, a debtor’s pre-change losses are not subject to the annual limitation. 

However, if the 382(l)(5) Exception applies, the amount of the debtor’s pre-change losses is re-determined 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 57 of 171
49

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

as if no interest deductions were allowable during the three (3) taxable years preceding the taxable year that 

includes the effective date of the plan of reorganization, and during the part of the taxable year prior to and 

including the effective date of the plan of reorganization, in respect of all debt converted into stock in the 

reorganization. If the 382(l)(5) Exception applies and the Reorganized Debtors thereafter undergo another 

ownership change within two (2) years after the Effective Date, the annual limitation with respect to such 

later ownership change could be zero, effectively precluding the utilization of any Pre-Change Losses at 

the time of such later ownership change against future income of the Reorganized Debtors. Any future 

ownership change after such two (2)-year period would subject the Reorganized Debtors to the general 

limitations under sections 382 and 383 of the Tax Code. A debtor that qualifies for this exception may, if 

it so desires, elect not to have the 382(l)(5) Exception apply and instead remain subject to the annual 

limitation described above. 

The Debtors have not determined whether or not the 382(l)(5) Exception will apply in connection 

with the Plan. Accordingly, it is possible that the Debtors will not qualify for, or that the Debtors will elect 

not to apply, this exception. In order to preserve the potential to qualify for the 382(l)(5) Exception, the 

Debtors provided notice at the inception of the Chapter 11 Cases that if and to the extent determined 

necessary, the Debtors may seek to implement certain procedures to monitor the trading and accumulation 

of Claims against the Debtors, and subsequent court orders in connection therewith may require that a 

purchaser of certain Claims after the Petition Date resell some or all of such Claims.

Section 382(l)(6) Bankruptcy Exception

As described above, where the 382(l)(5) Exception is not applicable (either because the debtor does 

not qualify for it or the debtor otherwise elects not to utilize the 382(l)(5) Exception), the 382(l)(6) 

Exception will generally apply. When the 382(l)(6) Exception applies, a debtor corporation that undergoes 

an ownership change generally is permitted to determine the fair market value of its stock after taking into 

account the increase in value resulting from any surrender or cancellation of creditors’ claims in the 

bankruptcy. This differs from the ordinary rule that requires the fair market value of a debtor corporation 

that undergoes an ownership change to be determined before the events giving rise to the change. The 

382(l)(6) Exception also differs from the 382(l)(5) Exception in that the debtor corporation is not required 

to re-determine the amount of its pre-change losses as if no interest deductions were allowable with respect 

to the debt exchanged for stock in the manner described above, and the debtor may undergo a change of 

ownership within two years without completely losing the ability to use its pre-change losses.

3. Potential Application of AHYDO Provisions

The New Term Loan may be subject to the provisions of the Tax Code dealing with “applicable 

high yield discount obligations” (“AHYDOs”). These provisions can result in the deferral, and even 

disallowance, of an issuer’s deduction of interest with respect to “original issue discount” (“OID”). The 

New Term Loan is expected to be issued with OID. A debt obligation is generally treated as an AHYDO 

if it is issued with substantial OID (meaning that there is accrued unpaid OID as of the close of the first 

accrual period ending after the fifth (5th) anniversary of issuance in excess of one year’s interest, both 

actual and imputed), has a yield to maturity of at least five percentage points (5%) over the applicable 

federal rate in effect for the calendar month in which such notes are issued, and has a maturity of over five 

(5) years.

In the event that a debt instrument constitutes an AHYDO, the issuer’s deduction with respect to 

any interest is generally deferred until such interest is paid in cash. Moreover, if the yield to maturity on 

the debt instrument is more than six percentage points (6%) over the applicable federal rate, a portion of 

the issuer’s interest deduction is disallowed. Because the New Term Loan will be structured to include socalled AHYDO catch-up payments, the New Term Loan is not expected to constitute an AHYDO. If, 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 58 of 171
50

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

however, contrary to that expectation, the New Term Loan is considered to be an AHYDO, Reorganized 

Chinos Holdings’ deduction with respect to any interest relating to New Term Loan may, in part, be deferred 

or disallowed.

B. Consequences to Holders of Claims

This summary discusses the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders of Term Loan 

Secured Claims, IPCo Notes Claims, Ongoing Trade Claims, and Other General Unsecured Claims who 

are U.S. Holders and does not discuss tax consequences for those who are not U.S. Holders. Except as 

otherwise discussed herein, the summary below generally assumes that holders of such Claims will, each 

as a class, vote to accept the Plan. As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of 

Term Loan Secured Claims, IPCo Notes Claims, Ongoing Trade Claims, Other General Unsecured Claims, 

New Common Equity or, if applicable, the Joinder Right or New Warrants, that is for U.S. federal income 

tax purposes: 

• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

• a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, 

created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the 

District of Columbia;

• an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its 

source; or

• a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over its 

administration and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all of its substantial 

decisions, or if the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations 

to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership or other entity or arrangement taxable as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax 

purposes holds such Term Loan Secured Claims, IPCo Notes Claims, Ongoing Trade Claims, Other General 

Unsecured Claims, New Common Equity or, if applicable, the Joinder Right or New Warrants, the tax 

treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the 

activities of the partnership. Each U.S. Holder that is a partner in such a partnership holding any of such 

instruments should consult its own tax advisor.

1. Holders of Class 4 Term Loan Secured Claims and Holders of Class 5 IPCo 

Notes Claims

Gain or Loss

Pursuant to the Plan, holders of Allowed Term Loan Secured Claims and holders of Allowed IPCo 

Notes Claims will receive New Common Equity in Reorganized Chinos Holdings in satisfaction of their 

Claims against certain subsidiary Debtors. Each U.S. Holder of a Term Loan Secured Claim or an IPCo 

Notes Claim, as applicable, will realize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between 

(i) the fair market value of the New Common Equity received in respect of the Claim and potentially the 

fair market value of the Joinder Right, as discussed below under “Treatment of the Joinder Right” (other 

than the fair market value of any consideration received for accrued but unpaid interest and possibly accrued 

OID), and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Claim exchanged (other than any tax basis 

attributable to accrued but unpaid interest and possibly accrued OID). See IX.B.4—“Character of Gain or 

Loss,” below. Whether the holders of the Allowed Term Loan Secured Claims or holders of the Allowed 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 59 of 171
51

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

IPCo Notes Claims recognize any such realized gain or loss will depend on whether the receipt of the New 

Common Equity (and potentially the Joinder Right) in exchange for Allowed Term Loan Secured Claims 

or Allowed IPCo Notes Claims, as applicable, constitutes a taxable transaction or a tax-free (or partially 

tax-free) transaction for such holders, which will depend on whether certain Restructuring Elections are 

made in connection with the implementation of the Restructuring Transaction Steps and whether the Claim 

surrendered in the exchange constitutes a “security” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. 

The term “security” is not defined in the Tax Code or in the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder 

and has not been clearly defined by judicial decisions. The determination of whether a particular debt 

obligation constitutes a “security” depends on an overall evaluation of the nature of the debt, including 

whether the holder of such debt obligation is subject to a material level of entrepreneurial risk and whether 

a continuing proprietary interest is intended or not. One of the most significant factors considered in 

determining whether a particular debt obligation is a security is its original term. In general, debt obligations 

issued with a weighted average maturity at issuance of less than five (5) years do not constitute securities, 

whereas debt obligations with a weighted average maturity at issuance of ten (10) years or more constitute 

securities. Each holder of a Term Loan Claim or IPCo Notes Claim is urged to consult its own tax advisor 

regarding the appropriate status for U.S. federal income tax purposes of such Claim.

If the exchange of the Allowed Term Loan Secured Claims or Allowed IPCo Notes Claims for the 

New Common Equity (and potentially the Joinder Right), as applicable, constitutes a taxable transaction to 

a U.S. Holder, such U.S. Holder of Allowed Term Loan Secured Claims or Allowed IPCo Notes Claims, 

as applicable, should recognize all realized gain or loss. If the exchange of the Allowed Term Loan Secured 

Claims or Allowed IPCo Notes Claims for the New Common Equity, as applicable, constitutes a tax-free 

transaction, a U.S. Holder of Allowed Term Loan Secured Claims or Allowed IPCo Notes Claims, as 

applicable, should not recognize any loss and would only recognize any gain to the lesser of (i) the amount 

of gain realized and (ii) the fair market value of any “boot” received.

In addition, a U.S. Holder of a Term Loan Secured Claim or an IPCo Notes Claim will have 

ordinary interest income to the extent of any exchange consideration allocable to accrued but unpaid interest 

or accrued OID not previously included in income in respect of the Term Loan or IPCo Note, as applicable. 

See B.5.—“Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest,” below. If the exchange of Allowed Term Loan 

Secured Claims or Allowed IPCo Notes Claims, as applicable, constitutes a taxable transaction to a U.S. 

Holder, such U.S. Holder of Term Loan Secured Claims or IPCo Notes Claims (as applicable) will have a 

tax basis in the New Common Equity received in exchange for its Term Loan Secured Claims or IPCo 

Notes Claims, as applicable, equal to the fair market value of the New Common Equity received and U.S. 

Holder’s holding period in such New Common Equity received should commence on the day following the 

Effective Date. If the exchange of the Allowed Term Loan Secured Claims or IPCo Notes Claims (as 

applicable) for the New Common Equity constitutes a tax-free transaction and the Joinder Right constitutes 

a security (or is not treated as part of the recovery on a holder’s Claims), such holder will have an aggregate 

tax basis in the New Common Equity (and Joinder Right, if treated as part of the recovery) received in 

exchange for its Term Loan Secured Claims or IPCo Notes Claims, as applicable, equal to the holder’s 

basis in such Claim. If the exchange of the Allowed Term Loan Secured Claims or IPCo Notes Claims (as 

applicable) for the New Common Equity constitutes a tax-free transaction and the Joinder Right does not 

constitute a security (but is treated as part of the recovery on a holder’s Claims), such holder will have a 

tax basis in the New Common Equity received in exchange for its Term Loan Secured Claims or IPCo 

Notes Claims, as applicable, equal to the holder’s basis in such Claim, increased by the amount of any gain 

recognized in the exchange, and decreased by the fair market value of the Joinder Right received. If the 

exchange of the Allowed Term Loan Secured Claims or IPCo Notes Claims (as applicable) for the New 

Common Equity is treated as a tax-free transaction, a U.S. Holder’s holding period in such New Common 

Equity generally includes the holder’s holding period in such Claim.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 60 of 171
52

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Treatment of the Joinder Right

Because the Joinder Right was made available to holders of Term Loan Secured Claims and IPCo

Notes Claims that are qualified institutional buyers or accredited investors in accordance with the 

Transaction Support Agreement and in connection with the implementation of the Plan, any value 

attributable to the Joinder Right may be considered for tax purposes as value received by holders of Term 

Loan Secured Claims and IPCo Notes Claims as a recovery on such Claims under the Plan. The Debtors 

have not yet determined whether the treatment of the Joinder Right as a recovery on the Term Loan Secured 

Claims and IPCo Notes Claims is appropriate or whether the Joinder Right has any value. As discussed 

above, the characterization of the Joinder Right and its subsequent exercise for U.S. federal income tax 

purposes is uncertain.

If the Joinder Right is treated as a recovery on the Term Loan Secured Claims and the IPCo Notes 

Claims, the fair market value of the Joinder Right would be taken into account in determining a U.S. 

Holder’s realized gain or loss, if any, with respect to its Term Loan Secured Claim or IPCo Notes Claim, 

as applicable. The Debtors have not yet determined whether this treatment is appropriate. If the exchange 

of the Allowed Term Loan Secured Claims or IPCo Notes claims (as applicable) for the New Common 

Equity is treated as a taxable transaction and the Joinder Right is treated as a recovery, a U.S. Holder would 

have a tax basis in the Joinder Right equal to the fair market value of the Joinder Right. If the exchange of 

the Allowed Term Loan Secured Claims or IPCo Notes claims (as applicable) for the New Common Equity 

is treated as a tax-free transaction and the Joinder Right is treated as a recovery, a U.S. Holder will have 

either an exchange basis in the Joinder Right (if the Joinder Right is treated as a security), as discussed 

above, or a tax basis in the Joinder Right equal to the fair market value of the Joinder Right (if the Joinder 

Right is not treated as a security).

If the Joinder Right is characterized as an option, a U.S. Holder of Term Loan Secured Claims or 

IPCo Notes Claims generally would not recognize any gain or loss upon the exercise of the Joinder Right. 

If the Joinder Right is treated as an option, a U.S. Holder’s aggregate tax basis in the New Term Loans, 

New Equity Allocation and New Warrants would be equal to the sum of (a) the amount paid, whether in 

the form of cash or in the form of the converted DIP Obligations, for the New Term Loans, New Equity

Allocation and New Warrants and (b) the U.S. Holder’s tax basis, if any, in the Joinder Right. Such 

aggregate basis would be allocated between the New Term Loans, New Equity Allocation and New 

Warrants so received in accordance with their relative fair market values. A U.S. Holder’s holding period 

in the New Term Loans, New Equity Allocation and New Warrants received upon exercise of the Joinder 

Right generally should commence on the day following the Effective Date. 

It is uncertain whether a U.S. Holder that receives but does not exercise the Joinder Right should 

be treated as receiving anything of additional value in respect of its Term Loan Secured Claim or IPCo 

Notes Claim. If the U.S. Holder is treated as having received a Joinder Right of value (despite their

subsequent lapse), such that it obtains a tax basis in the Joinder Right, the U.S. Holder generally would 

recognize a loss to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Joinder Right. In general, such loss would 

be a short-term capital loss.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 61 of 171
53

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

New Common Equity

If Reorganized Chinos Holdings makes cash distributions with respect to the New Common Equity, 

the distributions will generally be includible as ordinary dividend income on the day on which the dividends 

are actually or constructively received by a U.S. Holder to the extent paid out of the Reorganized Chinos 

Holdings’ current earnings and profits or earnings and profits accumulated as of the end of the prior year, 

as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent the amount of any such distribution 

exceeds such current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a non-taxable return 

of capital to the extent, and in reduction, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the New Common Equity

and as gain from the sale or exchange of such equity to the extent it exceeds the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax 

basis. Non-corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on dividends. Dividends 

paid to corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible for the dividends received deduction.

Unless a nonrecognition provision applies, U.S. Holders generally will recognize gain or loss upon 

the sale or exchange of the New Common Equity in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between 

(i) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the New Common Equity held and (ii) the sum of the cash and 

the fair market value of any property received from such disposition. Any such gain or loss generally 

should be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for its New Common Equity

exceeds one year at that time. A reduced tax rate on long-term capital gain may apply to non-corporate 

U.S. Holders. The deductibility of capital loss is subject to significant limitations.

In general, any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder upon a disposition of the New Common Equity

(or any stock or property received for such New Common Equity in a later tax-free exchange) received in 

exchange for a Term Loan Secured Claim or IPCo Notes Claim, as applicable, will be treated as ordinary 

income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of (i) any ordinary loss deductions previously 

claimed as a result of the write-down of the Claim, decreased by any income (other than interest income) 

recognized by the U.S. Holder upon exchange of the Claim, and (ii) with respect to a cash-basis holder and 

in addition to clause (i) above, any amounts which would have been included in its gross income if the U.S. 

Holder’s Claim had been satisfied in full but which was not included by reason of the cash method of 

accounting.

2. Holders of Class 6(a) Ongoing Trade Claims

Pursuant to the Plan, holders of Allowed Ongoing Trade Claims will receive, in final satisfaction 

of their Claims, their Pro Rata share of a cash pool in an aggregate amount equal to $71,000,000; provided 

that the aggregate amount of cash distributed on account of an Allowed Ongoing Trade Claim will not 

exceed fifty percent of the Allowed amount of such Claim. 

In general, a U.S. Holder of an Allowed Ongoing Trade Claim will recognize gain or loss in an 

amount equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the cash received in satisfaction of its Claim (other than 

any consideration received in respect of a Claim for accrued but unpaid interest and possibly accrued OID), 

and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Claim (other than any tax basis attributable to accrued 

but unpaid interest and possibly accrued OID). See IX.B.4—“Character of Gain or Loss,” below. A U.S. 

Holder will have ordinary interest income to the extent of any consideration allocable to accrued but unpaid 

interest not previously included in income. See IX.B.5—“Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest,” 

below. The tax treatment of a holder of Allowed Ongoing Trade Claims is not expected to change 

regardless of whether the Restructuring Elections are made in connection with the implementation of the 

Restructuring Transaction Steps.

In the event of the subsequent disallowance of any Ongoing Trade Claims, a U.S. Holder of a 

previously Allowed Ongoing Trade Claim may receive additional post-Effective Date distributions. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 62 of 171
54

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Accordingly, it is possible that any loss, or a portion of any gain, realized by a U.S. Holder may be deferred 

until all Disputed Ongoing Trade Claims are Allowed or Disallowed. In addition, a U.S. Holder may have 

imputed interest income with respect to such post-Effective Date distribution. U.S. Holders are urged to 

consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application (and the ability to elect out) of the 

“installment method” of reporting any gain that may be recognized by them in respect of their Claims due 

to the receipt of consideration in a taxable year subsequent to the taxable year in which the Effective Date 

occurs. The discussion herein assumes that the installment method does not apply.

3. Holders of Class 6(b) Other General Unsecured Claims

Pursuant to the Plan, holders of Other General Unsecured Claims (other than holders of Term Loan 

Deficiency Claims) will receive, in final satisfaction of their Claims, their Pro Rata share of cash allocable 

to the applicable Debtor cash pool in an aggregate amount equal to (a) $3,000,000, if the class votes to 

accept the Plan, or (b) $1,000,000, if the class votes to reject the Plan; provided that the aggregate amount 

of cash distributed on account of an Allowed Ongoing Trade Claim will not exceed fifty percent of the 

Allowed amount of such Claim. 

In general, a U.S. Holder of an Allowed Other General Unsecured Claim will recognize gain or 

loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (i) any cash received in satisfaction of its Claim 

(other than any consideration received in respect of a Claim for accrued but unpaid interest and possibly 

accrued OID), and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Claim (other than any tax basis attributable 

to accrued but unpaid interest and possibly accrued OID). See IX.B.4—“Character of Gain or Loss,” below. 

A U.S. Holder will have ordinary interest income to the extent of any consideration allocable to accrued 

but unpaid interest not previously included in income. See IX.B.5—“Distributions in Discharge of Accrued 

Interest,” below. The tax treatment of a holder of Allowed Other General Unsecured Claims is not expected 

to change regardless of whether the Restructuring Elections are made in connection with the 

implementation of the Restructuring Transaction Steps.

In the event of the subsequent disallowance of any Other General Unsecured Claims, a U.S. Holder 

of a previously Allowed Other General Unsecured Claim (other than holders of Term Loan Deficiency 

Claims) may receive additional post-Effective Date distributions subject to the treatment discussed above 

(see IX.B.2—“Holders of Class 6(a) Ongoing Trade Claims”). U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own 

tax advisors regarding the treatment of additional post-Effective Date distributions.

4. Character of Gain or Loss

Where gain or loss is recognized by a U.S. Holder, the character of such gain or loss as long-term 

or short-term capital gain or loss or as ordinary income or loss will be determined by a number of factors, 

including the tax status of the holder, whether the Term Loan Secured Claim, IPCo Notes Claim, Ongoing 

Trade Claim, or Other General Unsecured Claim constitutes a capital asset in the hands of the U.S. Holder 

and how long it has been held, whether the Term Loan Secured Claim, IPCo Notes Claim, Ongoing Trade 

Claim, or Other General Unsecured Claim was acquired at a market discount, and whether and to what 

extent the holder previously claimed a bad debt deduction. In general, any gain or loss generally should be 

long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is more than one year at that time. A 

reduced tax rate on long-term capital gain may apply to non-corporate U.S. Holders. The deductibility of 

capital loss is subject to significant limitations.

A U.S. Holder that purchased its Term Loan Secured Claims, IPCo Notes Claims, or Ongoing 

Trade Claims, or Other General Unsecured Claims from a prior holder at a “market discount” (relative to 

the principal amount of the Term Loan Secured Claims, IPCo Notes Claims, or Ongoing Trade Claims, or 

Other General Unsecured Claims at the time of acquisition) may be subject to the market discount rules of 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 63 of 171
55

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

the Tax Code. In general, a debt instrument is considered to have been acquired with market discount if 

the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the debt instrument is less than (i) its “stated redemption price at 

maturity” (which generally would be equal to the stated principal amount if all stated interest was required 

to be paid in cash or property at least annually) or (ii) in the case of a debt instrument issued with OID, its 

adjusted issue price, in each case, by at least a de minimis amount. Under these rules, any gain recognized 

on the exchange of Term Loan Secured Claims, IPCo Notes Claims, Ongoing Trade Claims, or Other 

General Unsecured Claims (other than in respect of a Term Loan Secured Claim, IPCo Notes Claim, 

Ongoing Trade Claim, or Other General Unsecured Claim for accrued but unpaid interest) generally will 

be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount accrued (on a straight line basis or, at the 

election of the holder, on a constant yield basis) during the U.S. Holder’s period of ownership, unless the 

holder elected to include the market discount in income as it accrued. If a U.S. Holder of a Term Loan 

Secured Claim, IPCo Notes Claim, Ongoing Trade Claim, or Other General Unsecured Claim did not elect 

to include market discount in income as it accrued and, thus, under the market discount rules, was required 

to defer all or a portion of any deductions for interest on debt incurred or maintained to purchase or carry 

its Term Loan Secured Claim, IPCo Notes Claim, Ongoing Trade Claim, or Other General Unsecured 

Claim, such deferred amounts would become deductible at the time of the exchange.

5. Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest

In general, to the extent that any exchange consideration received pursuant to the Plan by a U.S. 

Holder of a Term Loan Secured Claim, IPCo Notes Claim, Ongoing Trade Claim, or Other General 

Unsecured Claim is received in satisfaction of accrued interest or OID during its holding period, such 

amount will be taxable to the U.S. Holder as interest income (if not previously included in the U.S. Holder’s 

gross income). Conversely, a U.S. Holder may be entitled to recognize a deductible loss to the extent any 

accrued interest or OID was previously included in its gross income and is not paid in full. However, the 

IRS has privately ruled in the case of a tax-free exchange that a holder could not claim an ordinary loss 

with respect to any unpaid OID. It is unclear whether the same result would arise in the case of a taxable

transaction with respect to previously included OID that is not paid in full.

The Plan provides that except as otherwise required by law (as reasonably determined by the 

Reorganized Debtors), distributions with respect to Allowed Term Loan Secured Claims, IPCo Notes 

Claims, Ongoing Trade Claims, or Other General Unsecured Claims are allocable first to the principal 

amount of such Allowed Claims (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and, thereafter, to 

the remaining portion of such Allowed Claims, including any Allowed Claim for accrued but unpaid 

interest, if any. See Section 6.18 of the Plan. There is no assurance that the IRS will respect such allocation 

for U.S. federal income tax purposes. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisor regarding 

the allocation of consideration received under the Plan, as well as the deductibility of accrued but unpaid 

interest (including OID) and the character of any loss claimed with respect to accrued but unpaid interest 

(including OID) previously included in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

6. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of interest (including accruals of OID) or dividends and any other reportable payments, 

possibly including amounts received pursuant to the Plan and payments of proceeds from the sale, 

retirement or other disposition of the exchange consideration, may be subject to “backup withholding” 

(currently at a rate of 24%) if a recipient of those payments fails to furnish to the payor certain identifying

information, fails properly to report interest or dividends, and, under certain circumstances, fails to provide 

a certification that the recipient is not subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an 

additional tax. Any amounts deducted and withheld generally should be allowed as a credit against that 

recipient’s U.S. federal income tax, provided that appropriate proof is timely provided under rules 

established by the IRS. Furthermore, certain penalties may be imposed by the IRS on a recipient of 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 64 of 171
56

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

payments who is required to supply information but who does not do so in the proper manner. Backup 

withholding generally should not apply with respect to payments made to certain exempt recipients, such 

as corporations and financial institutions. Information may also be required to be provided to the IRS 

concerning payments, unless an exemption applies. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisor 

regarding their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and information reporting and the 

procedures for obtaining such an exemption.

Treasury Regulations generally require disclosure by a taxpayer on its U.S. federal income tax 

return of certain types of transactions in which the taxpayer participated, including, among other types of 

transactions, certain transactions that result in the taxpayer’s claiming a loss in excess of certain thresholds. 

U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisor regarding these regulations and whether the 

contemplated transactions under the Plan would be subject to these regulations and require disclosure on 

their tax return.

The foregoing summary has been provided for informational purposes only and does not 

discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder of a 

Claim. All holders of Claims are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the federal, state, 

local, non-U.S., and other tax consequences applicable under the Plan.

X.

CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED

Before voting to accept or reject the Plan, holders of Claims should read and carefully consider the 

risk factors set forth below, in addition to the information set forth in this Disclosure Statement together 

with any attachments, exhibits, or documents incorporated by reference hereto. The factors below should 

not be regarded as the only risks associated with the Plan or its implementation. 

A. Certain Bankruptcy Law Considerations

1. Risk of Non-Confirmation of Plan

Although the Debtors believe that the Plan will satisfy all requirements necessary for confirmation 

by the Bankruptcy Court, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach the same 

conclusion or that modifications to the Plan will not be required for confirmation or that such modifications 

would not necessitate re-solicitation of votes. Moreover, the Debtors can make no assurances that they will 

receive the requisite acceptances to confirm the Plan, and even if all Classes entitled to vote on the Plan 

vote in favor of the Plan or the requirements for “cramdown” are met with respect to any Class that rejects

the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court, which may exercise substantial discretion as a court of equity, may choose 

not to confirm the Plan. If the Plan is not confirmed, it is unclear what distributions (if any) holders of 

Claims or Interests ultimately would receive with respect to their Claims or Interests under a subsequent 

plan of reorganization.

2. Risk of Non-Consensual Confirmation

If any impaired class of Claims or Interests does not accept or is deemed not to accept the Plan, the 

Bankruptcy Court may nevertheless confirm such Plan if at least one impaired class has accepted the Plan 

(with such acceptance being determined without including the vote of any “insider” in such class), and as 

to each impaired class that has not accepted the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court determines that the Plan “does 

not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to such class. The Debtors believe that 

the Plan satisfies these requirements.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 65 of 171
57

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

3. Risk of Non-Occurrence of Effective Date

Although the Debtors believe that the Effective Date will occur soon after the Confirmation Date, 

there can be no assurance as to the timing of the Effective Date. If the conditions precedent to the Effective 

Date set forth in the Plan have not occurred or have not been waived as set forth in Article IX of the Plan, 

then the Confirmation Order may be vacated, in which event no distributions would be made under the 

Plan, the Debtors and all holders of Claims or Interests would be restored to the status quo as of the day 

immediately preceding the Confirmation Date, and the Debtors’ obligations with respect to Claims and 

Interests would remain unchanged.

4. Risk of Termination of Transaction Support Agreement

The Transaction Support Agreement contains certain provisions that give the parties thereto the 

right to terminate the Transaction Support Agreement if various events occur. As noted above, termination 

of the Transaction Support Agreement could result in protracted Chapter 11 Cases, which could 

significantly and detrimentally impact the Debtors’ relationships with vendors, suppliers, employees, and 

customers. The Transaction Support Agreement provides that if the Transaction Support Agreement is 

terminated, each vote or any consent given by the Consenting Support Parties or the Sponsors prior to such 

termination will be deemed null and void ab initio.

5. Conversion to Chapter 7 Cases

If no plan of reorganization can be confirmed, or if the Bankruptcy Court otherwise finds that it 

would be in the best interest of holders of Claims and Interests, the Chapter 11 Cases may be converted to 

cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, after which a trustee would be appointed to liquidate the 

Debtors’ assets and distribute their proceeds in accordance with the priorities established by the Bankruptcy 

Code. See Article VII.C hereof, as well as the Liquidation Analysis attached hereto as Exhibit C, for a 

discussion of the effects that a chapter 7 liquidation would have on the recoveries of holders of Claims and 

Interests.

6. Claims Could Be More than Projected

There can be no assurance that the estimated Allowed amount of Claims will not be significantly 

more than projected, which, in turn, could cause the value of distributions to be reduced substantially. 

Inevitably, some assumptions will not materialize, and unanticipated events and circumstances may affect 

the ultimate results. Therefore, the actual amount of Allowed Claims may vary from the Debtors’ 

projections and feasibility analysis, and the variation may be material.

B. Risks Relating to Reorganized Debtors’ Business and Financial Condition

1. Risks Associated with Debtors’ Business and Industry

The fashion retail business is highly competitive. The fashion retail industry generally compete on 

quality, design, customer service, and price. The Reorganized Debtors will compete primarily with 

specialty retailers, department stores and e-commerce businesses that engage in the sale of women’s, men’s, 

and children’s apparel, accessories and similar merchandise, some of whom are or may become the 

Reorganized Debtors’ wholesale customers. Heightened competition could include the intensification of 

price competition, the entry of new competitors and the expansion, renovation, and opening of new stores 

by new and existing competitors. If the Reorganized Debtors fail to successfully respond to competitive 

pressures in this industry or to effectively implement their strategies to respond to these pressures, their 

operating results may be negatively affected. Some of the Reorganized Debtors’ principal competitors will 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 66 of 171
58

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

have greater financial resources than the Reorganized Debtors and either have used or may in the future use 

those resources to take steps that may have an adverse effect on the Reorganized Debtors’ competitive 

position and financial performance.

2. COVID-19 Risks

The Debtors have experienced operational and liquidity issues as a result of COVID-19. As of the 

Petition Date, all of the Debtors’ retail stores are closed. Continued store closures may adversely impact 

the Debtors’ sale volume and online traffic. In addition, while the Debtors’ two distribution facilities 

continue to operate as of the Petition Date, a worsening COVID-19 situation could force the Debtors to 

temporarily close these operations, which would reduce the Debtors’ ability to operate their business and 

increase risk of liquidity constraints. These risks may also affect the Financial Projections.

3. Merchandising Operations

The Debtors rely significantly on their suppliers. Adverse changes in any of the relationships with 

their suppliers, or the inability to enter into new relationships with suppliers, could negatively impact the 

Debtors’ operations and performance. The Debtors’ current arrangements with suppliers may not remain 

in effect on current or similar terms, and the impact of changes to those arrangements may adversely impact 

the Debtors’ revenue.

4. Right-Sizing Real Estate Portfolio

The Debtors’ efforts to renegotiate leases and potentially close stores during the Chapter 11 Cases 

is part of the Debtors’ wider effort to cut costs and maintain profitability. The Debtors’ forward-looking 

financial projections are based on substantial concessions from various landlords. If the Debtors are unable 

to reach satisfactory terms with the quantity of landlords they anticipate, the Debtors may be forced to close 

additional stores, thereby decreasing revenue. Further, the actual lease savings realized by the Debtors may 

be substantially less than the Debtors anticipate.

5. Post-Effective Date Indebtedness

Following the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will have to satisfy the obligations related 

to the Exit ABL Facility and New Term Loans. The Reorganized Debtors’ ability to service their debt 

obligations will depend on, among other things, the Reorganized Debtors’ compliance with affirmative and 

negative covenants, and the Reorganized Debtors’ future operating performance, which depends partly on 

economic, financial, competitive, and other factors beyond the Reorganized Debtors’ control. The 

Reorganized Debtors may not be able to generate sufficient cash from operations to meet their debt service 

obligations as well as fund necessary capital expenditures. In addition, if the Reorganized Debtors need to 

refinance their debt, obtain additional financing, or sell assets or equity, they may not be able to do so on 

commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

6. Pending and Future Litigation

There is, and may be in the future, certain litigation that could result in a material judgment against 

the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. Such litigation, and any judgment in connection therewith, could 

have a material negative effect on the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 67 of 171
59

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

C. Factors Relating to Securities to Be Issued under Plan Generally

1. Implied Valuation of Securities

The estimated value of the New Common Equity for purposes of estimating recovery percentages 

under the Plan is based on the Valuation Analysis, which is annexed hereto as Exhibit D and which 

represents a hypothetical valuation of the Reorganized Debtors and assumes that, among other things, the 

Reorganized Debtors continue as an operating business. The Valuation Analysis does not purport to 

constitute an appraisal of the Reorganized Debtors or necessarily reflect the actual market value that might 

be realized through a sale or liquidation of the Reorganized Debtors or their assets, which may be materially 

different than the estimate set forth in the Valuation Analysis. 

In preparing the Valuation Analysis, Lazard performed a variety of financial analyses and 

considered a variety of factors, as set forth in greater detail in the Valuation Analysis.

Furthermore, a liquid trading market for the New Common Equity may not develop or, if it 

develops, continue. In addition, the New Common Equity will not be listed on any securities exchange and 

the Reorganized Debtors will not be obligated to cause the New Common Equity to be listed on any 

securities exchange or over-the-counter market. Accordingly, the estimated value of the New Common 

Equity does not necessarily reflect the actual market value of the New Common Equity that might be 

realized after confirmation of the Plan, which may be materially lower than the estimated valuation of the 

New Common Equity as set forth in this Disclosure Statement and the exhibits hereto. Accordingly, such 

estimated value is not necessarily indicative of the prices at which the New Common Equity may trade after 

giving effect to the transactions set forth in the Plan.

2. Potential Dilution

The ownership percentage represented by the New Common Equity distributed on the Effective 

Date under the Plan will be subject to dilution from exercise of the New Warrants, the post-Effective Date 

Management Incentive Plan, and other securities that may be issued post-emergence.

In the future, similar to all companies, additional equity financings or other units issuances by any 

of the Reorganized Debtors could adversely affect the value of the New Common Equity issuable upon 

such conversion. The amount and dilutive effect of the foregoing could be material.

3. Distributions

The Reorganized Debtors may not pay any distributions on account of the New Common Equity. 

In such circumstances, the success of an investment in the Reorganized Debtors will depend entirely upon 

any future appreciation in the value of the New Common Equity. There is, however, no guarantee that the 

New Common Equity will appreciate in value or even maintain its initial implied valuation.

4. Restrictions on Ability to Resell New Common Equity

For a discussion of transfer restrictions on the New Common Equity under applicable federal or 

state securities law, see Section VIII of this Disclosure Statement.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 68 of 171
60

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

D. Risks Related to New Common Equity

1. Significant Holders

The holders of Term Loan Secured Claims and IPCo Notes Claims as well as Backstop Parties are 

expected to acquire a significant ownership interest in the Reorganized Debtors upon consummation of the 

Plan. These holders may, among other things, exercise a controlling influence over the business and affairs 

of the Reorganized Debtors and have the power to elect directors, control the appointment of a majority of 

the board of directors, and approve significant mergers and other material corporate transactions. 

2. Interests Subordinated to Reorganized Debtors’ Indebtedness

In any subsequent liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Reorganized Debtors, the New 

Common Equity will rank below all debt claims against the Reorganized Debtors. As a result, holders of 

the New Common Equity will not be entitled to receive any payment or other distribution of assets upon 

the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Reorganized Debtors until after all the Reorganized 

Debtors’ obligations to its debt holders have been satisfied.

3. Implied Valuation of New Common Equity Not Intended to Represent 

Trading Value of New Common Equity

The valuation of the Reorganized Debtors may not represent the trading value of the New Common 

Equity in public or private markets and is subject to additional uncertainties and contingencies, all of which 

are difficult to predict. Actual market prices of such securities at issuance will depend upon, among other 

things: (a) prevailing interest rates; (b) conditions in the financial markets; (c) the anticipated initial 

securities holdings of prepetition creditors, some of whom may prefer to liquidate their investment rather 

than hold it on a long-term basis; and (d) other factors that generally influence the prices of securities. The 

actual market price of the New Common Equity is likely to be volatile. Many factors including factors 

unrelated to the Reorganized Debtors’ actual operating performance and other factors not possible to 

predict, could cause the market price of the New Common Equity to rise and fall. Accordingly, the implied 

value, stated in the Valuation Analysis, attached hereto as Exhibit D, and in the Plan, of the securities to 

be issued does not necessarily reflect, and should not be construed as reflecting, values that will be attained 

for the New Common Equity in the public or private markets.

4. New Common Equity May Be Subject to Further Dilution

The New Common Equity to be issued on the Effective Date are subject to dilution from (a) New 

Common Equity issued upon the exercise of the New Warrants, (ii) New Common Equity issued pursuant 

to the Management Incentive Plan, and (iii) other New Common Equity issued by the Reorganized Debtors 

after the Effective Date. The Reorganized Debtors may issue equity securities in connection with future 

investments, acquisitions, or capital raising transactions. Such issuances or grants could constitute a 

significant portion of the then-outstanding common equity, which may result in a dilution in ownership of 

common equity, including units of New Common Equity issued pursuant to the Plan.

E. Additional Factors

1. Debtors Could Withdraw Plan

Subject to the terms of, and without prejudice to, the rights of any party to the Transaction Support 

Agreement, the Plan may be revoked or withdrawn prior to the Confirmation Date by the Debtors.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 69 of 171
61

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

2. Debtors Have No Duty to Update

The statements contained in this Disclosure Statement are made by the Debtors as of the date 

hereof, unless otherwise specified herein, and the delivery of this Disclosure Statement after that date does 

not imply that there has been no change in the information set forth herein since that date. The Debtors 

have no duty to update this Disclosure Statement unless otherwise ordered to do so by the Bankruptcy 

Court.

3. No Representations Outside Disclosure Statement Are Authorized

No representations concerning or related to the Debtors, the Chapter 11 Cases, or the Plan are 

authorized by the Bankruptcy Court or the Bankruptcy Code, other than as set forth in this Disclosure 

Statement. Any representations or inducements made to secure your acceptance or rejection of the Plan 

that are other than those contained in, or included with, this Disclosure Statement should not be relied upon 

in making the decision to accept or reject the Plan.

4. No Legal or Tax Advice Is Provided by Disclosure Statement

The contents of this Disclosure Statement should not be construed as legal, business, or tax advice. 

Each Claim or Interest holder should consult their own legal counsel and accountant as to legal, tax, and 

other matters concerning their Claim or Interest.

This Disclosure Statement is not legal advice to you. This Disclosure Statement may not be relied 

upon for any purpose other than to determine how to vote on the Plan or object to confirmation of the Plan.

5. No Admission Made

Nothing contained herein or in the Plan will constitute an admission of, or will be deemed evidence 

of, the tax or other legal effects of the Plan on the Debtors or holders of Claims or Interests.

6. Certain Tax Consequences

For a discussion of certain tax considerations to the Debtors and certain holders of Claims in 

connection with the implementation of the Plan, see Article IX hereof.

XI.

VOTING PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS

Before voting to accept or reject the Plan, each holder of a Claim entitled to vote (each, a “Voting 

Creditor”) should carefully review the Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A. All descriptions of the Plan set 

forth in this Disclosure Statement are subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan.

A. Voting Instructions and Voting Deadline

All Voting Creditors have been sent a Ballot together with this Disclosure Statement and should 

read the Ballot carefully and follow the instructions contained therein. Please use only the Ballot that 

accompanies this Disclosure Statement to cast your vote. Special procedures are set forth below for the 

beneficial holders of Claims (“Beneficial Holders”) held in “street name” through a broker, dealer, 

commercial bank, trust company, or other agent or nominee (each, a “Nominee”).

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 70 of 171
62

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

The Debtors have engaged Omni as their voting agent (the “Voting Agent”) to assist in the 

transmission of voting materials and in the tabulation of votes on the Plan. FOR YOUR VOTE TO BE 

COUNTED, YOUR VOTE MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE VOTING AGENT AT THE ADDRESS 

SET FORTH BELOW OR THROUGH THE E-BALLOT PORTAL ON OR BEFORE THE 

VOTING DEADLINE OF 4:00 P.M. (EASTERN TIME) ON AUGUST 17, 2020 UNLESS 

EXTENDED BY THE DEBTORS.

A BENEFICIAL HOLDER OF THE IPCO NOTES HOLDING SUCH NOTES IN “STREET 

NAME” THROUGH A NOMINEE MAY VOTE AS FURTHER DESCRIBED BELOW. 

IF IT IS A NOMINEE’S CUSTOMARY AND ACCEPTED PRACTICE TO COLLECT VOTES 

FROM BENEFICIAL HOLDERS BY VOTER INFORMATION FORM (“VIF”), 

E-MAIL, TELEPHONE, OR OTHER CUSTOMARY MEANS OF COMMUNICATION, THE 

NOMINEE MAY EMPLOY THAT METHOD OF COMMUNICATION IN LIEU OF COLLECTING

PAPER BENEFICIAL HOLDER BALLOTS.

IF YOU MUST RETURN YOUR BALLOT (OR OTHERWISE CONVEY YOUR VOTE) TO 

YOUR NOMINEE, YOU MUST RETURN YOUR BALLOT (OR OTHER CUSTOMARY 

COMMUNICATION) TO YOUR NOMINEE IN SUFFICIENT TIME FOR YOUR NOMINEE TO 

PROCESS YOUR VOTE AND RETURN A MASTER BALLOT INCORPORATING YOUR VOTE TO 

THE VOTING AGENT BEFORE THE VOTING DEADLINE.

IF A BALLOT IS DAMAGED OR LOST, YOU MAY CONTACT THE VOTING AGENT AT 

THE NUMBER SET FORTH BELOW TO RECEIVE A REPLACEMENT BALLOT. ANY BALLOT 

THAT IS EXECUTED AND RETURNED BUT WHICH DOES NOT INDICATE AN ACCEPTANCE 

OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN WILL NOT BE COUNTED.

IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING VOTING PROCEDURES, YOU MAY 

CONTACT THE VOTING AGENT AT:

Chinos Holdings, Inc. Ballot Processing

c/o Omni Agent Solutions

5955 De Soto Ave., Suite 100

Woodland Hills, CA 91367

Telephone: (866) 991-8218 (U.S. & Canada) and (818) 924-2298 (International)

E-mail: chinosinquiries@omniagnt.com with “Chinos” in the subject line

Additional copies of this Disclosure Statement are available upon request made to the Voting 

Agent, at the telephone numbers or e-mail address set forth immediately above.

B. Voting Procedures

The Debtors are providing copies of this Disclosure Statement (including all exhibits and 

appendices) and related materials and a Ballot (collectively, a “Solicitation Package”) to all Voting 

Creditors. Voting Creditors may include Nominees. If such Nominees do not hold Claims for their own 

account, they must provide copies of the Solicitation Package to their customers that are the Voting 

Creditors as of the Record Date. Any Voting Creditor that is a Beneficial Holder and has not received a 

Ballot should contact its Nominee. Any Voting Creditor that is a Nominee and has not received a Ballot 

should contact the Voting Agent.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 71 of 171
63

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Voting Creditors should provide all of the information requested by the Ballot and return all Ballots 

received in the enclosed, self-addressed, postage-paid envelope provided with each such Ballot either to the 

Voting Agent or their Nominee, as applicable.

In addition to accepting hard-copy Ballots, the Debtors will seek authorization to accept Ballots 

(from voting parties that are not required to vote through a Nominee) via electronic, online transmissions, 

solely through a customized online balloting portal on the Debtors’ case website to be maintained by the 

Voting Agent (the “E-Ballot Portal”). The encrypted ballot data and audit trail created by such electronic 

submission through the E-Ballot Portal shall become part of the record of any Ballot submitted in this 

manner, and the Voting Creditor’s electronic signature will be deemed to be immediately legally valid and 

effective.

The Record Date for determining which Voting Creditors are entitled to vote on the Plan is July 

15, 2020. The administrative agents or indenture trustees under any debt documents will not vote on behalf 

of their respective holders. Such holders must submit their own Ballots.

C. Parties Entitled to Vote

Under the Bankruptcy Code, only holders of Claims or Interests in “impaired” classes are entitled 

to vote on the Plan. Under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, a class of Claims or Interests is “impaired” 

under the Plan unless (1) the Plan leaves unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which such 

Claim or Interest entitles the holder thereof or (2) notwithstanding any legal right to an accelerated payment 

of such Claim or Interest, the Plan cures all existing defaults (other than defaults resulting from the 

occurrence of events of bankruptcy) and reinstates the maturity of such claim or interest as it existed before 

the default.

If, however, the holder of an impaired Claim or Interest will not receive or retain any distribution 

under the Plan on account of such Claim or Interest, the Bankruptcy Code deems such holder to have 

rejected the plan, and, accordingly, the holders of such Claims and Interests will not vote on the Plan and 

will not receive a Ballot. If a Claim or Interest is not impaired by the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code presumes 

the holder of such Claim or Interest to have accepted the Plan and, accordingly, the holders of such Claims 

and Interests are not entitled to vote on the Plan, and also will not receive a Ballot

A vote may be disregarded if the Bankruptcy Court determines, pursuant to section 1126(e) of the 

Bankruptcy Code, that it was not solicited or procured in good faith or in accordance with the provisions of 

the Bankruptcy Code.

The Bankruptcy Code defines “acceptance” of a plan by a class of (a) Claims as acceptance by 

creditors in that class that hold at least two-thirds in dollar amount and more than one-half in number of the 

Claims that cast ballots for acceptance or rejection of the Plan and (b) Interests as acceptance by interest 

holders in that class that hold at least two-thirds in amount of the Interests that cast ballots for acceptance 

or rejection of the Plan.

The Claims in the following classes are impaired under the Plan and entitled to vote to accept or 

reject the Plan:

• Class 4 Claims – Term Loan Secured Claims (Only Loan Debtors)

• Class 5 Claims – IPCo Notes Claims (Only IPCo Debtors)

• Class 6-A Claims – Ongoing Trade Claims (All Debtors)

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 72 of 171
64

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

• Class 6-B Claims – Other General Unsecured Claims (All Debtors)24

For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Ongoing Trade Claims will be expressly designated as such 

in the Trade Agreements before the Voting Deadline.

1. Voting Creditors (Who Are Record Holders)

A Voting Creditor that holds a Claim as a record holder in its own name should vote on the Plan 

by completing and signing a Ballot and returning it directly to the Voting Agent on or before the Voting 

Deadline (a) using the enclosed pre-addressed, postage-paid return envelope or (b) via the E-Ballot Portal. 

The Voting Agent will not accept Ballots submitted by e-mail or facsimile.

2. Beneficial Holders (Class 5 – IPCo Notes Claims)

A Beneficial Holder of a Claim in Class 5 (IPCo Notes Claims) holding such Claim in “street name” 

through a Nominee may vote on the Plan by one of the following two methods (as selected by such 

Beneficial Holder’s Nominee):

• Complete and sign a Ballot (each, a “Beneficial Ballot”). Return the Beneficial Ballot to 

your Nominee as promptly as possible and in sufficient time to allow such Nominee to 

process your instructions and return a completed “master” Ballot (each, a “Master Ballot”) 

to the Voting Agent by the Voting Deadline; or

• Complete and sign the pre-validated Beneficial Ballot (as described below) provided to 

you by your Nominee. Return the pre-validated Beneficial Ballot to the Voting Agent by 

the Voting Deadline using the return envelope provided in the Solicitation Package.

Any Beneficial Ballot returned to a Nominee will not be counted for purposes of acceptance or 

rejection of the Plan until such Nominee properly completes and delivers to the Voting Agent a Master 

Ballot casting the vote of the applicable Beneficial Holder.

If a Beneficial Holder holds Claims in Class 5 through more than one Nominee or through multiple 

accounts, such Beneficial Holder may receive more than one Beneficial Ballot and each such Beneficial 

Holder should execute a separate Beneficial Ballot for each block of Claims in Class 5 that it holds through 

any one Nominee and must return each such Beneficial Ballot to the appropriate Nominee. Votes cast by 

Beneficial Holders through Nominees will be applied to the applicable positions held by such Nominees, 

as of the Record Date, as evidenced by the applicable securities position report(s) obtained from DTC. 

Votes submitted by a Nominee pursuant to a Master Ballot will not be counted in excess of the amount of 

such Claims held by such Nominee as of the Record Date.

If a Beneficial Holder is registered directly with the applicable indenture trustee, the voting amounts 

of its Claims shall be the amounts set forth on the books and records of the applicable indenture trustee as 

of the Record Date.

 24 For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Term Loan Deficiency Claims are entitled to vote as part of Class 6-B. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 73 of 171
65

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

3. Nominees

A Nominee that, on the Record Date, is the record holder of Claims for one or more Beneficial 

Holders can obtain and/or convey the votes of such Beneficial Holders, consistent with customary practices 

for obtaining the votes of securities held in “street name,” in one of the following two ways:

Pre-Validated Ballots

The Nominee may “pre-validate” a Beneficial Ballot by (i) signing the Beneficial Ballot; 

(ii) indicating on the Beneficial Ballot the amount and the account number of the Claims held by the 

Nominee for the Beneficial Holder; and (iii) forwarding such Beneficial Ballot, together with the Disclosure 

Statement, a pre-addressed, postage-paid return envelope addressed to, and provided by, Omni, and other 

materials requested to be forwarded, to the Beneficial Holder for voting. The Beneficial Holder must then 

complete the information requested in the Beneficial Ballot, and return the Beneficial Ballot directly to 

Omni in the pre-addressed, postage-paid return envelope so that it is RECEIVED by Omni on or before the 

Voting Deadline. A list of the Beneficial Holders to whom “pre-validated” Beneficial Ballots were 

delivered should be maintained by Nominees for inspection for at least one year from the Voting Deadline.

Master Ballots

If the Nominee elects not to pre-validate Beneficial Ballots, the Nominee may obtain the votes of 

Beneficial Holders by forwarding to the Beneficial Holders the unsigned Beneficial Ballots, VIF, e-mail, 

or other customary method of collecting votes from a Beneficial Holder, together with the Disclosure 

Statement, a pre-addressed, postage-paid return envelope provided by, and addressed to, the Nominee, and 

other materials requested to be forwarded. Each such Beneficial Holder must then indicate his, her, or its 

vote on the Beneficial Ballot, complete the information requested on the Beneficial Ballot, review the 

certifications contained on the Beneficial Ballot, execute the Beneficial Ballot, and return the Beneficial 

Ballot to the Nominee. If it is accepted practice for a Nominee to collect votes via e-mail, telephone, or 

other customary method of communication, the Beneficial Holder shall follow the Nominee’s instruction 

for completing and submitting its votes to the Nominee. After collecting the Beneficial Holders’ votes, the 

Nominee must, in turn, complete a Master Ballot compiling the votes and other information from the 

Beneficial Ballots, execute the Master Ballot, and deliver the Master Ballot to Omniso that it is RECEIVED 

by Omni on or before the Voting Deadline.25 All Beneficial Ballots returned by Beneficial Holders should 

either be forwarded to Omni (along with the Master Ballot) or retained by Nominees for inspection for at 

least one year from the Voting Deadline. EACH NOMINEE SHOULD ADVISE ITS BENEFICIAL 

HOLDERS TO RETURN THEIR BENEFICIAL BALLOTS (OR OTHERWISE CONVEY THEIR 

VOTES) TO THE NOMINEE BY A DATE CALCULATED BY THE NOMINEE TO ALLOW IT TO 

PREPARE AND RETURN THE MASTER BALLOT TO OMNI SO THAT IT IS RECEIVED BY OMNI

ON OR BEFORE THE VOTING DEADLINE.26

4. Non-Voting Parties

The Debtors will, in connection with solicitation on the Plan, send an Opt Out Election Form to 

each holder of Claims and Interests not entitled to vote, pursuant to section 1126(f) and 1126(g) of the 

Bankruptcy Code. The Opt Out Election Form allows such holders, despite their non-voting status, to opt 

 25 Nominees will be permitted to submit their Master Ballots to the Voting Agent by e-mail.

26 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Nominees are authorized to transmit Solicitation Packages and collect votes to accept or to 

reject the Plan from Beneficial Holders in accordance with their customary practices, including the use of a “voting instruction 

form” in lieu of (or in addition to) a Beneficial Ballot, and collecting votes from Beneficial Holders through online voting, by 

phone, facsimile, or other electronic means.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 74 of 171
66

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

out of certain third-party releases as detailed in the Plan. Moreover, the Opt Out Election Form includes 

certain additional information that the Debtors believe is relevant and appropriate, including the Release by 

Holders of Claims and Interest in clear and conspicuous language.

5. Miscellaneous

All Ballots must be signed by the Voting Creditor, or any person who has obtained a properly 

completed Ballot proxy from the Voting Creditor, by the Voting Deadline. Unless otherwise ordered by 

the Bankruptcy Court, Ballots that are signed, dated, and timely received, but on which a vote to accept or 

reject the Plan has not been indicated, will not be counted. Any Ballot marked to both accept and reject the 

Plan shall not be counted. If you return more than one Ballot voting the same Claims differently, and you 

do not correct this before the Voting Deadline, those Ballots will not be counted. An otherwise properly 

executed Ballot (other than a Master Ballot) that attempts to partially accept and partially reject the Plan 

will likewise not be counted. The Debtors may request that the Voting Agent attempt to contact voters to 

cure any such defects in the Ballots.

The Ballots provided to Voting Creditors will reflect the principal amount of such Voting Creditor’s 

Claim; however, when tabulating votes, the Voting Agent may adjust the amount of such Voting Creditor’s 

Claim to reflect the amount of the Claim actually voted, including prepetition interest.

Under the Bankruptcy Code, for purposes of determining whether the requisite acceptances have 

been received, only Voting Creditors that actually vote will be counted. The failure of a holder to deliver 

a duly executed Ballot to the Voting Agent or its Nominee will be deemed to constitute an abstention by 

such holder with respect to voting on the Plan and such abstentions will not be counted as votes for or 

against the Plan.

Except as provided below, unless a Ballot or Master Ballot, as applicable, is submitted to the Voting 

Agent before the Voting Deadline together with any other documents required by such Ballot or Master 

Ballot, the Debtors may, in their sole discretion, reject such Ballot or Master Ballot as invalid, and therefore 

decline to utilize the vote(s) cast thereon in connection with seeking confirmation of the Plan.

6. Fiduciaries and Other Representatives

If a Beneficial Ballot is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, 

officer of a corporation, or another person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person 

should indicate such capacity when signing and, if requested, must submit proper evidence satisfactory to 

the Voting Agent of authority to so act. Authorized signatories should submit a separate Beneficial Ballot 

for each Voting Creditor for whom they are voting.

UNLESS THE BALLOT OR THE MASTER BALLOT IS SUBMITTED TO THE VOTING 

AGENT ON OR BEFORE THE VOTING DEADLINE, SUCH BALLOT OR MASTER BALLOT WILL 

BE REJECTED AS INVALID AND WILL NOT BE COUNTED AS AN ACCEPTANCE OR 

REJECTION OF THE PLAN; PROVIDED THAT THE DEBTORS RESERVE THE RIGHT, IN THEIR 

SOLE DISCRETION, TO REQUEST THE BANKRUPTCY COURT TO ALLOW SUCH BALLOT OR 

MASTER BALLOT TO BE COUNTED.

7. Agreements upon Furnishing Ballots

The delivery of an accepting Ballot pursuant to one of the procedures set forth above will constitute 

the agreement of the voter with respect to such Ballot to accept (a) all of the terms of, and conditions to, 

this solicitation; and (b) the terms of the Plan including the injunction, releases, and exculpations set forth 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 75 of 171
67

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

in Sections 10.6, 10.7, and 10.8 therein. All parties in interest retain their right to object to confirmation of 

the Plan pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code.

8. Change of Vote

Any party that has previously submitted a properly completed Ballot before the Voting Deadline 

may revoke such Ballot and change its vote by submitting to the Voting Agent or its Nominee, as applicable, 

a subsequent, properly completed Ballot for acceptance or rejection of the Plan before the Voting Deadline.

9. Requirement to File a Proof of Claim

Any person or entity that isrequired to timely file a proof of Claim in the form and manner specified 

by the order entered by the Bankruptcy Court establishing the date for filing proofs of claim in these Chapter 

11 Cases and who failed to do so on or before such date shall not, with respect to such Claim, be treated as 

a creditor of the Debtors for the purposes of voting on the Plan.

D. Waivers of Defects, Irregularities, etc.

Unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility 

(including time of receipt), acceptance, and revocation or withdrawals of Ballots and Master Ballots will 

be determined by the Voting Agent or the Debtors, as applicable, which determination will be final and 

binding. The Debtors reserve the right to reject any and all Ballots and Master Ballots submitted not in 

proper form or the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of the Debtors or their counsel, as applicable, 

be unlawful. The Debtors further reserve their respective rights to waive any defects or irregularities or 

conditions of delivery as to any particular Ballot or Master Ballot. The interpretation (including the Ballots, 

the Master Ballots, and the respective instructions thereto) by the Debtors, unless otherwise directed by the 

Bankruptcy Court, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in 

connection with deliveries of Ballots and Master Ballots must be cured prior to the Voting Deadline or 

within such time as the Debtors (or the Bankruptcy Court) determines. Neither the Debtors nor any other 

person will be under any duty to provide notification of defects or irregularities with respect to deliveries 

of Ballots and Master Ballots other than as set forth in the Disclosure Statement Order nor will any of them 

incur any liabilities for failure to provide such notification. Unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy 

Court, delivery of such Ballots and Master Ballots will not be deemed to have been made until such 

irregularities have been cured or waived. Ballots and Master Ballots previously furnished (and as to which 

any irregularities have not theretofore been cured or waived) will be invalidated.

E. Further Information, Additional Copies

If you have any questions or require further information about the voting procedures for voting 

your Claim, or about the packet of material you received, or if you wish to obtain an additional copy of the 

Plan, this Disclosure Statement, or any exhibits to such documents, please contact the Voting Agent.

XII.

CONFIRMATION OF PLAN

A. Confirmation Hearing

Section 1128(a) of the Bankruptcy Code requires the Bankruptcy Court to hold a confirmation 

hearing upon appropriate notice to all required parties. The Confirmation Hearing is scheduled for August 

25, 2020 at 10:00 a.m. (Eastern Time). The Confirmation Hearing may be adjourned from time to time by 

the Bankruptcy Court without further notice except for the announcement of the adjourned date made at the 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 76 of 171
68

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Confirmation Hearing, at any subsequent adjourned Confirmation Hearing, or pursuant to a notice filed on 

the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases.

B. Objections to Confirmation

Section 1128(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that any party in interest may object to the 

confirmation of a plan. Any objection to confirmation of the Plan must be in writing, must conform to the 

Bankruptcy Rules and applicable local rules, must set forth the name of the objector, the nature and amount 

of Claims or Interests asserted by the objector, the basis for the objection and the specific grounds thereof, 

and must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court, with a copy to the chambers of the United States Bankruptcy 

Judge supervising the Chapter 11 Cases, together with proof of service thereof, and served upon the 

following parties, including such other parties as the Bankruptcy Court may order:

1. The Debtors at:

225 Liberty St.

New York, NY 10281

Attn: Maria DiLorenzo

2. Office of the U.S. Trustee at:

Office of the U.S. Trustee for the Eastern District of Virginia

701 East Broad Street

Suite 4304

Richmond, VA 23219

Attn: Kenneth N. Whitehurst, III

Email: USTPRegion04.RH.ECF@usdoj.gov

3. Counsel to the Debtors at:

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10153

Attn: Ray C. Schrock, P.C.

Ryan Preston Dahl, Esq.

Candace M. Arthur, Esq.

Daniel Gwen, Esq.

Email: Ray.Schrock@weil.com

Ryan.Dahl@weil.com

Candace.Arthur@weil.com

Daniel.Gwen@weil.com

-andHunton Andrews Kurth LLP

Riverfront Plaza, East Tower

951 East Byrd Street

Richmond, Virginia 23219

Attn: Tyler P. Brown, Esq.

Henry P. (Toby) Long, III, Esq.

Nathan Kramer, Esq.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 77 of 171
69

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Email: tpbrown@HuntonAK.com

hlong@HuntonAK.com

nkramer@HuntonAK.com

4. Counsel to the Ad Hoc Committee at:

Milbank LLP

55 Hudson Yards

New York, New York 10001

Attn: Dennis F. Dunne, Esq.

Samuel A. Khalil, Esq.

Matthew L. Brod, Esq.

-andTavenner & Beran, PLC

20 North Eighth Street, 2nd Floor

Richmond, Virginia 23219

Attn: Lynn L. Tavenner, Esq.

Paula S. Beran, Esq.

Email: LTavenner@Tb-Lawfirm.com

pberan@Tb-Lawfirm.com

 

5. Counsel to the Creditors’ Committee at:

Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones LLP

780 Third Avenue, 34th Floor

New York, NY 10017-2024

Attn: Bradford J. Sandler, Esq.

Robert J. Feinstein, Esq.

Shirley S. Cho, Esq.

Debra Grassgreen, Esq.

Email: bsandler@pszjlaw.com

rfeinstein@pszjlaw.com

scho@pszjlaw.com

dgrassgreen@pszjlaw.com

-andHirschler Fleischer, P.C.

The Edgeworth Building

2100 East Cary Street

Richmond, Virginia 23223

P.O. Box 500

Attn: Robert S. Westermann 

Email: rwestermann@hf-law.com

UNLESS AN OBJECTION TO CONFIRMATION IS TIMELY SERVED AND FILED, IT MAY 

NOT BE CONSIDERED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 78 of 171
70

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

C. Requirements for Confirmation of Plan

1. Requirements of Section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code

General Requirements

At the Confirmation Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court will determine whether the confirmation 

requirements specified in section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code have been satisfied including, without 

limitation, whether:

(i) the Plan complies with the applicable provisions of the 

Bankruptcy Code;

(ii) the Debtors have complied with the applicable provisions of the 

Bankruptcy Code;

(iii) the Plan has been proposed in good faith and not by any means 

forbidden by law;

(iv) any payment made or promised by the Debtors or by a person 

issuing securities or acquiring property under the Plan, for services or for costs 

and expenses in or in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, or in connection with 

the Plan and incident to the Chapter 11 Cases, has been disclosed to the Bankruptcy 

Court, and any such payment made before confirmation of the Plan is reasonable, 

or if such payment is to be fixed after confirmation of the Plan, such payment is 

subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court as reasonable;

(v) the Debtors have disclosed the identity and affiliations of any 

individual proposed to serve, after confirmation of the Plan, as a director or officer 

of the Reorganized Debtors, an affiliate of the Debtors participating in a Plan with 

the Debtors, or a successor to the Debtors under the Plan, and the appointment to, 

or continuance in, such office of such individual is consistent with the interests of 

the holders of Claims and Interests and with public policy, and the Debtors have 

disclosed the identity of any insider who will be employed or retained by the 

Reorganized Debtors, and the nature of any compensation for such insider;

(vi) with respect to each Class of Claims or Interests, each holder of 

an impaired Claim or impaired Interest has either accepted the Plan or will receive 

or retain under the Plan, on account of such holder’s Claim or Interest, property of 

a value, as of the Effective Date, that is not less than the amount such holder would 

receive or retain if the Debtors were liquidated on the Effective Date under chapter 

7 of the Bankruptcy Code;

(vii) except to the extent the Plan meets the requirements of section 

1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code (as discussed further below), each Class of Claims 

either accepted the Plan or is not impaired under the Plan;

(viii) except to the extent that the holder of a particular Claim has agreed 

to a different treatment of such Claim, the Plan provides that an Allowed

Administrative Expense Claim (other than a Professional Fee Claim or DIP

Claims), will be paid in full on the Effective Date, and that Administrative Expense

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 79 of 171
71

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

Claims will receive either payment in full on the Effective Date or deferred cash

payments over a period not exceeding five years after the Petition Date, of a value, 

as of the Effective Date of the Plan, equal to the Allowed amount of such Claims;

(ix) at least one Class of impaired Claims has accepted the Plan, 

determined without including any acceptance of the Plan by any insider holding a 

Claim in such Class;

(x) confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by the 

liquidation, or the need for further financial reorganization, of the Debtors or any 

successor to the Debtors under the Plan; and

(xi) all fees payable under section 1930 of title 28 of the United States 

Code, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court at the Confirmation Hearing, have 

been paid or the Plan provides for the payment of all such fees on the Effective 

Date.

Best Interests Test

As noted above, with respect to each impaired class of claims and equity interests, confirmation of 

a plan requires that each holder thereof either (i) accept the plan, or (ii) receive or retain under the plan 

property of a value, as of the effective date of the plan, that is not less than the value such holder would 

receive or retain if the debtor was liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. This requirement is 

referred to as the “best interests test.”

This test requires a bankruptcy court to determine what the holders of allowed claims and allowed 

equity interests in each impaired class would receive from a liquidation of the debtor’s assets and properties 

in the context of a liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. To determine if a plan is in the best 

interests of each impaired class, the value of the distributions from the proceeds of the liquidation of the 

debtor’s assets and properties (after subtracting the amounts attributable to the aforesaid claims) is then 

compared with the value offered to such classes of claims and equity interests under the plan.

The Debtors believe that all holders of impaired Claims and Interests will receive under the Plan 

property with a value not less than the value such holders would receive in a liquidation under chapter 7 of 

the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors’ belief is based primarily on the Liquidation Analysis attached hereto 

as Exhibit C.

Any liquidation analysis is speculative as it is necessarily premised on assumptions and estimates, 

which are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which would be beyond 

the control of the Debtors. The Liquidation Analysis provided in Exhibit C is solely for the purpose of 

describing to the holders of Claims and Interests the effects of a hypothetical chapter 7 liquidation of the 

Debtors, subject to the assumptions set forth therein. There can be no assurance as to values that would 

actually be realized in a chapter 7 liquidation nor can there be any assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will 

accept the Debtors’ conclusions or concur with such assumptions in making its determinations under 

section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Feasibility

The Bankruptcy Code requires that a debtor demonstrate that confirmation of a plan is not likely to 

be followed by liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization unless contemplated by the plan. 

The Effective Date will not occur unless the transactions contemplated by the Plan close. Upon such 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 80 of 171
72

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

closing, the Reorganized Debtors will have sufficient funds to make the distributions required under the 

Plan and funds will be available to them under the Exit ABL Facility and the New Term Loans. 

Accordingly, the Debtors believe that the Plan is feasible.

Equitable Distribution of Voting Power

On or before the Effective Date, pursuant to and only to the extent required by section 1123(a)(6) 

of the Bankruptcy Code, the organizational documents for the Debtors will be amended as necessary to 

satisfy the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and will include, among other things, pursuant to section 

1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, (i) a provision prohibiting the issuance of non-voting equity securities, 

and (ii) a provision setting forth an appropriate distribution of voting power among classes of equity 

securities possessing voting power.

2. Additional Requirements for Non-Consensual Confirmation

Pursuant to the Plan, holders of Claims and Interests in Class 8 (Section 510(b) Claims), Class 10-

A (Existing Holdings Preferred Equity), and Class 10-B (Existing Holdings Equity) will not receive a 

distribution and are thereby deemed to reject the Plan. In addition, holders of Claims in Class 4 (Term 

Loan Secured Claims), Class 5 (IPCo Notes Claims), Class 6-A (Ongoing Trade Claims), or Class 6-B 

(Other General Unsecured Claims) may also vote to reject the Plan. Accordingly, the Debtors will request 

the Bankruptcy Court to confirm the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Section 

1129(b) requires that, with respect to each such rejecting Class, the Plan “does not discriminate unfairly” 

and is “fair and equitable.”

Unfair Discrimination Test

A chapter 11 plan does not discriminate unfairly, within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code, if 

the legal rights of a dissenting Class are treated in a manner consistent with the treatment of other Classes 

whose legal rights are substantially similar to those of the dissenting Class and if no Class of Claims or 

Interests receives more than it is legally entitled to receive. This test does not require that the treatment be 

the same or equivalent, but that such treatment be “fair.”

The Debtors believe the Plan satisfies the “unfair discrimination” test. To the extent that there is 

disparate treatment between Claims and Interests of equal priority, the Debtors believe that such treatment 

is fair as contemplated under the Bankruptcy Code and under the circumstances. 

Fair and Equitable Test

The “fair and equitable” test applies to classes of different priority and status (e.g., secured versus 

unsecured) and includes the general requirement that no class of claims receive more than 100% of the 

allowed amount of the claims in such class. As to dissenting classes, the test sets different standards 

depending on the type of claims in such class. The Debtors believe that the Plan satisfies the “fair and 

equitable” test with respect to all rejecting Classes, as further explained below.

(i) Secured Creditors

The Bankruptcy Code requires that each holder of an impaired secured claim either (a) retain its 

liens on the property to the extent of the allowed amount of its secured claim and receive deferred cash

payments having a value, as of the effective date of the plan, of at least the allowed amount of such claim, 

or (b) have the right to credit bid the amount of its claim if its property is sold and retain its liens on the 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 81 of 171
73

WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

proceeds of the sale (or if sold, on the proceeds thereof), or (c) receive the “indubitable equivalent” of its 

allowed secured claim. 

(ii) Unsecured Creditors

The Bankruptcy Code requires that either (a) each holder of an impaired unsecured claim receive 

or retain under the plan property of a value equal to the amount of its allowed claim or (b) the holders of 

claims and equity interests that are junior to the claims of the dissenting class not receive any property 

under the plan.

(iii) Equity Interests

The Bankruptcy Code requires that either (a) each holder of an equity interest receive or retain 

under the plan property of a value equal to the greater of (i) the fixed liquidation preference or redemption 

price, if any, of such stock and (ii) the value of the stock, or (b) the holders of equity interests that are junior 

to any dissenting class of equity interests not receive any property under the plan.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 82 of 171
WEIL:\97584794\2\54457.0007

XIII.

CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

The Debtors believe the Plan is in the best interests of all stakeholders and urge the holders of Claims in 

Classes 4, 5, 6-A, and 6-B to vote in favor thereof.

Dated: August 9, 2020

Respectfully submitted,

CHINOS HOLDINGS, INC.

CHINOS INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS A, INC.

CHINOS INTERMEDIATE, INC.

CHINOS INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS B, INC.

J. CREW GROUP, INC.

J. CREW OPERATING CORP.

GRACE HOLMES, INC. 

H.F.D. NO. 55, INC. 

J. CREW INC.

J. CREW INTERNATIONAL, INC.

J. CREW VIRGINIA, INC.

MADEWELL INC.

J. CREW BRAND HOLDINGS, LLC

J. CREW BRAND INTERMEDIATE, LLC

J. CREW BRAND, LLC

J. CREW BRAND CORP.

J. CREW DOMESTIC BRAND, LLC

J. CREW INTERNATIONAL BRAND, LLC

By: /s/ Michael Nicholson 

Name: Michael Nicholson

Title: Authorized Signatory

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 83 of 171
WEIL:\97430022\15\54457.0007

Exhibit A 

Plan 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 84 of 171
WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

EASTERN DISTRICT OF VIRGINIA

RICHMOND DIVISION

------------------------------------------------------------x

:

In re : Chapter 11

:

CHINOS HOLDINGS, INC., et al., : Case No. 20–32181 (KLP)

:

Debtors.1 : (Jointly Administered)

:

------------------------------------------------------------x

AMENDED JOINT PREARRANGED CHAPTER 11 PLAN 

OF REORGANIZATION OF CHINOS HOLDINGS, INC. AND ITS AFFILIATED DEBTORS

WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP

Ray C. Schrock, P.C. (admitted pro hac vice)

Ryan Preston Dahl (admitted pro hac vice)

Candace Arthur (admitted pro hac vice)

Daniel Gwen (admitted pro hac vice)

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10153

Telephone: (212) 310-8000

Facsimile: (212) 310-8007

HUNTON ANDREWS KURTH LLP

Tyler P. Brown (VSB No. 28072)

Henry P. (Toby) Long, III (VSB No. 75134)

Nathan Kramer (VSB No. 87720)

Riverfront Plaza, East Tower

951 East Byrd Street

Richmond, Virginia 23219

Telephone: (804) 788-8200

Facsimile: (804) 788-8218

Attorneys for Debtors and Debtors in Possession Attorneys for Debtors and Debtors in Possession

Dated: August 9, 2020

Richmond, Virginia

 1 The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of each Debtor’s federal tax identification 

number, as applicable, are Chinos Holdings, Inc. (3834); Chinos Intermediate Holdings A, Inc. (3301); Chinos 

Intermediate, Inc. (3871); Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc. (3244); J. Crew Group, Inc. (4486); J. Crew 

Operating Corp. (0930); Grace Holmes, Inc. (1409); H.F.D. No. 55, Inc. (9438); J. Crew Inc. (6360); J. Crew 

International, Inc. (2712); J. Crew Virginia, Inc. (5626); Madewell Inc. (8609); J. Crew Brand Holdings, LLC 

(7625); J. Crew Brand Intermediate, LLC (3860); J. Crew Brand, LLC (1647); J. Crew Brand Corp. (1616); J. 

Crew Domestic Brand, LLC (8962); and J. Crew International Brand, LLC (7471). The Debtors’ corporate 

headquarters and service address is 225 Liberty St., New York, NY 10281.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 85 of 171
i

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS, INTERPRETATION AND CONSENTS............................................ 1

A. Definitions................................................................................................................................. 1

B. Interpretation; Application of Definitions and Rules of Construction .................................... 13

C. Reference to Monetary Figures............................................................................................... 13

D. Controlling Document............................................................................................................. 13

ARTICLE II ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS........................... 14

2.1. Administrative Expense Claims........................................................................................ 14

2.2. Professional Fee Claims.................................................................................................... 14

2.3. DIP Claims........................................................................................................................ 15

2.4. Priority Tax Claims........................................................................................................... 15

2.5. Payment of Statutory Fees................................................................................................ 16

ARTICLE III CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS. .............................................. 16

3.1. Classification in General................................................................................................... 16

3.2. Formation of Debtor Groups for Convenience Only ........................................................ 16

3.3. Summary of Classification................................................................................................ 16

3.4. Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims............................................................ 17

3.5. Elimination of Vacant Classes.......................................................................................... 17

3.6. Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes....................................... 17

ARTICLE IV TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS........................................................ 18

4.1. Priority Non-Tax Claims (Class 1) ................................................................................... 18

4.2. Other Secured Claims (Class 2)........................................................................................ 18

4.3. ABL Facility Claims (Class 3).......................................................................................... 18

4.4. Term Loan Secured Claims (Class 4)............................................................................... 19

4.5. IPCo Notes Claims (Class 5) ............................................................................................ 20

4.6. Ongoing Trade Claims (Class 6-A) .................................................................................. 20

4.7. Other General Unsecured Claims (Class 6-B).................................................................. 20

4.8. Intercompany Claims (Class 7)......................................................................................... 21

4.9. Section 510(b) Claims (Class 8) ....................................................................................... 21

4.10. Intercompany Interests (Class 9) ...................................................................................... 22

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 86 of 171
ii

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

4.11. Existing Holdings Preferred Equity (Class 10-A)............................................................. 22

4.12. Existing Holdings Equity (Class 10-B)............................................................................. 22

ARTICLE V MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION. ......................................................................... 22

5.1. Sources of Funding for Plan Distributions........................................................................ 22

5.2. General Corporate Authority ............................................................................................ 23

5.3. Exit ABL Facility.............................................................................................................. 23

5.4. Conversion of DIP Claims; New Term Loans.................................................................. 24

5.5. Backstop Commitments.................................................................................................... 25

5.6. Authorization and Issuance of New Common Equity and the New Warrants.................. 25

5.7. Continued Corporate Existence ........................................................................................ 25

5.8. Exemption from Securities Laws...................................................................................... 26

5.9. Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements........................................................ 27

5.10. Cancellation of Liens........................................................................................................ 27

5.11. Officers and Boards of Directors...................................................................................... 28

5.12. Certain Employee, Director, and Officer Matters............................................................. 28

ARTICLE VI DISTRIBUTIONS. ...................................................................................................... 28

6.1. Distributions Generally..................................................................................................... 28

6.2. Distribution Record Date .................................................................................................. 29

6.3. Date of Distributions......................................................................................................... 29

6.4. Distribution Agent ............................................................................................................ 29

6.5. Rights and Powers of Distribution Agent ......................................................................... 29

6.6. Expenses of Distribution Agent........................................................................................ 30

6.7. Postpetition Interest .......................................................................................................... 30

6.8. Delivery of Distributions.................................................................................................. 30

6.9. Distributions after Effective Date ..................................................................................... 30

6.10. Unclaimed Property .......................................................................................................... 30

6.11. Time Bar to Cash Payments.............................................................................................. 31

6.12. Manner of Payment under Plan......................................................................................... 31

6.13. Satisfaction of Claims....................................................................................................... 31

6.14. Fractional Stock and New Warrants................................................................................. 31

6.15. Minimum Cash Distributions............................................................................................ 32

6.16. Maximum Distributions and Rights of Reimbursement ................................................... 32

6.17. Setoffs and Recoupments.................................................................................................. 32

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 87 of 171
iii

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

6.18. Allocation of Distributions between Principal and Interest.............................................. 32

6.19. Withholding and Reporting Requirements ....................................................................... 32

6.20. Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act............................................................... 33

ARTICLE VII PROCEDURES FOR DISPUTED CLAIMS. ............................................................. 33

7.1. Allowance of Claims ........................................................................................................ 33

7.2. Disputed Claims Process .................................................................................................. 33

7.3. Objections to Claims......................................................................................................... 34

7.4. Estimation of Claims ........................................................................................................ 34

7.5. Adjustment to Claims Without Objection......................................................................... 34

7.6. Disallowance of Certain Claims ....................................................................................... 34

7.7. Amendment to Claims...................................................................................................... 34

7.8. Late Filed Claims.............................................................................................................. 35

7.9. No Distributions Pending Allowance ............................................................................... 35

7.10. Distributions after Allowance ........................................................................................... 35

7.11. Claim Resolution Procedures Cumulative ........................................................................ 35

ARTICLE VIII EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES.................................... 35

8.1. General Treatment ............................................................................................................ 35

8.2. Determination of Assumption Disputes and Deemed Consent......................................... 36

8.3. Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts and Leases....................................... 37

8.4. Contracts and Leases Entered into After the Petition Date............................................... 37

8.5. Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements........... 38

8.6. Survival of the Debtors’ Indemnification Obligations...................................................... 38

8.7. Insurance Policies............................................................................................................. 38

8.8. Intellectual Property Licenses and Agreements................................................................ 38

8.9. Employee Compensation and Benefits............................................................................. 39

8.10. Assignment ....................................................................................................................... 39

8.11. Reservation of Rights........................................................................................................ 39

ARTICLE IX CONDITIONS PRECEDENT..................................................................................... 40

9.1. Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of the Plan ........................................................... 40

9.2. Conditions Precedent to Effective Date............................................................................ 40

9.3. Satisfaction or Waiver of Conditions Precedent............................................................... 41

9.4. Effect of Failure of a Condition........................................................................................ 41

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 88 of 171
iv

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

ARTICLE X EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF PLAN................................................................ 42

10.1. Vesting of Assets.............................................................................................................. 42

10.2. Binding Effect................................................................................................................... 42

10.3. Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies.............................. 42

10.4. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests ........................................................... 42

10.5. Term of Injunctions or Stays............................................................................................. 43

10.6. Injunction.......................................................................................................................... 43

10.7. Releases ............................................................................................................................ 44

10.8. Exculpation ....................................................................................................................... 46

10.9. Retention of Causes of Action/Reservation of Rights...................................................... 46

10.10. Ad Hoc Committee and Indenture Trustee Fees............................................................... 46

ARTICLE XI RETENTION OF JURISDICTION. ............................................................................ 47

11.1. Retention of Jurisdiction................................................................................................... 47

11.2. Courts of Competent Jurisdiction ..................................................................................... 48

ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS............................................................................ 48

12.1. Substantial Consummation of the Plan............................................................................. 48

12.2. Expedited Determination of Taxes ................................................................................... 49

12.3. Dissolution of Committees ............................................................................................... 49

12.4. Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes .......................................................................... 49

12.5. Modifications and Amendments....................................................................................... 49

12.6. Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan.................................................................................... 50

12.7. Severability of Plan Provisions......................................................................................... 50

12.8. Governing Law ................................................................................................................. 51

12.9. Time.................................................................................................................................. 51

12.10. Dates of Actions to Implement the Plan ........................................................................... 51

12.11. Immediate Binding Effect................................................................................................. 51

12.12. Successors and Assigns .................................................................................................... 51

12.13. Entire Agreement.............................................................................................................. 51

12.14. Exhibits to Plan................................................................................................................. 51

12.15. Notices.............................................................................................................................. 52

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 89 of 171
1

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

Chinos Holdings, Inc.; Chinos Intermediate Holdings A, Inc.; Chinos Intermediate, Inc.; 

Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc.; J. Crew Group, Inc.; J. Crew Operating Corp.; Grace Holmes, Inc.; 

H.F.D. No. 55, Inc.; J. Crew Inc.; J. Crew International, Inc.; J. Crew Virginia, Inc.; Madewell Inc.; J. Crew 

Brand Holdings, LLC; J. Crew Brand Intermediate, LLC; J. Crew Brand, LLC; J. Crew Brand Corp.; 

J. Crew Domestic Brand, LLC; and J. Crew International Brand, LLC, as debtors and debtors in possession 

(each, a “Debtor” and, collectively, the “Debtors”), propose the following joint chapter 11 plan of 

reorganization pursuant to section 1121(a) of title 11 of the United States Code. 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS, INTERPRETATION AND CONSENTS.

A. Definitions. The following terms shall have the respective meanings specified below:

1.1 ABL Agent means Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative and collateral 

agent for the ABL Lenders.

1.2 ABL Credit Agreement means the Credit Agreement, dated March 7, 2011, as amended, 

restated, amended and restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time through the Petition Date.

1.3 ABL Facility means that certain asset-based lending facility pursuant to the ABL Credit 

Agreement.

1.4 ABL Facility Claims means all “Obligations,” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement,

as of the Effective Date, including any accrued but unpaid interest, costs, fees, issued and outstanding letters 

of credit, cash management obligations, guarantees and indemnities.

1.5 ABL Facility Documents means the ABL Credit Agreement and all other agreements, 

documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection therewith, including any guarantee 

agreements, pledge and collateral agreements, intercreditor agreements, subordination agreements, fee 

letters, and other security documents.

1.6 ABL Lenders means the “Secured Parties” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement and 

any other Entity that becomes a “Secured Party” under the ABL Facility from time to time in accordance 

with the ABL Credit Agreement, each in their capacity as such.

1.7 Ad Hoc Committee means the ad hoc committee composed of certain holders of Term 

Loan Claims, IPCo Notes Claims, Existing Holdings Preferred Equity, and Existing Holdings Equity, each 

in their capacity as such, represented by PJT Partners LP, Milbank LLP, and Tavenner & Beran, PLC.

1.8 Ad Hoc Committee Fees means, collectively, to the extent not previously paid, all 

outstanding, reasonable and documented fees and expenses of any professional retained on behalf of the 

Ad Hoc Committee (whether incurred directly or on their behalf and regardless of whether such fees and 

expenses are incurred before or after the Petition Date), including PJT Partners LP, Milbank LLP, and 

Tavenner & Beran, PLC.

1.9 Administrative Expense Bar Date means the date that is 60 days after the Effective Date, 

which will be the deadline by which parties seeking payment of Administrative Expense Claims must file 

a motion seeking Allowance of such claim, submit a proof of claim, or otherwise request in writing payment 

of such claims from the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 90 of 171
2

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

1.10 Administrative Expense Claim means any Claim for costs or expenses of administration 

of any of the Chapter 11 Cases incurred after the Petition Date and through the Effective Date under sections 

503(b), 507(a)(2), and 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code that have not already been paid by the Debtors, 

including (a) any actual and necessary costs and expenses of preserving the Estates, (b) any actual and 

necessary costs and expenses of operating the Debtors’ businesses, (c) any indebtedness or obligations 

incurred or assumed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases, including for the acquisition or lease of 

property or an interest in property or the performance of services, and (d) any compensation and 

reimbursement of expenses to the extent allowed under sections 330 or 503 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.11 Affiliates has the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. 

1.12 Allowed means, with reference to any Claim or Interest, a Claim or Interest (a) arising on 

or before the Effective Date as to which (i) no objection to allowance or priority, and no request for 

estimation or other challenge, including pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, 

has been interposed and not withdrawn within the applicable period fixed by the Plan or applicable law, or 

(ii) any objection or dispute has been determined in favor of the holder of the Claim or Interest by a Final 

Order, (b) that is compromised, settled, or otherwise resolved pursuant to the authority of the Debtors or 

the Reorganized Debtors, (d) that is included in the Schedules, but is not listed as unliquidated, contingent, 

or disputed; (e) as to which the liability of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the 

amount thereof are determined by a Final Order of a court of competent jurisdiction, (f) is not Disputed, or 

(g) is expressly allowed under the Plan; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) unless expressly 

waived by the Plan, the Allowed amount of Claims or Interests shall be subject to and shall not exceed the 

limitations or maximum amounts permitted by the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 502 or 503 of the 

Bankruptcy Code, to the extent applicable, and (y) the Reorganized Debtors shall retain all claims and 

defenses with respect to Allowed Claims that are Reinstated or otherwise Unimpaired pursuant to the Plan. 

1.13 Assumption Dispute means an objection or dispute relating to assumption of an Executory 

Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, including to any Cure 

Obligation or adequate assurance of future performance under an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease 

to be assumed, which objection or dispute has been timely filed or interposed in accordance with the Plan 

and applicable law and has not been withdrawn or determined by a Final Order.

1.14 Avoidance Action means any action commenced, or that may be commenced, before or 

after the Effective Date pursuant to chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code including sections 544, 545, 547, 

548, 549, 550, or 551.

1.15 Backstop Commitment Letter means the backstop commitment letter dated May 3, 2020, 

as amended from time to time, executed by the Backstop Parties, providing for, among other things, the 

DIP Obligations and the New Term Loans.

1.16 Backstop Parties means the “Backstop Term Lenders” as defined in the Backstop 

Commitment Letter, each in their capacity as such.

1.17 Backstop Premium means a fee in an amount equal to $40,000,000, which will be paid 

on the Effective Date to the Backstop Parties in accordance with the Backstop Commitment Letter in the 

form of New Common Equity, which equity will be subject to dilution by New Common Equity issuable 

upon exercise of the New Warrants, issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan, and otherwise 

issued after the Effective Date.

1.18 Bankruptcy Code means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq., as 

now in effect or hereafter amended from time to time, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 91 of 171
3

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

1.19 Bankruptcy Court means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of 

Virginia having subject matter jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases and, to the extent of any reference 

withdrawal made under section 157(d) of title 28 of the United States Code, the District Court having 

subject matter jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases under section 157 of title 28 of the United States 

Code.

1.20 Bankruptcy Rules means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure as promulgated by 

the United States Supreme Court under section 2075 of title 28 of the United States Code and any Local 

Bankruptcy Rules of the Bankruptcy Court, in each case, as amended from time to time and applicable to 

the Chapter 11 Cases.

1.21 Benefit Plans means (a) each “employee benefit plan,” as defined in section 3(3) of the 

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and (b) any other pension, retirement, 

bonus, incentive, health, life, disability, group insurance, vacation, holiday and fringe benefit plan, program, 

contract, or arrangement (whether written or unwritten) maintained, contributed to, or required to be 

contributed to, by the Debtors for the benefit of any of its current or former employees or independent 

contractors, other than those that entitle employees to, or that otherwise give rise to, Interests, or 

consideration based on the value of Interests, in the Debtors, which shall be assumed by the Debtors on the 

Effective Date.

1.22 Causes of Action means any and all actions, proceedings, causes of action, controversies, 

liabilities, obligations, rights, rights of setoff, recoupment rights, suits, damages, judgments, accounts, 

defenses, offsets, powers, privileges, licenses, franchises, claims, Avoidance Actions, counterclaims, crossclaims, affirmative defenses, and demands of any kind or character whatsoever, whether known or 

unknown, asserted or unasserted, reduced to judgment or otherwise, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or 

contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed or undisputed, secured or unsecured, or assertable directly or 

derivatively, existing or hereafter arising, in contract or in tort, in law, in equity, or otherwise, whether 

arising under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable nonbankruptcy law, based in whole or in part upon 

any act or omission or other event occurring before the Petition Date or during the course of the Chapter 11 

Cases, including through the Effective Date. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, when 

referring to Causes of Action of the Debtors or their Estates, Causes of Action shall include (a) all rights of 

setoff, counterclaim, or recoupment and claims on contracts or for breaches of duties imposed by law or 

equity, (b) claims (including Avoidance Actions) pursuant to section 362, and chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy 

Code including sections 510, 542, 543, 544 through 550, or 553, and (c) claims and defenses such as fraud, 

mistake, duress, usury, and any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code. 

1.23 Chapter 11 Cases means the jointly administered cases under chapter 11 of the 

Bankruptcy Code commenced by the Debtors on the Petition Date in the Bankruptcy Court and styled In re 

Chinos Holdings, Inc., et al., Ch. 11 Case No. 20-32181 (KLP) (Jointly Administered).

1.24 Chinos Holdings means Chinos Holdings, Inc., as debtor or debtor in possession, as the 

context requires.

1.25 Claim has the meaning set forth in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, as against any 

Debtor.

1.26 Class means a category of holders of Claims or Interests as set forth in Article III pursuant 

to section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.27 Collateral means any asset of the Estates that is subject to a Lien securing the payment or 

performance of a Claim to the extent provided by section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code, which Lien is valid, 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 92 of 171
4

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

perfected and enforceable, and has not been avoided under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable 

nonbankruptcy law.

1.28 Confirmation Date means the date on which the Bankruptcy Court enters the 

Confirmation Order within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.

1.29 Confirmation Hearing means the hearing to be held by the Bankruptcy Court to consider 

confirmation of the Plan, as such hearing may be adjourned or continued from time to time.

1.30 Confirmation Order means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan 

pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.31 Consenting Support Parties has the meaning set forth in the Transaction Support 

Agreement.

1.32 Creditor has the meaning set forth in section 101(10) of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.33 Creditors’ Committee means the statutory committee of unsecured creditors appointed in 

these Chapter 11 Cases. 

1.34 Cure Obligation means the amount of cash or other property the Debtors must distribute 

(as the parties may agree or the Bankruptcy Court may order), as necessary, to (a) cure a monetary default 

by the applicable Debtor under an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease as required by section 365(b)(1) 

of the Bankruptcy Code , and (b) permit the applicable Debtor to assume or assume and assign such 

Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease under section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.35 Definitive Documents has the meaning set forth in the Transaction Support Agreement.

1.36 DIP Agent means Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB in its capacity as administrative 

and collateral agent under the DIP Loan Documents. 

1.37 DIP Claims means all Claims arising under or related to the DIP Loan Documents, 

including any accrued but unpaid interest, costs, fees, guarantees and indemnities.

1.38 DIP Credit Agreement means the postpetition credit agreement among the Debtors and 

the DIP Lenders as approved by the DIP Order.

1.39 DIP Facility means the debtor-in-possession financing used to fund the operations of the

Debtors during the pendency of these Chapter 11 Cases under the terms set forth in the DIP Loan 

Documents.

1.40 DIP Lenders means the lenders party under the DIP Credit Agreement and any other 

Entity that becomes a lender under the DIP Facility from time to time in accordance with the DIP Credit 

Agreement, each in their capacity as such.

1.41 DIP Loan Documents means, collectively, the DIP Credit Agreement and all other 

agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection therewith, including any 

guarantee agreements, pledge and collateral agreements, intercreditor agreements, subordination 

agreements, fee letters, and other security documents.

1.42 DIP Obligations has the meaning set forth in the DIP Order.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 93 of 171
5

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

1.43 DIP Order means the Interim DIP Order or the Final DIP Order, as applicable.

1.44 Disallowed means, with respect to any Claim or Interest, that such Claim or Interest (a) has 

been determined by a Final Order or specified in a provision of the Plan not to be Allowed, (b) has been 

agreed to by the holder of such Claim or Interest and the applicable Debtor to be equal to $0 or to be 

expunged, (c) is listed in the Schedules as zero or as contingent, disputed, or unliquidated and as to which 

no proof of claim has been timely filed or deemed timely filed pursuant to either the Bankruptcy Code, any 

Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court or otherwise, (d) is not listed in the Schedules and as to which no proof 

of claim has been timely filed or deemed timely filed pursuant to either the Bankruptcy Code, any Final 

Order of the Bankruptcy Court, or otherwise.

1.45 Disclosure Statement means the disclosure statement in respect of the Plan, as may be 

amended from time to time as approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

1.46 Disputed means, with respect to a Claim or Interest, that (a) such Claim or Interest is 

neither Allowed nor Disallowed, nor deemed Allowed under sections 502, 503, or 1111 of the Bankruptcy 

Code or (b) the Debtors or any party in interest has interposed a timely objection or request for estimation, 

and such objection or request for estimation has not been withdrawn or determined by a Final Order. If the 

Debtors dispute only a portion of a Claim, such Claim shall be deemed Allowed in the amount the Debtors 

do not dispute and Disputed as to the balance of such Claim.

1.47 Distribution Agent means any Entity in its capacity as a distribution agent under Article 

VI of the Plan (including a Reorganized Debtor that acts in such capacity).

1.48 Distribution Record Date means, except as otherwise provided in the Plan or designated 

by the Bankruptcy Court, the Effective Date.

1.49 DTC means the Depository Trust Company, a limited-purpose trust company organized 

under the New York State Banking Law.

1.50 Effective Date means the date after entry of the Confirmation Order on which all 

conditions to the effectiveness of the Plan set forth in Article IX of the Plan have been satisfied or waived 

in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

1.51 Eligible Holder means the IPCo Noteholders and Term Lenders that are qualified 

institutional buyers or accredited institutional investors eligible to participate in the DIP Facility and the 

New Term Loan.

1.52 Employee Arrangements means all employee compensation plans, Benefit Plans, 

employment agreements, offer letters, or award letters to which any Debtor is a party.

1.53 Entity means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability 

company, association, joint stock company, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated organization, 

governmental unit (as defined in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code) or any political subdivision 

thereof, person (as defined in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code), or other entity (as defined in section 

101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.54 Estates means the estates of the Debtors created under section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.55 Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 94 of 171
6

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

1.56 Exculpated Parties means, collectively and, in each case, in their capacities as such, (i) the 

Debtors, (ii) the Reorganized Debtors, (iii) the Creditors’ Committee, (iv) the Consenting Support Parties,

(v) the ABL Agent and the ABL Lenders, (vi) the Term Agent and the Term Lenders, (vi) the Indenture

Trustees and the IPCo Noteholders, (vii) the Backstop Parties, (viii) the DIP Lenders, (ix) the DIP Agent, 

(x) the New Term Lenders, (xi) the New Term Agent, (xii) the Sponsors, and (xiii) the Related Parties for 

each of the foregoing.

1.57 Executory Contract means a contract to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that 

is subject to assumption or rejection under sections 365 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.58 Existing Holdings Equity means all Interests in Chino’s Holdings, Inc. as of the Petition 

Date except for Existing Holdings Preferred Equity. 

1.59 Existing Holdings Preferred Equity means the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B 

Preferred Stock, each issued by Chinos Holdings.

1.60 Exit ABL Agent means the administrative and collateral agents under the Exit ABL 

Facility, solely in their capacity as such.

1.61 Exit ABL Credit Agreement means that certain senior secured revolving credit 

agreement, dated as of the Effective Date (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, 

supplemented, or modified from time to time, solely in accordance with the terms thereof), which will be 

filed as part of the Plan Supplement.

1.62 Exit ABL Facility means the senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility to be 

provided to certain of the Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date on the terms and subject to the 

conditions set forth in the Exit ABL Credit Agreement.

1.63 Exit ABL Facility Documents means, collectively, the Exit ABL Credit Agreement and 

each other agreement, security agreement, pledge agreement, collateral assignment, notice, mortgage, 

control agreement, guarantee, certificate, document or instrument executed or delivered in connection with 

the foregoing, whether or not specifically mentioned herein or therein, as the same may be modified, 

amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

1.64 Exit Facility Documents means, collectively, the New Term Documents and the Exit ABL 

Facility Documents.

1.65 Exit ABL Lenders means the lenders under the Exit ABL Credit Agreement and any other 

Entity that becomes a lender under the Exit ABL Facility from time to time in accordance with the Exit 

ABL Credit Agreement.

1.66 Final DIP Order means the order entered by the Bankruptcy Court, among other things,

approving the DIP Facility and the Debtors’ use of cash collateral on a final basis (Docket No. 447). 

1.67 Final Order means an order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that has been 

entered on the docket maintained by the clerk of such court, which has not been reversed, vacated or stayed

and as to which (a) the time to appeal, petition for certiorari, or move for a new trial, reargument or 

rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition for certiorari, or other proceedings for a new trial, 

reargument, or rehearing shall then be pending, or (b) if an appeal, writ of certiorari, new trial, reargument, 

or rehearing thereof has been sought, such order or judgment shall have been affirmed by the highest court 

to which such order was appealed, or certiorari shall have been denied, or a new trial, reargument, or 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 95 of 171
7

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

rehearing shall have been denied or resulted in no modification of such order, and the time to take any 

further appeal, petition for certiorari or move for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing shall have expired; 

provided, that no order or judgment shall fail to be a “Final Order” solely because of the possibility that a 

motion under Rules 59 or 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure or any analogous Bankruptcy Rule (or 

any analogous rules applicable in another court of competent jurisdiction) or sections 502(j) or 1144 of the 

Bankruptcy Code has been or may be filed with respect to such order or judgment.

1.68 General Unsecured Claim means any Claim as of the Petition Date that is neither secured 

by a Lien nor entitled to priority under the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court; provided

that a General Unsecured Claim does not include (a) any Intercompany Claim, (b) any deficiency claims 

with respect to the IPCo Notes, or (c) any Section 510(b) Claim. 

1.69 Governmental Entity means the United States and any State (including the District of 

Columbia and Puerto Rico), Commonwealth, District, Territory, municipality (including a political 

subdivision or public agency or instrumentality of a State), foreign state, or a department, agency, or 

instrumentality of the foregoing.

1.70 Group, Inc. means J. Crew Group, Inc. 

1.71 Impaired means, with respect to a Claim, Interest, or Class of Claims or Interests, 

“impaired” within the meaning of sections 1123(a) and 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.72 Incremental Debt Equity means New Common Equity issued after the Effective Date in 

connection with the “Fixed Component” as defined in the New Term Credit Agreement. 

1.73 Indentures means, collectively, the IPCo Indentures and the indenture for the 

7.75%/8.50% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022

1.74 Indenture Trustees means the IPCo Trustee and indenture trustee for the 7.75%/8.50% 

Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022.

1.75 Indenture Trustee Fees means, collectively, to the extent not previously paid, all 

outstanding, reasonable and documented fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustees (including, without 

limitation, attorneys’ and agents’ fees, expenses, and disbursements) to the extent permitted under the 

applicable indenture regardless of whether such fees were incurred before or after the Petition Date. 

1.76 Intercompany Claim means any Claim held by a Debtor against another Debtor as of the 

Petition Date.

1.77 Intercompany Interest means an Interest in a Debtor held by another Debtor as of the 

Petition Date.

1.78 Interests means any equity interest in a Debtor immediately before the Effective Date, 

including, all issued, unissued, authorized or outstanding shares of stock, preferred stock, membership 

interests, other instruments evidencing an ownership interest, or equity security in any of the Debtors, 

whether or not transferable, and any option, warrant, right to purchase or acquire any such interests at any 

time, or any other interest that is exercisable, convertible or exchangeable into equity of a Debtor, 

contractual or otherwise, including, equity or equity-based incentives, grants, or other instruments issued, 

granted or promised to be granted to current or former employees, directors, officers, or contractors of the 

Debtors to acquire any such interests in a Debtor.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 96 of 171
8

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

1.79 Interim DIP Order means the Interim Order (I) Authorizing the Debtors to Obtain 

Postpetition Financing, (II) Authorizing the Debtors to Use Cash Collateral, (III) Granting Liens and 

Providing Superpriority Administrative Expense Claims, (IV) Granting Adequate Protection to Prepetition 

Secured Parties, (V) Modifying Automatic stay, (VI) Scheduling a Final Hearing, and (VII) Granting 

Related Relief (Docket No. 84).

1.80 IPCo Debtors means J. Crew Brand, LLC, J. Crew Brand Corp., J. Crew Brand 

Intermediate, LLC, J. Crew International Brand, LLC, and J. Crew Domestic Brand, LLC, each in their 

capacity as obligor under or guarantor of the obligations under the IPCo Indentures, as applicable. 

1.81 IPCo Indentures means the two Indentures dated July 13, 2017 pursuant to which the 

IPCo Notes were issued, as amended from time to time. 

1.82 IPCo Intercreditor Agreement means the Intercreditor Agreement dated July 13, 2017 

between U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent for the New Notes Secured Parties (as defined 

in the IPCo Intercreditor Agreement) and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent for the New 

Private Placement Notes Secured Parties (as defined in the IPCo Intercreditor Agreement).

1.83 IPCo Noteholders means the holders of IPCo Notes, each in their capacity as such. 

1.84 IPCo Notes means the 13% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 and the 13% Senior Secured 

New Money Notes due 2021, issued under the respective IPCo Indentures.

1.85 IPCo Notes Claims means all Claims as of the Petition Date arising under or related to the 

IPCo Indentures and the IPCo Notes, including any deficiency claims and all accrued but unpaid interest, 

costs, fees, and indemnities.

1.86 IPCo Trustees means, collectively, U.S. Bank National Association in its capacity as 

collateral agent and trustee under each of the IPCo Indentures, or any duly appointed successor trustee and 

collateral agent under either IPCo Indenture. 

1.87 Lien has the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.88 Loan Debtors means J. Crew Group, Inc., Chinos B, J. Crew Operating Corp., J. Crew 

Inc., J. Crew International, Inc., Grace Holmes, Inc., H. F. D. No. 55, Inc., Madewell Inc., and J. Crew 

Virginia, Inc., each in their capacity as obligor under or guarantor of the obligations under the ABL Facility 

Documents and Term Loan Documents, as applicable.

1.89 Management Incentive Plan means the form, terms, allocation and vesting of awards 

under any management incentive plan adopted after the Effective Date by the New Board in its sole 

discretion.

1.90 NewCo Holdings means a newly formed limited liability company formed pursuant to the 

Restructuring Transaction Steps that will issue the New Common Equity. 

1.91 NewCo Entity Group means the newly formed entities pursuant to the Restructuring 

Transaction Steps.

1.92 New Board means the initial board of directors of NewCo Holdings consisting of seven 

directors to be selected in accordance with Section 5.11 of the Plan.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 97 of 171
9

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

1.93 New Common Equity means the common equity of NewCo Holdings issued on the 

Effective Date authorized pursuant to the New Organizational Documents of NewCo Holdings, as set forth 

in the Plan Supplement.

1.94 New Equity Allocation means 15% of New Common Equity allocated to the New Term 

Lenders in consideration for their commitments to participate in the New Term Loans in accordance with 

the Transaction Support Agreement, subject to dilution from (a) New Common Equity issued upon the 

exercise of the New Warrants, (b) New Common Equity issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan, 

and (c) New Common Equity issued after the Effective Date other than the Incremental Debt Equity.

1.95 New Organizational Documents means the organizational and governance documents for 

the Reorganized Debtors, including, as applicable, the certificates or articles of incorporation, certificates 

of formation or certificates of limited partnership, bylaws, limited liability company agreements, or limited 

partnership agreements (or equivalent governing documents of any of the foregoing). To the extent such 

New Organizational Documents reflect material changes to the Debtors’ existing organizational documents 

and bylaws, draft forms of such New Organizational Documents will be included in the Plan Supplement.

1.96 New Term Agent means the administrative and collateral agent under the New Term 

Credit Agreement, in its capacity as such.

1.97 New Term Credit Agreement means the credit agreement with respect to the New Term 

Loans, dated as of the Effective Date (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, 

or modified from time to time, solely in accordance with the terms thereof), which will be filed as part of 

the Plan Supplement.

1.98 New Term Documents means, collectively, the New Term Credit Agreement and each 

other agreement, security agreement, pledge agreement, collateral assignment, notice, mortgage, control 

agreement, guarantee, certificate, document or instrument executed or delivered in connection with the 

foregoing, whether or not specifically mentioned herein or therein, as the same may be modified, amended, 

restated, amended and restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

1.99 New Term Lender means any lender in respect to the New Term Loan, including all DIP 

Lenders that convert DIP Obligations into New Term Loans, each in their capacity as such. 

1.100 New Term Loans means new senior secured first lien term loans extended to some of the 

Reorganized Debtors under the New Term Documents in an initial aggregate amount of $400 million, 

including any principal amount of DIP Obligations converted into such loans on a dollar-for-dollar basis. 

1.101 New Warrants means warrants entitling the holders thereof to purchase, in the aggregate,

15% of the New Common Equity at a security price that assumes enterprise value of $1,750,000,000, which 

securities (a) will dilute New Common Equity issued (i) pursuant to the Plan, (ii) as New Equity Allocation 

or as Incremental Debt Equity, and (iii) as the Backstop Premium, and (b) will be diluted by any New 

Common Equity issued after the Effective Date before exercise of the New Warrants, on the terms and 

subject to the conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

1.102 Ongoing Trade Claim means any General Unsecured Claim held by a party that, within 

30 days of the Petition Date, has executed a trade agreement that expressly designates such party as a holder 

of an Ongoing Trade Claim and that provides for continuity of goods and services to be provided to the 

Reorganized Debtors for a period of at least 180 days on terms no less favorable to the Debtors than those 

in place for the year before the Petition Date, except as otherwise agreed by the Debtors with the consent 

of the Requisite Consenting Support Parties (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 98 of 171
10

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

1.103 Operating Agreement means the operating agreement among the holders of New 

Common Equity, which will be filed as part of the Plan Supplement.

1.104 Other General Unsecured Claim means any General Unsecured Claim other than an 

Ongoing Trade Claim, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Term Loan Deficiency Claims and all 

Claims arising from rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to sections 365 or 

1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. 

1.105 Other Secured Claim means a Claim as of the Petition Date, other than an ABL Facility 

Claim, Term Loan Secured Claim, or IPCo Notes Claim, that is (a) secured by a Lien that is valid, perfected, 

and enforceable under applicable law or by reason of a Final Order, to the extent of the value of the 

applicable Collateral as (i) set forth in the Plan, (ii) agreed to by the holder of such Claim and the Debtors 

(with the consent of the Requisite Consenting Support Parties) or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, 

or (iii) determined by a Final Order in accordance with section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, or 

(b) secured by any right of setoff of the holder thereof in accordance with section 553 of the Bankruptcy 

Code.

1.106 Petition Date means, with respect to each Debtor, the date on which such Debtor 

commenced its Chapter 11 Case.

1.107 PIK Toggle Notes Claim means a Claim arising under the indenture for the 7.75%/8.50% 

Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022. 

1.108 Plan means this joint chapter 11 plan, including all appendices, exhibits, schedules, and 

supplements hereto (including, any appendices, schedules, and supplements contained in the Plan 

Supplement), as the same may be amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time in accordance 

with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.109 Plan Supplement means the forms of certain documents, schedules, and exhibits 

effectuating the transactions contemplated in the Plan, which are to be filed with the Bankruptcy Court not 

later than 10 calendar days before the deadline for filing objections to the Plan, including, (a) the Exit ABL 

Credit Facility commitment letter, (b) the New Term Credit Agreement, (c) the Warrant Agreement, (d) the 

Operating Agreement and New Organizational Documents (to the extent such New Organizational 

Documents reflect material changes from the Debtors’ existing organizational documents and bylaws), 

(e) to the extent known, information required to be disclosed in accordance with section 1129(a)(5) of the 

Bankruptcy Code; (f) the schedule of Causes of Action retained by the Debtors; (g) the Schedule of Rejected 

Contracts and Leases; (h) the Schedule of Assigned Contracts and Leases; and (i) the Restructuring 

Transaction Steps; provided that the Debtors shall have the right to amend any schedules, exhibits, or 

amendments filed as the Plan Supplement through the Effective Date, in accordance with the terms of the 

Plan and the Transaction Support Agreement. 

1.110 Priority Non-Tax Claim means any Claim entitled to priority in payment as specified in 

section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, other than an Administrative Expense Claim, DIP Claim, or a 

Priority Tax Claim.

1.111 Priority Tax Claim means any Claim of a Governmental Entity of the kind entitled to 

priority in payment as specified in sections 502(i) and 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.112 Pro Rata means the proportion that an Allowed Claim or Interest in a particular Class 

bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims or Interests in that Class, or the proportion that Allowed 

Claims or Interests in a particular Class bear to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims and Disputed 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 99 of 171
11

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

Claims or Allowed Interests and Disputed Interests, as applicable, in a particular Class and other Classes 

entitled to share in the same recovery under the Plan.

1.113 Professional means any professional retained pursuant to section 327, 328, or 363 of the 

Bankruptcy Code by the Debtors or any official committee appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases.

1.114 Professional Fee Claims means all Claims for fees and expenses (including transaction 

and success fees) incurred by a Professional on or after the Petition Date to the extent such fees and expenses 

have not been paid pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

1.115 Professional Fee Escrow means an escrow account established and funded pursuant to 

Section 2.2 of the Plan.

1.116 Professional Fee Reserve Amount means the aggregate unpaid Professional Fee Claims 

through the Effective Date as estimated in accordance with Section 2.2(b) of the Plan.

1.117 Registration Rights Agreement means the agreement pursuant to which NewCo Holdings

will register, offer, and sell the New Common Equity.

1.118 Reinstate, Reinstated, or Reinstatement means providing a Claim or Interest with the 

treatment contemplated by section 1124(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.119 Related Parties means individually or collectively, and each in their capacity as such: 

with respect to a given Entity, all present and former officers (including chief restructuring officers), 

directors (including independent directors), stockholders, general or limited partners, managers, managing 

directors, managing members, members, principals, employees, attorneys, agents, trustees, financial 

advisors, restructuring advisors, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, managed accounts, managed 

funds and other representatives and agents of such Entity.

1.120 Released Parties means each of, and solely in their capacity as such, (a) the Debtors and 

the Reorganized Debtors, (b) the ABL Agent and ABL Lenders, (c) the Term Agent and Term Lenders, 

(d) the Indenture Trustees and IPCo Noteholders, (e) the Consenting Support Parties, (f) the Sponsors, (g) 

the DIP Agent and DIP Lenders, (h) the Exit ABL Agent and Exit ABL Lenders, (i) the New Term Agent 

and New Term Lenders, (j) the Backstop Parties, and (k) the Related Parties for each of the foregoing; 

provided that a holder of a Claim or Interest that objects to or opts-out of the releases set forth in Section 

10.7(b) of the Plan shall not be a “Released Party.”

1.121 Reorganized Debtors means each of the Debtors, NewCo Holdings, the NewCo Entity 

Group, or any successor thereto, on and after the Effective Date.

1.122 Required DIP Lenders means the “Required Lenders” under the DIP Credit Agreement.

1.123 Requisite Consenting Support Parties has the meaning set forth in the Transaction 

Support Agreement.

1.124 Restructuring Transaction Steps means the series of corporate transactions and actions 

to be implemented on or around the Effective Date pursuant to the Plan and filed as part of the Plan 

Supplement. 

1.125 Schedule of Assigned Contracts and Leases means a schedule, filed as part of the Plan 

Supplement, that sets forth those Unexpired Leases and Executory Contracts that the Debtors with the 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 100 of 171
12

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

consent of the Requisite Consenting Support Parties, have determined to assign to an entity in the NewCo 

Entity Group or another Debtor.

1.126 Schedule of Rejected Contracts and Leases means a schedule, filed as part of the Plan 

Supplement, that sets forth those Unexpired Leases and Executory Contracts that the Debtors with the 

consent of the Requisite Consenting Support Parties, have determined to reject under the Plan. 

1.127 Schedules means, collectively, the schedules of assets and liabilities and statements of 

financial affairs filed by the Debtors pursuant to section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code, as the same may be 

amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time. 

1.128 Section 510(b) Claims means any Claim as of the Petition Date (a) arising from the 

recession of a purchase or sale of a Security of a Debtor; (b) for damages arising from the purchase or sale 

of such Security; or (c) for reimbursement of contribution Allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy 

Code on account of such Claim. 

1.129 Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

1.130 Security has the meaning set forth in in section 101(49) of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.131 Sponsors means, collectively, TPG Chinos, L.P., TPG Chinos Co-Invest, L.P., Green 

Equity Investors V, L.P., Green Equity Investors Side V, L.P., and LGP Chino Coinvest LLC.

1.132 Tax Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

1.133 Term Agent means Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB in its capacity as successor 

administrative agent under the Term Loan Agreement. 

1.134 Term Lenders means the lenders under the Term Loan Agreement and any other Entity 

that becomes a lender thereunder from time to time in accordance with the Term Loan Agreement, each in 

their capacity as such.

1.135 Term Loan Agreement means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated March 

5, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented and otherwise modified from time to time) between Group, 

Inc. as the borrower, the Term Lenders, and the Term Agent.

1.136 Term Loan Claims means the Term Loan Deficiency Claims and the Term Loan Secured 

Claims, collectively.

1.137 Term Loan Deficiency Claims means any Claim arising under the Term Loan Documents 

that is not a secured Claim as determined pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. 

1.138 Term Loan Documents means the Term Loan Agreement and all other agreements, 

documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection therewith, including any guarantee 

agreements, pledge and collateral agreements, intercreditor agreements, subordination agreements, fee 

letters, and other security documents.

1.139 Term Loan Secured Claims means all Claims arising under or related to the Term Loan 

Documents, including all accrued but unpaid interest, costs, fees, guarantees and indemnities, other than 

any Term Loan Deficiency Claims.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 101 of 171
13

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

1.140 Transaction Support Agreement means the Transaction Support Agreement, dated May 

3, 2020, among the Debtors and the other parties thereto, as it may be amended, supplemented, or modified 

from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

1.141 Unexpired Lease means an unexpired lease to which one or more of the Debtors is a party 

that is subject to assumption or rejection under sections 365 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.142 Unimpaired means, with respect to a Claim, Interest, or Class of Claims or Interests, not 

“impaired” within the meaning of sections 1123(a) and 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.143 Warrant Agreement means the warrant agreement providing for issuance of the New 

Warrants, which will be filed as part of the Plan Supplement.

B. Interpretation; Application of Definitions and Rules of Construction

Unless otherwise specified, all section or exhibit references in the Plan are to the respective 

section in, or exhibit to, the Plan, as the same may be amended, waived, or modified from time to time. 

The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereunder,” and other words of similar import refer to the Plan as 

a whole and not to any particular section, subsection, or clause contained therein. The headings in the Plan 

are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the provisions hereof. For 

purposes herein: (a) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall 

include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender 

shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (b) any reference herein to a contract, lease, 

instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular 

terms and conditions means that the referenced document shall be substantially in that form or substantially 

on those terms and conditions; (c) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Sections” are 

references to Sections hereof or hereto; (d) the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the 

Bankruptcy Code shall apply; and (e) any term used in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined 

but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall have the meaning assigned to that 

term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be.

C. Reference to Monetary Figures

All references in the Plan to monetary figures shall refer to legal tender of the United States 

of America, unless otherwise expressly provided.

D. Controlling Document

In the event of an inconsistency between the terms and provisions in the Plan (without 

reference to the Plan Supplement) and the terms and provisions in the Disclosure Statement, the Plan 

Supplement, any other instrument or document created or executed pursuant to the Plan or any order (other 

than the Confirmation Order) referenced in the Plan (or any exhibits, schedules, appendices, supplements 

or amendments to any of the foregoing), the Plan (without reference to the Plan Supplement) shall govern 

and control; provided, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of a conflict 

between the Confirmation Order, on the one hand, and the Plan or any of the instruments in the Plan 

Supplement, on the other hand, the Confirmation Order shall govern and control in all respects.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 102 of 171
14

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

ARTICLE II ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS.

2.1. Administrative Expense Claims

Each holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim (other than a Professional Fee 

Claim or DIP Claim), except to the extent such holder agrees to less favorable treatment, shall receive, in 

full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Claim, cash in an 

amount equal to such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim on, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably 

practicable, the later of (a) the Effective Date, and (b) the first business day after the date that is 30 calendar 

days after the date such Administrative Expense Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Expense 

Claim; provided that (a) any Allowed Administrative Expense Claims representing liabilities incurred in 

the ordinary course of business shall be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in 

the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice and in accordance with the terms and subject 

to the conditions of any course of dealing or agreements governing, instruments evidencing, or other 

documents relating to the applicable transaction and (b) the holders of any adequate protection claims 

granted by the DIP Order will not receive any recovery on account of such claims, having waived such 

recovery solely for purposes of the Plan.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.1 of the Plan and except with respect to

Professional Fee Claims, requests for payment of Administrative Expense Claims must be filed and served 

on the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors no later than the Administrative Expense Bar Date. Holders of 

Administrative Expense Claims that are required to file and serve a request for payment and that do not 

timely file and serve such a request shall be forever barred from asserting such Administrative Expense 

Claims against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their respective property, and such Administrative 

Expense Claims shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative 

Expense Claims.

2.2. Professional Fee Claims

(a) Final Fee Applications

All final requests for Professional Fee Claims shall be filed no later than 60 days after the 

Effective Date unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. 

(b) Professional Fee Reserve Amount

All Professionals shall estimate in good faith their unpaid Professional Fee Claims before 

and as of the Effective Date and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors and counsel to the Ad Hoc 

Committee at least three calendar days before the Effective Date; provided that such estimate shall not be 

deemed to limit the amount of the fees and expenses that are the subject of the Professional’s final request 

for payment of Professional Fee Claims. If a Professional does not provide such estimate, the Debtors and 

Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional; provided that such 

estimate shall not be considered an admission or limitation with respect to the fees and expenses of such 

Professional. The total amount so estimated as of the Effective Date shall comprise the Professional Fee 

Reserve Amount.

(c) Professional Fee Escrow

If the Professional Fee Reserve Amount is greater than zero, then as soon as reasonably 

practicable after the Confirmation Date and no later than the Effective Date, the Debtors will establish and 

fund the Professional Fee Escrow with cash equal to the Professional Fee Reserve Amount, and no Liens, 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 103 of 171
15

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

Claims, or interests will encumber the Professional Fee Escrow in any way. The Professional Fee Escrow 

(including funds held in the Professional Fe Escrow) will (i) not be and will not be deemed to be property 

of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors and (ii) will be held in trust for the Professionals; provided that 

funds remaining in the Professional Fee Escrow after all Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been 

irrevocably paid in full will revert to the Reorganized Debtors. Allowed Professional Fee Claims will be 

paid in cash to such Professionals from funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow when such Claims are 

Allowed by an order of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that the Debtors’ obligations with respect to 

Professional Fee Claims will not be limited nor deemed to be limited in any way to the balance of funds 

held in the Professional Fee Escrow.

If the amount of funds in the Professional Fee Escrow is insufficient to fund payment in 

full of all Allowed Professional Fee Claims and any other Allowed amounts owed to Professionals, the 

deficiency will be promptly funded to the Professional Fee Escrow from the Debtors’ estates and 

Reorganized Debtors without any further action or order of the Bankruptcy Court. 

(d) Post-Effective Date Fees and Expenses

On and after the Effective Date, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, 

will pay in the ordinary course of business and without any further action or order of the Bankruptcy Court, 

pay in cash the reasonable legal, professional, or other fees and expenses related to implementation of the 

Plan incurred by the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.

On the Effective Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 

through 331 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services provided 

after such date shall terminate, and the Reorganized Debtors may employ and pay any post-Effective Date 

fees and expenses of any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or 

action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

2.3. DIP Claims

Except if a holder of an Allowed DIP Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, each holder 

of an Allowed DIP Claim will receive, on the Effective Date, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, 

release, and discharge of such Allowed DIP Claim, (a) (i) on account of the outstanding principal amount 

of such Claim, an equal principal amount of New Term Loans, (ii) a portion of the New Equity Allocation 

and New Warrants, and (iii) cash on account of accrued and unpaid interest and other charges payable 

through the Effective Date, or (b) such other treatment agreed upon among the Debtors, the Requisite 

Consenting Support Parties, and the holders of Allowed DIP Claims.

2.4. Priority Tax Claims

Except if a holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, 

each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, 

and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, at the sole option of the 

Reorganized Debtors, cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim on, or as soon thereafter 

as is reasonably practicable, the later of (a) the Effective Date, to the extent such Claim is an Allowed 

Priority Tax Claim on the Effective Date, (b) the first business day after the date that is 30 calendar days 

after the date such Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Tax Claim, and (c) the date such 

Allowed Priority Tax Claim is due and payable in the ordinary course; provided that the Debtors and the 

Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to prepay all or a portion of any Allowed Priority Tax 

Claim at any time without penalty or premium.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 104 of 171
16

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

2.5. Payment of Statutory Fees

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay all fees incurred 

pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code, together with interest, if any, 

pursuant to section 3717 of title 31 of the United States Code for each Debtor’s case, or until such time as 

a final decree is entered closing a particular Debtor’s case, a Final Order converting such Debtor’s case to 

a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code is entered, or a Final Order dismissing such Debtor’s case 

is entered.

ARTICLE III CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS.

3.1. Classification in General

A Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class under sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of 

the Bankruptcy Code for all purposes, including voting, confirmation, and distribution under the Plan; 

provided that a Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions 

pursuant to the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest 

and such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest has not been satisfied, released, or otherwise settled.

3.2. Formation of Debtor Groups for Convenience Only

The Plan groups the Debtors together solely for the purpose of describing treatment under 

the Plan, confirmation of the Plan, and making distributions in accordance with the Plan. Such groupings 

shall not affect any Debtor’s status as a separate legal Entity, change the organizational structure of the 

Debtors’ business enterprise, constitute a change of control of any Debtor for any purpose, cause a merger 

or consolidation of any legal entities, or cause the transfer of any assets; and, except as otherwise provided 

by or permitted under the Plan, all Reorganized Debtors shall continue to exist as separate legal entities 

after the Effective Date.

3.3. Summary of Classification

The below table designates Classes of Claims and Interests for each Debtor and specifies 

which of those Classes are (a) Impaired or Unimpaired by the Plan, (b) entitled to vote to accept or reject 

the Plan in accordance with section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, and (c) presumed to accept or deemed 

to reject the Plan. In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Expense 

Claims and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 105 of 171
17

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

Class Designation Treatment Entitled to Vote

1 Priority Non-Tax Claims 

(All Debtors)

Unimpaired No (Presumed to accept)

2 Other Secured Claims

(All Debtors)

Unimpaired No (Presumed to accept)

3 ABL Facility Claims

(Only Loan Debtors)

Unimpaired No (Presumed to accept)

4 Term Loan Secured Claims

(Only Loan Debtors)

Impaired Yes

5 IPCo Notes Claims

(Only IPCo Debtors)

Impaired Yes

6-A Ongoing Trade Claims

(All Debtors)

Impaired Yes

6-B Other General Unsecured Claims

(All Debtors)

Impaired Yes

7 Intercompany Claims

(All Debtors)

Unimpaired No (Presumed to accept)

8 Section 510(b) Claims

(All Debtors)

Impaired No (Deemed to reject)

9 Intercompany Interests

(All Debtors)

Unimpaired No (Presumed to accept)

10-A Existing Holdings Preferred Equity

(Only Chinos Holdings)

Impaired No (Deemed to reject)

10-B Existing Holdings Equity

(Only Chinos Holdings)

Impaired No (Deemed to reject)

3.4. Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims

Nothing in the Plan shall affect the rights of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as 

applicable, in respect of any Unimpaired Claims, including all rights in respect of legal and equitable 

defenses to, or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Unimpaired Claims.

3.5. Elimination of Vacant Classes

Any Class of Claims or Interests that, as of the commencement of the Confirmation 

Hearing, does not have at least one holder of a Claim or Interest that is Allowed in an amount greater than 

zero for voting purposes shall be considered vacant, deemed eliminated from the Plan of the applicable

Debtor for purposes of voting to accept or reject such Debtor’s Plan, and disregarded for purposes of 

determining whether such Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

3.6. Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

If a Class contains Claims or Interests eligible to vote and no holders of Claims or Interests 

eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the Debtors shall request the Bankruptcy 

Court at the Confirmation Hearing to deem the Plan accepted by such Class.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 106 of 171
18

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

ARTICLE IV TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS.

4.1. Priority Non-Tax Claims (Class 1)

(a) Classification: For each Debtor, Class 1 consists of Priority Non-Tax Claims

against such Debtor.

(b) Treatment: Except if a holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim agrees to a 

less favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, 

and in exchange for, such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim, at the sole option of the Reorganized Debtors, 

(i) each such holder shall receive payment in cash in an amount equal to the Allowed amount of such Claim, 

payable on the later of the Effective Date and the date that is 10 business days after the date on which such 

Priority Non-Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably 

practicable, (ii) such holder’s Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim shall be Reinstated, or (iii) such holder shall 

receive such other treatment consistent with section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code so as to render such 

holder’s Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim Unimpaired.

(c) Voting: Class 1 is Unimpaired, and the holders of Priority Non-Tax Claims are 

conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. 

Therefore, holders of Priority Non-Tax Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the 

votes of such holders of Priority Non-Tax Claims will not be solicited.

4.2. Other Secured Claims (Class 2)

(a) Classification: For each Debtor, Class 2 consists of Other Secured Claims against 

such Debtor. If Other Secured Claims are secured by different Collateral or different interests in the same 

Collateral, such Claims shall be treated as separate subclasses of Class 2 for purposes of voting to accept 

or reject the Plan and receiving distributions under the Plan.

(b) Treatment: Except if a holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to a less 

favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and 

in exchange for, such Allowed Other Secured Claim, at the option of the Reorganized Debtors, on the later 

of the Effective Date and the date that is 10 business days after the date such Other Secured Claim becomes 

an Allowed Claim, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, each holder of an Allowed Other 

Secured Claim shall receive on account of such Allowed Claim (i) cash in an amount equal to the Allowed 

amount of such Claim, (ii) delivery of the collateral securing such Allowed Claim and cash for any interest 

required under section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) Reinstatement or such other treatment that 

will render such holder’s Allowed Other Secured Claim Unimpaired. If an Other Secured Claim is treated 

under clauses (i) or (ii), the Liens securing such Other Secured Claim shall be deemed released immediately 

upon payment or delivery of collateral, as applicable.

(c) Voting: Class 2 is Unimpaired, and the holders of Other Secured Claims are 

conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. 

Therefore, holders of Other Secured Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the 

votes of such holders of Other Secured Claims will not be solicited.

4.3. ABL Facility Claims (Class 3)

(a) Classification: For each Loan Debtor, Class 3 consists of ABL Facility Claims, 

and such Class is vacant for all other Debtors.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 107 of 171
19

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

(b) Allowance: The ABL Facility Claims are Allowed pursuant to section 506(a) of 

the Bankruptcy Code against each of the Loan Debtors in the aggregate face amount of the then outstanding 

amount under the ABL Credit Agreement, (i) plus any unreimbursed amounts thereunder, and any accrued 

and unpaid interest payable at the default rate specified under the ABL Credit Agreement on such 

unreimbursed amounts through the Effective Date, (ii) plus the amount of any outstanding letters of credit 

issued pursuant to the ABL Facility, (iii) plus any fees, charges, expenses, and other amounts due but unpaid 

under the ABL Credit Agreement including any “Cash Management Obligations” as defined therein. 

Neither the ABL Lenders nor the ABL Agent shall be required to file proofs of claim on account of any 

ABL Facility Claims, but the ABL Agent will submit a payoff letter for the Debtors’ approval at least 14 

days before the Effective Date.

(c) Treatment: Except if a holder of an Allowed ABL Facility Claim agrees to a less 

favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and 

in exchange for, each Allowed ABL Facility Claim, each holder of an Allowed ABL Facility Claim will 

receive, on the Effective Date, cash in the full amount of its Allowed ABL Facility Claim and all issued 

and outstanding letters of credit shall be cash collateralized in accordance with the terms and conditions of 

the ABL Credit Agreement. To the extent that any other ABL Facility Claim is contingent as of the 

Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may, in their sole discretion, elect to (i) terminate any further 

commitments under the ABL Facility, (ii) cash collateralize such contingent amounts, or (iii) provide the 

ABL Lenders with such other treatment mutually satisfactory. 

(d) Voting: Class 3 is Unimpaired, and the holders of ABL Facility Claims are 

conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. 

Therefore, holders of Allowed ABL Facility Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and 

the votes of such holders of ABL Facility Claims will not be solicited.

4.4. Term Loan Secured Claims (Class 4)

(a) Classification: For each Loan Debtor, Class 4 consists of Term Loan Secured 

Claims, and such Class is vacant for all other Debtors.

(b) Allowance: The Term Loan Secured Claims are Allowed pursuant to section 

506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code against each Loan Debtor in the aggregate amount of $716,645,605. 

(c) Treatment: Except if a holder of an Allowed Term Loan Secured Claim agrees to 

a less favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, 

and in exchange for, its Allowed Term Loan Secured Claim, each holder of an Allowed Term Loan Secured 

Claim will receive, on the Effective Date, its Pro Rata share of New Common Equity representing, in the 

aggregate, 76.5% of the New Common Equity issued on the Effective Date remaining after distributing the 

Backstop Premium, the New Equity Allocation, and any other New Common Equity distributed pursuant 

to the Plan other than the New Common Equity distributed to holders of IPCo Notes Claims, which will be 

subject to dilution from New Common Equity (i) issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants, (ii) issued 

pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan, and (iii) otherwise issued by NewCo Holdings after the 

Effective Date, including the Incremental Debt Equity.

(d) Voting: Class 4 is Impaired, and the holders of Allowed Term Loan Secured 

Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 108 of 171
20

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

4.5. IPCo Notes Claims (Class 5)

(a) Classification: For each IPCo Debtor, Class 5 consists of IPCo Notes Claims, and 

such Class is vacant for all other Debtors.

(b) Allowance: The IPCo Notes Claims are Allowed against each IPCo Debtor in the 

aggregate principal amount of $347,599,000, plus (i) a make-whole premium equal to $58,044,927, 

(ii) accrued and unpaid interest through the Petition Date equal to $6,025,049, and (iii) any other prepetition 

obligations payable under the IPCo Indentures and IPCo Notes.

(c) Treatment: Except if a holder of an Allowed IPCo Notes Claim agrees to a less 

favorable treatment of such Claim and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the IPCo Indentures or 

the IPCo Intercreditor Agreement, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and 

in exchange for, its Allowed IPCo Notes Claim, each holder of an Allowed IPCo Notes Claim will receive,

on the Effective Date, its Pro Rata share of New Common Equity representing, in the aggregate, 23.5% of 

the New Common Equity issued on the Effective Date remaining after distributing the Backstop Premium, 

the New Equity Allocation, and any other New Common Equity distributed pursuant to the Plan other than 

the New Common Equity distributed to holders of Term Loan Secured Claims, subject to dilution from 

New Common Equity (i) issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants, (ii) issued pursuant to the 

Management Incentive Plan, and (iii) otherwise issued by NewCo Holdings after the Effective Date, 

including the Incremental Debt Equity.

(d) Voting: Class 5 is Impaired, and the holders of Allowed IPCo Notes Claims are 

entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

4.6. Ongoing Trade Claims (Class 6-A)

(a) Classification: For each Debtor, Class 6-A consists of Ongoing Trade Claims.

(b) Treatment: Except if a holder of an Allowed Ongoing Trade Claim agrees to a less 

favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and 

in exchange for, such Claim, each holder of an Allowed Ongoing Trade Claim will receive, on the Effective 

Date, its Pro Rata share of a cash pool in an aggregate amount equal to $71,000,000; provided that the 

aggregate amount of cash distributed on account of any Allowed Ongoing Trade Claim will not exceed 

50% of the Allowed amount of such Claim.

(c) Voting: Class 6-A is Impaired, and the holders of Allowed Ongoing Trade Claims 

are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

4.7. Other General Unsecured Claims (Class 6-B)

(a) Classification: For each Debtor, Class 6-B consists of Other General Unsecured 

Claims.

(b) Treatment: Except if a holder of an Allowed Other General Unsecured Claim 

agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and 

discharge of, and in exchange for, such Claim, each holder of an Allowed Other General Unsecured Claim 

will receive, on the Effective Date, its Pro Rata share of the cash pool allocated to each Debtor as set forth 

below; provided that the aggregate amount of cash distributed on account of any Allowed Other General 

Unsecured Claim will not exceed 50% of the Allowed amount of such Claim. The cash pool may be 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 109 of 171
21

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

reallocated among the Debtors after the occurrence of the Claims bar date, in their reasonable business 

judgement, to recalibrate for, among other things, the Claims asserted against each Debtor. 

Debtor Cash Pool

If Class 6-B Accepts If Class 6-B Rejects

J. Crew Inc. $69,000 $23,000

J. Crew Operating Corp. $1,877,000 $625,900

Grace Holmes, Inc. $399,000 $133,000

H.F.D. No. 55, Inc. $165,000 $55,000

Madewell Inc. $489,700 $163,000

J. Crew Group, Inc. $300 $100

Total $3,000,000 $1,000,000

The Plan shall be deemed a filed objection for purposes of section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code to any Claim 

arising out of or relating to the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease whose holder is 

seeking the allowance of such Claim in excess of the amounts allowable under section 502(b) of the 

Bankruptcy Code. 

Subject to occurrence of the Effective Date and solely for purposes of the Plan, holders of the Term Loan 

Deficiency Claims agree to forgo any distribution under the Plan on account of such Term Loan Deficiency 

Claims. 

(c) Voting: Class 6-B is Impaired, and the holders of Other General Unsecured Claims 

are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

4.8. Intercompany Claims (Class 7)

(a) Classification: For each Debtor, Class 7 consists of Intercompany Claims.

(b) Treatment: From and after the Effective Date, all Intercompany Claims, including 

the PIK Toggle Notes Claim, shall be adjusted, continued, settled, Reinstated, discharged, contributed to 

capital, or eliminated, in each case to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Reorganized Debtors 

in their sole discretion.

(c) Voting: Class 7 is Unimpaired, and the holders of Intercompany Claims are 

conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. 

Therefore, holders of Intercompany Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes 

of such holders will not be solicited.

4.9. Section 510(b) Claims (Class 8)

(a) Classification: For each Debtor, Class 8 consists of Section 510(b) Claims.

(b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, all Section 510(b) Claims will be cancelled, 

released, discharged, and extinguished and will be of no further force or effect, and holders of such claims 

will not receive any distribution on account of such claims. 

(c) Voting: Class 8 is Impaired, and the holders of Section 510(b) Claims are 

conclusively deemed to reject the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, 

holders of Section 510(b) Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such 

holders will not be solicited. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 110 of 171
22

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

4.10. Intercompany Interests (Class 9)

(a) Classification: For each Debtor, Class 9 consists of Intercompany Interests.

(b) Treatment: From and after the Effective Date, all Intercompany Interests shall be 

adjusted, Reinstated, or cancelled, to the extent reasonably determined to be appropriate by the Reorganized 

Debtors in their sole discretion.

(c) Voting: Class 9 is Unimpaired, and the holders of Intercompany Interests are 

conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. 

Therefore, holders of Intercompany Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the 

votes of such holders will not be solicited.

4.11. Existing Holdings Preferred Equity (Class 10-A)

(a) Classification: For Chinos Holdings, Class 10-A consists of Existing Holdings 

Preferred Equity, and such Class is vacant for all other Debtors.

(b) Treatment: Holders of Existing Holdings Preferred Equity shall not receive or 

retain any property under the Plan on account of such Existing Holdings Preferred Equity. On the Effective 

Date, all Existing Holdings Preferred Equity shall be cancelled and shall be of no further force and effect, 

regardless of whether surrendered for cancellation.

(c) Voting: Class 10-A is Impaired, and the holders of Existing Holdings Preferred 

Equity are conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy 

Code. Therefore, holders of Existing Holdings Preferred Equity are not entitled to vote to accept or reject 

the Plan, and the votes of such holders of Existing Holdings Preferred Equity will not be solicited.

4.12. Existing Holdings Equity (Class 10-B)

(a) Classification: For Chinos Holdings, Class 10-B consists of Existing Holdings 

Equity, and such Class is vacant for all other Debtors.

(b) Treatment: Holders of Existing Holdings Equity shall not receive or retain any 

property under the Plan on account of such Existing Holdings Equity. On the Effective Date, all Existing 

Holdings Equity shall be cancelled and shall be of no further force and effect, regardless of whether 

surrendered for cancellation.

(c) Voting: Class 10-B is Impaired, and the holders of Existing Holdings Equity are 

conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. 

Therefore, holders of Existing Holdings Equity are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the 

votes of such holders of Existing Holdings Equity will not be solicited.

ARTICLE V MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION.

5.1. Sources of Funding for Plan Distributions

Distributions under the Plan will be funded with (a) the Debtors’ cash on hand, (b) cash 

proceeds from the Exit ABL Facility, (c) conversion of principal of DIP Obligations to New Term Loans 

pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Plan, (d) any cash proceeds from the New Term Loans, and (e) issuance of 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 111 of 171
23

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

New Common Equity and New Warrants. The Confirmation Order will be deemed to authorize, among 

other things, the foregoing transactions. 

5.2. General Corporate Authority

(a) On the Effective Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Reorganized 

Debtors shall take such actions as may be or become necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction 

described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including (i) the execution 

and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, consolidation, restructuring, 

financing, conversion, disposition, transfer, dissolution, transition services, or liquidation containing terms 

that are consistent with the terms of the Plan and that satisfy the applicable requirements of applicable law 

and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may determine; (ii) the execution and delivery of 

appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, 

liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms to which 

the applicable parties agree; (iii) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, 

reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, or dissolution and the New Organizational Documents 

pursuant to applicable state law; (iv) the issuance of securities, including the New Common Equity, New 

Equity Allocation, New Warrants, and the New Common Equity issuable upon exercise of the New 

Warrants, all of which shall be authorized and approved in all respects, without further action being required 

under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule; (v) if the Debtors expect to qualify for and elect to utilize 

the special bankruptcy exception under section 382(l)(5) of the Tax Code, the Debtors may seek Bankruptcy 

Court approval of certain procedures and potential restrictions on the accumulation of Claims by Entities 

who are or will be substantial claimholders and the charter, bylaws, and other organizational documents 

may restrict certain transfer of the New Common Equity, and (vi) all other actions that the applicable 

Entities determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be 

required by applicable law or to reincorporate in another jurisdiction, subject, in each case, to the New 

Organizational Documents.

(b) Each officer, manager, or member of the board of directors of the Debtors is (and 

each officer, manager, or member of the Reorganized Debtors, shall be) authorized and directed to issue, 

execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, securities, instruments, releases, indentures, and other 

agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, 

implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and the securities issued pursuant to 

the Plan (including the New Equity Allocation and New Warrants) in the name of and on behalf of the 

Reorganized Debtors, all of which shall be authorized and approved in all respects, in each case, without 

the need for any approvals, authorization, consents, or any further action required under applicable law, 

regulation, order, or rule (including any action by the stockholders or directors or managers of the Debtors 

or the Reorganized Debtors) except for those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.

(c) All matters provided for herein involving the corporate structure of the Debtors or 

Reorganized Debtors, to the extent applicable, or any corporate or related action required by the Debtors or 

Reorganized Debtors in connection herewith shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, 

without any requirement of further action by the stockholders, members, or directors or managers of the 

Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, and with like effect as though such action had been taken unanimously 

by the stockholders, members, directors, managers, or officers, as applicable, of the Debtors or the 

Reorganized Debtors.

5.3. Exit ABL Facility

(a) On the Effective Date, in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions 

of the Exit ABL Facility Documents, the Reorganized Debtors (which may include an entity in the NewCo 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 112 of 171
24

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

Entity Group) will enter into the Exit ABL Facility without the need for any further corporate action and 

without further action by the holders of Claims or Interests. Any proceeds of the Exit ABL Facility shall 

be used to (i) fund distributions, costs, and expenses contemplated by the Plan, and (ii) fund general 

working capital and for general corporate purposes of the Reorganized Debtors, in each case subject to the 

terms of the Exit ABL Facility Documents.

(b) On the Effective Date, the Exit ABL Facility Documents shall be executed and 

delivered by the Reorganized Debtors. All Liens and security interests granted pursuant to the Exit ABL 

Facility Documents shall be (i) valid, binding, perfected, and enforceable Liens on and security interests in 

the personal and real property described in and subject to such document, with the priorities established in 

respect thereof under applicable non-bankruptcy law, (ii) granted in good faith and deemed not to constitute 

a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and (iii) not otherwise subject to avoidance, 

recharacterization, or subordination under any applicable law. Each of the Entities granting such Liens and 

security interests are authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals 

and consents necessary to establish, attach, and perfect such Liens and security interests under any 

applicable law, and shall thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would 

be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.

5.4. Conversion of DIP Claims; New Term Loans

In consideration of each Consenting Support Party (which includes any IPCo Noteholder or Term Lender 

that is a qualified institutional buyer or accredited institutional investor and becomes a Consenting Support 

Party by electing to participate in the DIP Obligations and New Term Loans in accordance with the 

Transaction Support Agreement) agreeing to support the transactions described in the Transaction Support 

Agreement to be consummated pursuant to the Plan, consenting to exchange such party’s Term Loan 

Secured Claims and IPCo Notes Claims for the New Common Equity, and consenting to the various 

conditions and covenants set forth in the Transaction Support Agreement, including, among other things, 

the imposition of restrictions on the transfer of its Claims and Interests, each Consenting Support Party 

shall have the right to participate in providing the DIP Loans and the New Term Loans, and also to receive 

the New Equity Allocation and New Warrants. On the Effective Date:

(a) the principal amount of the DIP Claims will be converted to New Term Loans (the 

DIP Claims so converted shall be deemed to have been paid in full and be no longer outstanding);

(b) in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions of the New Term 

Documents, the Reorganized Debtors will borrow or be deemed to have borrowed the New Term Loans 

without the need for any further corporate action and without further action by the holders of Claims or 

Interests; 

(c) the New Term Documents shall be executed and delivered by the Reorganized 

Debtors. All Liens and security interests granted pursuant to the New Term Documents shall be (i) valid, 

binding, perfected, and enforceable Liens on and security interests in the personal and real property 

described in and subject to such document, with the priorities established in respect thereof under applicable 

non-bankruptcy law, (ii) granted in good faith and deemed not to constitute a fraudulent conveyance or 

fraudulent transfer, and (iii) not otherwise subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination under 

any applicable law. Each of the Entities granting such Liens and security interests are authorized to make 

all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish, 

attach, and perfect such Liens and security interests under any applicable law, and shall thereafter cooperate 

to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give 

notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties; and

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 113 of 171
25

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

(d) the Reorganized Debtors will distribute to each Consenting Support Party the pro 

rata share (the numerator being the outstanding principal amount of New Term Loans held by such party

on the Effective Date and the denominator being the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all New 

Term Loans on the Effective Date) of the New Equity Allocation and the New Warrants.

Proceeds of the New Term Loans shall be used to (i) fund distributions, costs, and expenses contemplated 

by the Plan, and (ii) fund general working capital and general corporate needs of the Reorganized Debtors, 

in each case subject to the terms of the New Term Documents. 

5.5. Backstop Commitments

On the Effective Date, in exchange for providing the commitments described in the 

Backstop Commitment Letter, the Backstop Parties will receive the Backstop Premium in accordance with

the Backstop Commitment Letter.

5.6. Authorization and Issuance of New Common Equity and the New Warrants

(a) On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall issue or cause to be issued 

the New Common Equity (including New Common Equity on account of the New Equity Allocation and 

the Backstop Premium) and the New Warrants in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the New 

Organizational Documents, and the Warrant Agreement, without the need for any further corporate, limited 

liability company, or shareholder action. All of the New Common Equity, including the New Common 

Equity issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants, upon payment of the exercise price in accordance with 

the terms of such New Warrant, when so issued, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and 

non-assessable when so issued.

(b) On the Effective Date, (i) neither the New Common Equity nor the New Warrants 

shall be registered under the Securities Act, and neither the New Common Equity nor the New Warrants 

shall be listed for public trading on any securities exchange and (ii) none of the Reorganized Debtors shall 

be a reporting company under the Exchange Act.

(c) Except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, the New Common 

Equity and the New Warrants shall be issued in the names of such holders or their nominees in accordance 

with DTC’s book-entry exchange procedures or on the books and records of a transfer agent; provided, that 

such New Common Equity and New Warrants will only be issued in accordance with DTC book-entry 

procedures if permitted to be held through DTC’s book-entry system and the Reorganized Debtors, in their 

sole discretion, deem such method of distribution advisable. If the New Common Equity or New Warrants 

are issued in accordance with DTC book-entry procedures (i) one or more global certificates representing 

such New Common Equity or New Warrants, as applicable, shall be registered with the transfer agent or 

warrant agent, as applicable, as agent for the New Common Equity or New Warrants, as applicable, in the 

name of, and shall be deposited with, DTC or its nominee, (ii) the ownership interest of each holder of 

such New Common Equity or New Warrants, and transfers of ownership interests therein, shall be recorded 

on the records of the direct and indirect participants in DTC, and (iii) to receive distributions of New 

Common Equity or New Warrants, holders of applicable Allowed Claims shall be required to designate a 

direct or indirect participant in DTC with whom such holder has an account into which such New Common 

Equity or New Warrants, as applicable, may be deposited.

5.7. Continued Corporate Existence

(a) Except as otherwise set forth in the Restructuring Transaction Steps, the Debtors 

shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with the applicable 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 114 of 171
26

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

laws of the respective jurisdictions in which they are incorporated or organized and pursuant to the New 

Organizational Documents. 

(b) On or after the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor may take such action that 

may be necessary or appropriate as permitted by applicable law and such Reorganized Debtor’s 

organizational documents, as such Reorganized Debtor may determine is reasonable and appropriate to 

effect any transaction described in, approved by, or necessary or appropriate to effectuate, the Plan, 

including causing: (i) a Reorganized Debtor to be merged or dissolved; (ii) a Reorganized Debtor to be 

converted to a limited liability company or other entity; (iii) the legal name of a Reorganized Debtor to be 

changed; or (iv) the closure of a Chapter 11 Case on the Effective Date or any time thereafter. 

5.8. Exemption from Securities Laws

(a) On and as of the Effective Date, in accordance with the Transaction Support 

Agreement, if any party will beneficially own (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange 

Act) 2% or more of the New Common Equity outstanding on the Effective Date, NewCo Holdings shall 

enter into and deliver the Registration Rights Agreement to each such party and such agreement shall be 

deemed to be valid, binding, and enforceable in accordance with its terms, and each party thereto shall be 

bound thereby. 

(b) The offer, issuance, and distribution of the New Common Equity pursuant to 

Section 4.4 and Section 4.5 of the Plan and the Backstop Premium will be exempt, pursuant to section 1145 

of the Bankruptcy Code, without further act or action by any Entity, from registration under the Securities 

Act, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and any state or local law requiring registration 

for the offer, issuance, or distribution of Securities. These securities shall be freely tradable by the recipients 

thereof, subject to: (i) the holder not being an “underwriter” with respect to such securities, as that term is 

defined in subsection (b) of section 1145 the Bankruptcy Code or being directly or indirectly controlling or 

controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, the Reorganized Debtor that issued such 

securities; (ii) compliance with any rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission 

applicable at the time of any future transfer of such securities or instruments; (iii) any restrictions on the 

transferability of the New Common Equity contained in the Operating Agreement; and (iv) any applicable 

regulatory approval.

(c) The offer, issuance, and distribution of the New Equity Allocation and the New 

Warrants to the New Term Lenders are being made in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth 

in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D thereunder. Such securities together with the 

New Common Equity issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants will be considered “restricted securities” 

and may not be transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement or under an available 

exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as, under certain conditions, the 

resale provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Additionally, the New Warrants are 

subject to any restrictions on the transferability of such New Warrants contained in the Warrant Agreement.

(d) If the Reorganized Debtors elect, on or after the Effective Date, for any portion of 

the New Common Equity to be held through the facilities of the DTC, then DTC will be required to accept 

and conclusively rely on the Plan and the Confirmation Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether 

the New Common Equity are exempt from registration or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, 

and depository services. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 115 of 171
27

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

5.9. Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements

(a) Except for the purpose of evidencing a right to a distribution under the Plan and 

except as otherwise set forth in the Plan, including with respect to Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases 

that shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date, all agreements, instruments, and 

other documents evidencing the ABL Facility Claims, Term Loans Claims, IPCo Notes Claims, PIK Toggle 

Notes Claims (if cancelled by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to Section 4.8 of the Plan), Existing 

Holdings Preferred Equity, or Existing Holders Equity, and any rights of any holder in respect thereof shall 

be deemed cancelled, discharged, and of no force or effect and the obligations of the Debtors thereunder 

shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged. 

(b) Notwithstanding such cancellation and discharge, the ABL Credit Agreement, the 

IPCo Indentures, the indentures for the 7.75%/8.50% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2022 and the Term 

Loan Agreement shall continue in effect solely to the extent necessary to (i) allow the holders of Allowed 

ABL Facility Claims, Allowed IPCo Claims, and Allowed Term Loans Claims to receive distributions 

under the Plan, (ii) allow the Reorganized Debtors, the ABL Agent, the Term Agent, the Indenture Trustees, 

and the Distribution Agent, as applicable, to make post-Effective Date distributions or to otherwise exercise 

their rights and discharge their obligations relating to the interests of the holders of such Claims (including, 

if applicable, the right of the IPCo Trustees to exercise their respective charging lien), (iii) except as 

otherwise released, enjoined, or exculpated under the Plan, preserve their respective rights and obligations 

of the holders of such Claims vis-à-vis other holders of such Claims pursuant to any applicable documents, 

(iv) allow each of the ABL Agent, the Term Agent, and the Indenture Trustees to enforce its rights, claims, 

and interests vis-à-vis any non-Debtor, (v) preserve the rights of the ABL Agent and the Indenture Trustees

to payment of fees and expenses, including in the exercise of its charging lien from any money or property 

distributable to the holders of the ABL Facility Claims or IPCo Notes Claims, and any rights to priority of 

payment, (vi) preserve the right of each Indenture Trustee to exculpation and indemnification from the 

Reorganized Debtors, (vii) allow the ABL Agent, the Term Agent, and the Indenture Trustees to enforce 

any obligations owed to them under the Plan, (viii) permit the ABL Agent, the Term Agent, and the 

Indenture Trustees to perform any function necessary to effectuate the foregoing, (ix) permit the ABL 

Agent, the Term Agent, and the Indenture Trustees to appear in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any proceeding 

in the Bankruptcy Court relating to the ABL Credit Agreement, the Indentures, or the Term Credit 

Agreement, as applicable, and (x) permit and require the ABL Agent, the Term Agent, and the Indenture 

Trustees to execute, deliver, and file any payoff or lien termination documentation requested by the Debtors 

in accordance with the ABL Credit Agreement, the Term Loan Agreement, or the Indentures (or any 

documents related thereto or otherwise delivered in connection therewith), as applicable; provided that 

nothing in this Section 5.9(b) shall affect the discharge of Claims pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, the 

Confirmation Order, or the Plan or result in any liability or expense to the Reorganized Debtors. 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision in any document, instrument, lease, 

or other agreement that causes or effectuates, or purports to cause or effectuate, a default, termination, 

waiver, or other forfeiture of, or by, the Debtors of their interests, as a result of the cancellations, 

terminations, satisfaction, releases, or discharges provided for in this Section 5.9 shall be deemed null and 

void and shall be of no force and effect. 

5.10. Cancellation of Liens

Except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 5.9(b) of the Plan, upon the 

satisfaction of an Other Secured Claim, ABL Facility Claim, Term Loan Secured Claim, or IPCo Claim in 

accordance with the Plan, any Lien on the property securing such Claim shall be deemed automatically 

released and discharged without further action, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such 

Lien, including any rights to any applicable Collateral, will revert to the applicable Reorganized Debtor and 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 116 of 171
28

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

its successors and assigns. The holder of such Claim shall be directed to release any Collateral or other 

property of the Debtors held by such holder and to take such actions as may be requested by the Reorganized 

Debtors to evidence the release of such Lien, including the execution, delivery and filing or recording of 

such releases as may be requested by the Reorganized Debtors. The Reorganized Debtors also shall be 

authorized to execute and file on behalf of the holders of such Liens any instruments that may be necessary 

or appropriate to implement the provisions of this Section 5.10. The Indenture Trustees will be authorized 

and directed to execute and deliver to the Reorganized Debtors, at the Reorganized Debtors’ expense, any 

documents the Reorganized Debtors may request to evidence the cancellation of Liens and rights to 

Collateral securing the applicable claims. 

5.11. Officers and Boards of Directors

(a) The identities of the members of the New Board and other boards of directors or 

managers of the Reorganized Debtors, and, to the extent applicable, the officers of each Reorganized 

Debtor, shall be disclosed at or before the Confirmation Hearing in accordance with section 1129(a)(5) of 

the Bankruptcy Code.

(b) Commencing on the Effective Date, each of the directors, managers, and officers 

of each of the Reorganized Debtors shall be elected and serve pursuant to the terms of the applicable 

organizational documents of such Reorganized Debtor and may be replaced or removed in accordance with 

such organizational documents.

5.12. Certain Employee, Director, and Officer Matters

(a) On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed 

all Benefit Plans and Employee Arrangements, other than those Executory Contracts that have been rejected 

by the Debtors or which are the subject of a pending rejection motion on the Confirmation Date; provided

that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Employee Arrangements, the consummation of the Plan 

shall not be treated as a “change in control” or “change of control” or other similar transaction with respect 

to the Employee Arrangements.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, if a Benefit Plan or an Employee Arrangement is 

assumed, and such Benefit Plan or Employment Arrangement provides for an award or potential award of 

Existing Holdings Equity, such Benefit Plan or Employment Arrangement shall be assumed in all respects

other than the provisions of such agreement relating to such award.

ARTICLE VI DISTRIBUTIONS.

6.1. Distributions Generally

The Distribution Agent shall make all distributions under the Plan to the appropriate 

holders of Allowed Claims in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

Distributions to be made to holders of IPCo Notes Claims shall be made to the applicable

IPCo Trustee, which, subject to their rights to assert their charging lien against distributions, shall transmit 

such distributions to holders of IPCo Notes Claims under their respective Indenture. The IPCo Trustees 

may, with the consent of the Debtors and the Requisite Consenting Support Parties, establish a different 

record date for distributions to holders of IPCo Notes Claims and shall transfer or direct the transfer of such 

distributions through the facilities of DTC. The Indenture Trustees shall be entitled to recognize and deal 

for all purposes under the Plan with holders of IPCo Notes Claims to the extent consistent with the 

customary practices of DTC, and all distributions to be made to holders of IPCo Notes Claims shall be 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 117 of 171
29

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

delivered to the IPCo Trustee in a form that is eligible to be distributed through the facilities of DTC. No 

later than five business days prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors shall provide the IPCo Trustees with 

written instructions by CUSIP number regarding the number of New Common Equity to be distributed to 

holders of IPCo Notes Claims.

6.2. Distribution Record Date

As of the close of business on the Effective Date, the various lists of holders of Claims or 

Interests in each Class, as maintained by the Debtors or their respective agents, shall be deemed closed, and 

there shall be no further changes in the record holders of any Claims or Interests. The Reorganized Debtors 

shall have no obligation to recognize any transfer of the Claims or Interests occurring on or after the 

Effective Date. In addition, with respect to payment of any Cure Obligation or disputes over any Cure 

Obligation, neither the Reorganized Debtors nor the Distribution Agent shall have any obligation to 

recognize or deal with any party other than the non-Debtor party to the applicable Executory Contract or 

Unexpired Lease as of the Effective Date, even if such non-Debtor party has sold, assigned, or otherwise 

transferred its Claim for a Cure Obligation.

6.3. Date of Distributions

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, any distributions and deliveries to be made under 

the Plan shall be made on the Effective Date or as otherwise determined in accordance with the Plan, 

including the treatment provisions of Article IV of the Plan, or as soon as practicable thereafter; provided 

that the Reorganized Debtors may implement periodic distributions to the extent they determine it to be 

appropriate. If any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not 

a business day, then the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on the 

next succeeding business day but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date. 

Distributions on account of any such Disputed Claims shall be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in 

Article VII of the Plan.

6.4. Distribution Agent

The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have the authority to enter 

into agreements with one or more Distribution Agents to facilitate the distributions required hereunder. All 

distributions under the Plan shall be made by the Distribution Agent, on behalf of the applicable Debtor 

(unless otherwise provided herein), or by the Reorganized Debtors if no Distribution Agents are engaged, 

on or after the Effective Date. The Reorganized Debtors shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to 

provide the Distribution Agent (if other than the Reorganized Debtors) with the amounts of Claims and the 

identities and addresses of holders of Claims, in each case, as set forth in the Debtors’ or the Reorganized 

Debtors’ books and records. The Reorganized Debtors shall cooperate in good faith with the Distribution 

Agent (if other than the Reorganized Debtors) to comply with the reporting and withholding requirements 

outlined in Section 6.19 of the Plan.

6.5. Rights and Powers of Distribution Agent

(a) From and after the Effective Date, the Distribution Agent, solely in its capacity as 

Distribution Agent, shall be exculpated by all Entities, including holders of Claims and Interests and other 

parties in interest, from any and all claims, Causes of Action, and other assertions of liability arising out of 

the discharge of the powers and duties conferred upon such Distribution Agent by the Plan or any order of 

the Bankruptcy Court entered pursuant to or in furtherance of the Plan, or applicable law, except for actions 

or omissions arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct, fraud, malpractice, criminal conduct, 

or ultra vires acts of such Distribution Agent. No holder of a Claim or Interest or other party in interest 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 118 of 171
30

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

shall have or pursue any claim or Cause of Action against the Distribution Agent, solely in its capacity as 

Distribution Agent, for making payments in accordance with the Plan or for implementing provisions of 

the Plan, except for actions or omissions arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct, fraud, 

malpractice, criminal conduct, or ultra vires acts of such Distribution Agent.

(b) The Distribution Agent shall be empowered to (i) effect all actions and execute all 

agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties hereunder, (ii) make all 

distributions provided for in the Plan, and (iii) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the 

Distribution Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, or as deemed by the Distribution Agent to be 

necessary and proper to implement the provisions of the Plan.

6.6. Expenses of Distribution Agent

If the Distribution Agent is an Entity other than the Reorganized Debtors, and except as 

otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, any reasonable and documented fees and expenses incurred by 

the Distribution Agent acting in such capacity (including reasonable documented attorneys’ fees, expenses, 

and taxes) on or after the Effective Date shall be paid in cash by the Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary 

course of business upon presentation of invoices to the Reorganized Debtors and without the need for 

approval by the Bankruptcy Court.

6.7. Postpetition Interest

Except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or 

another order of the Bankruptcy Court, interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Claims on or after the 

Petition Date, and no holder of a Claim shall be entitled to (a) interest accruing on or after the Petition Date 

on such Claim or (b) interest at the contract default rate. 

6.8. Delivery of Distributions

Subject to the provisions contained in this Article VI, the Distribution Agent will issue or 

cause to be issued, and authenticate, as applicable, all distributions or payments to holders of Allowed 

Claims, as and when required by the Plan at: (a) the address of such holder on the books and records of the 

Debtors or their agents; (b) the address included on any filed proofs of claim; or (c) the address in any 

written notice of address change delivered to the Debtors or indicated on any transfers of Claims filed with 

the Bankruptcy Court. If any distribution to any holder is returned as undeliverable, no further distributions 

shall be made to such holder unless and until the Distribution Agent is notified in writing of such holder’s 

then-current address, at which time all then-due, missed distributions shall be made to such holder as soon 

as reasonably practicable thereafter without interest. Nothing herein shall require the Distribution Agent 

or the Reorganized Debtors to attempt to locate holders of undeliverable distributions and, if located, assist 

such holders in complying with Section 6.19 of the Plan.

6.9. Distributions after Effective Date

Distributions made after the Effective Date to holders of Disputed Claims that become 

Allowed Claims after the Effective Date shall be deemed to have been made on the Effective Date.

6.10. Unclaimed Property

Undeliverable or unclaimed distributions shall remain in the possession of the Reorganized 

Debtors until such time as a distribution becomes deliverable or the holder accepts distribution, and shall 

not accrue interest, dividends, or other accruals of any kind. No further distributions shall be made to the 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 119 of 171
31

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

applicable holder unless and until the Distribution Agent is notified in writing of such holder’s then-current 

address or other necessary information for delivery, at which time such undelivered distribution shall be 

made to such holder within 90 days of receipt of such holder’s then-current address or other necessary 

information. Undeliverable or unclaimed distributions shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 

347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code at the expiration of 180 days from the later of (a) the Effective Date and (b) 

the date of the initial attempted distribution. On such date, all unclaimed property shall revert to the 

Reorganized Debtors automatically and without need for a further order by the Bankruptcy Court 

(notwithstanding any applicable non-bankruptcy escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the 

contrary), and the right, title, and interest of any other Entity to such property shall be discharged and 

forever barred. The Reorganized Debtors and the Distribution Agent shall have no obligation to attempt to 

locate any holder of an Allowed Claim other than by reviewing the Debtors’ books and records and filings 

with the Bankruptcy Court.

6.11. Time Bar to Cash Payments

Checks issued by the Distribution Agent on account of Allowed Claims shall be null and 

void if not negotiated within 180 days after the date of issuance thereof. Thereafter, the amount represented 

by such voided check shall irrevocably revert to the Reorganized Debtors, and any Claim in respect of such 

voided check shall be discharged and forever barred, notwithstanding any federal or state escheat laws to 

the contrary. Requests for re-issuance of any check shall be made to the Distribution Agent by the holder 

of the Allowed Claim to whom such check was originally issued.

6.12. Manner of Payment under Plan

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, at the option of the Reorganized 

Debtors, any cash payment to be made hereunder may be made by a check or wire transfer or as otherwise 

required or provided in applicable agreements or customary practices of the Debtors. The wire transfer fee 

will be deducted from the amount of the distribution to a holder of an Allowed Claim would otherwise 

receive.

6.13. Satisfaction of Claims

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, any distributions and deliveries to 

be made on account of Allowed Claims under the Plan shall be in complete and final satisfaction, settlement, 

and discharge of and exchange for such Allowed Claims. 

6.14. Fractional Stock and New Warrants

If any distribution of New Common Equity or exercise of New Warrants would result in 

the issuance of a fractional amount of New Common Equity, then the amount of New Common Equity to 

be issued in respect of such distribution or exercise, as applicable, shall be calculated to one decimal place 

and rounded up or down to the closest whole unit (with a half unit or greater rounded up and less than a 

half unit rounded down). The total number of New Common Equity shall be adjusted as necessary to 

account for the rounding provided for herein. No consideration shall be provided in lieu of fractional units 

that are rounded down. DTC is considered a single holder of New Common Equity for the rounding and

distribution purposes. Neither the Reorganized Debtors nor the Distribution Agent shall have any 

obligation to make a distribution that is less than one New Common Equity.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 120 of 171
32

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

6.15. Minimum Cash Distributions

The Distribution Agent shall not be required to make any distribution on account of an 

Allowed Claim that is less than $50; provided that if no distribution is made to a holder of an Allowed 

Claim pursuant to this Section 6.15, the amount of such distribution shall be added to any subsequent 

distribution(s) to such holder on account of such Allowed Claim until the distribution such holder is entitled 

to is $50 or higher.

6.16. Maximum Distributions and Rights of Reimbursement

In no event shall an Allowed Claim receive distributions under the Plan in excess of the 

Allowed amount of such Claim, except to the extent postpetition interest is expressly Allowed by the Plan. 

Nothing contained herein shall in any way affect, impair or modify the rights of a holder of a claim against 

any Entity that is not a Debtor.

6.17. Setoffs and Recoupments

The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or such Entity’s designee 

(including the Distribution Agent) may, but shall not be required to, set off or recoup against any Claim, 

and any distribution to be made on account of such Claim, any and all claims, rights, and Causes of Action 

of any nature whatsoever that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have against the holder of such 

Claim pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or applicable nonbankruptcy law; provided, that neither the failure 

to do so nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by a Debtor or a 

Reorganized Debtor or its successor or assign of any claims, rights, or Causes of Action that a Debtor or a 

Reorganized Debtor or its successor or assign may possess against the holder of such Claim.

6.18. Allocation of Distributions between Principal and Interest

Except as otherwise required by law (as reasonably determined by the Reorganized 

Debtors), distributions with respect to Allowed Claims in Classes 4, 5, 6-A, and 6-B shall be allocated first 

to the principal portion of such Allowed Claim (as determined for United States federal income tax 

purposes) and, thereafter, to the remaining portion of such Allowed Claim, if any.

6.19. Withholding and Reporting Requirements

(a) Withholding Rights. In connection with the Plan, any party issuing any instrument 

or making any distribution described in the Plan or payment in connection therewith shall comply with all 

applicable withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state, or local taxing authority, 

and all distributions pursuant to the Plan and all related agreements shall be subject to any such withholding 

or reporting requirements. In the case of a non-cash issuance or distribution that is subject to withholding, 

the distributing party may withhold an appropriate portion of such distributed property and either (i) sell 

such withheld property to generate cash necessary to pay over the withholding tax (or reimburse the 

distributing party for any advanced payment of the withholding tax), or (ii) pay the withholding tax using 

its own funds and retain such withheld property. Any amounts withheld pursuant to the preceding sentence 

shall be deemed to have been distributed to and received by the applicable recipient for all purposes of the 

Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each holder of an Allowed Claim or any other Entity that receives a 

distribution pursuant to the Plan shall have responsibility for any taxes imposed by any Governmental 

Entity, including income, withholding, and other taxes, on account of such distribution. Any party issuing 

any instrument or making any distribution pursuant to the Plan has the right, but not the obligation, to not 

make a distribution until such holder has made arrangements satisfactory to such issuing or disbursing party 

for payment of any such tax obligations.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 121 of 171
33

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

(b) Forms. Any party entitled to receive any property as an issuance or distribution 

under the Plan shall deliver to the withholding agent (which, if such withholding agent is not the 

Distribution Agent, shall subsequently deliver to the Distribution Agent) an appropriate Form W-9 or (if 

the payee is a foreign Entity) Form W-8 and any other forms or documents reasonably requested by any 

Reorganized Debtor to reduce or eliminate any withholding required by any federal, state, or local taxing 

authority. If such request is made by the Reorganized Debtors, and the holder fails to comply before the 

date that is 180 days after the request is made, the amount of such distribution shall irrevocably revert to 

the applicable Reorganized Debtor and any Claim in respect of such distribution shall be discharged and 

forever barred from assertion against the applicable Reorganized Debtor or its property.

6.20. Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act

Any New Common Equity or the New Warrants to be distributed to an Entity required to 

file a premerger notification and report form under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 

1976, as amended, to the extent applicable, shall not be distributed until the notification and waiting periods 

applicable under such Act to such Entity have expired or been terminated.

ARTICLE VII PROCEDURES FOR DISPUTED CLAIMS.

7.1. Allowance of Claims 

Except as expressly provided in the Plan or in any order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases 

before the Effective Date (including the Confirmation Order), no Claim shall become an Allowed Claim 

until such Claim is deemed Allowed pursuant to the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or a Final Order. All 

settlements approved pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 or otherwise before the Effective Date by an order 

of the Bankruptcy Court shall be binding on all parties.

7.2. Disputed Claims Process

(a) If a holder of a Claim elects to file a proof of claim, such holder shall be deemed 

to have consented to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court for all purposes with respect to such Claim, 

and the Bankruptcy Court shall retain nonexclusive jurisdiction over all such Claims, which shall be 

resolved on a case-by-case basis through settlements, Claim objections (or, if necessary, through adversary 

proceedings), adjudication in a forum other than the Bankruptcy Court, or by withdrawal of the Claims by 

the holders of such Claims. 

(b) The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have the exclusive 

authority to file, settle, compromise, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any objections to Claims; provided

that, consistent with section 502(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any party in interest is permitted to object to 

any proof of claim that is filed with the Bankruptcy Court. Except for the Claims that are expressly Allowed 

by the Plan or a Final Order, all proofs of claim filed in these Chapter 11 Cases shall be considered Disputed 

Claims without further action by the Debtors. 

(c) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, from and after the Effective Date, each 

Reorganized Debtor shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses the applicable Debtor had 

immediately before the Effective Date, including the Causes of Action retained pursuant to the Plan. From 

and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may satisfy, dispute, settle, or otherwise compromise 

any Claim without approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 122 of 171
34

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

7.3. Objections to Claims

Only the Reorganized Debtors shall be entitled to object to Disputed Claims after the 

Effective Date. Any objections to proofs of claim shall be served and filed (a) on or before 180 days 

following the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the date that a proof of claim is filed or amended or a 

Claim is otherwise asserted or amended in writing by or on behalf of a holder of such Claim, or (b) such 

later date as ordered by the Bankruptcy Court upon motion filed by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. 

The expiration of such period shall not limit or affect the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to dispute Claims 

asserted other than through a proof of claim.

7.4. Estimation of Claims

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may at any time request that the 

Bankruptcy Court estimate any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim pursuant to section 502(c) of 

the Bankruptcy Code regardless of whether the Debtors previously objected to such Claim or whether the 

Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction to 

estimate any Claim at any time during litigation concerning any objection to any Claim, including during 

the pendency of any appeal relating to any such objection. If the Bankruptcy Court estimates any 

contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim, the amount so estimated shall constitute either the Allowed 

amount of such Claim or a maximum limitation on such Claim, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court. 

Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, a Claim that has been expunged but that either 

is subject to appeal or has not been the subject of a Final Order shall be deemed to be estimated at zero 

dollars unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. If the estimated amount constitutes a maximum 

limitation on the amount of such Claim, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may pursue supplementary 

proceedings to object to the allowance of such Claim.

7.5. Adjustment to Claims Without Objection

Any duplicate Claim or any Claim that has been paid, satisfied, amended, or superseded 

may be adjusted or expunged without the Reorganized Debtors having to file an application, motion, 

complaint, objection, or any other legal proceeding seeking to object to such Claim, and without any further 

notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

7.6. Disallowance of Certain Claims

Any Claims held by Entities from which property is recoverable under section 542, 543, 

550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that are transferees of a transfer avoidable under section 522(f), 

522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed Disallowed pursuant 

to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code unless expressly Allowed pursuant to the Plan, and holders of 

such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims until such time as such Causes of 

Action against such holders have been settled or a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court with respect thereto 

has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the 

Reorganized Debtors.

7.7. Amendment to Claims

A Claim may not be filed, amended, or supplemented after the applicable bar date 

established by the Bankruptcy Court without the prior written authorization of the Bankruptcy Court or the 

Reorganized Debtors, and any such new, amended, or supplemented Claim filed without such written 

authorization shall be deemed Disallowed in full and expunged without any further notice to or action, 

order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court to the maximum extent provided by applicable law.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 123 of 171
35

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

7.8. Late Filed Claims

Except as otherwise provided herein or as agreed to by the Debtors or the Reorganized 

Debtors, any proof of claim filed after the deadline established by the Bankruptcy Court with respect to 

such Claim shall be deemed Disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without any further notice 

to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and holders of such Claims may not receive any 

distributions on account of such Claims, unless such late proof of claim has been deemed timely filed by a 

Final Order

7.9. No Distributions Pending Allowance

If an objection, motion to estimate, or other challenge to a Claim is filed, no distribution 

provided under the Plan shall be made on account of such Claim unless and until (and only to the extent 

that) such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

7.10. Distributions after Allowance

To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes, in whole or in part, an Allowed 

Claim, distributions (if any) shall be made to the holder of such Allowed Claim in accordance with the 

provisions of the Plan, including the provisions of Article IV of the Plan. Such distributions shall be made 

as soon as practicable after the date that the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court allowing such 

Disputed Claim (or portion thereof) becomes a Final Order. In the event the Bankruptcy Court issues a 

Final Order deeming a Claim an Allowed Claim, the Distribution Agent shall remit for distribution to the 

holder of such Allowed Claim, the cash or cash equivalents in an amount equal to the amount that would 

have been distributed to the holder of such Claim from the Effective Date through and including the date 

of distribution had such Claim been Allowed as of the Effective Date.

7.11. Claim Resolution Procedures Cumulative

All of the objection, estimation, and resolution procedures in the Plan are intended to be 

cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims may be estimated and subsequently settled, 

compromised, withdrawn, or resolved in accordance with the Plan without further notice or Bankruptcy 

Court approval.

ARTICLE VIII EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES.

8.1. General Treatment

(a) Unless otherwise provided by an order of the Bankruptcy Court, at least 21 days 

before the Confirmation Hearing, the Debtors shall file or serve notices of proposed assumption and 

proposed Cure Obligations on counterparties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed 

pursuant to the Plan. Any objection to the assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease under 

the Plan must be filed, served and actually received by the Debtors no later than seven days before the 

Confirmation Hearing, unless otherwise extended by the Debtors. Any counterparty to an Executory 

Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to timely object to the proposed assumption of any Executory 

Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed to have consented to such assumption and the proposed Cure 

Obligations.

(b) As of and subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date and the payment of any 

applicable Cure Obligation, all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, which have not expired or 

terminated by their own terms on or before the Effective Date, shall be deemed assumed by the Reorganized 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 124 of 171
36

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

Debtors on the Effective Date, except for any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that (i) is listed on 

the Schedule of Rejected Contracts and Leases; (ii) has been previously rejected pursuant to a Final Order 

of the Bankruptcy Court (including where the effective date of such rejection is scheduled for after the 

Effective Date); (iii) has been previously assumed or assigned; or (iv) is the subject of a motion to assume, 

assign, or reject pending on the Effective Date; provided that the Debtors shall not reject, nor seek to reject, 

any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease without the prior written consent of the Requisite Consenting 

Support Parties (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). 

In addition to the foregoing and subject to occurrence of the Effective Date and the payment 

of any applicable Cure Obligation, the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases of Debtors Chinos

Holdings, Inc., Chinos Intermediate Holdings A, Inc., Chinos Intermediate, Inc., Chinos Intermediate 

Holdings B, Inc., and J. Crew Group, Inc. will be assigned to Debtor J. Crew Operating Corp. or an entity 

in the NewCo Entity Group designated by the Debtors, unless designated otherwise on the Schedule of 

Assigned Contracts and Leases. 

(c) Subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, the payment of any applicable Cure 

Obligations, and resolution of any Assumption Dispute in accordance with Section 8.2 of the Plan, entry of 

the Confirmation Order shall constitute approval, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy 

Code, of the assumptions, assignments, or rejections, as applicable, of the Executory Contract and 

Unexpired Lease in accordance with Section 8.1(b) of the Plan and a determination by the Bankruptcy 

Court that the Reorganized Debtors have provided adequate assurance of future performance under each 

assumed Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease. Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease 

assumed pursuant to the Plan shall vest in and be fully enforceable by the applicable Reorganized Debtor 

in accordance with its terms, except as modified by any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and 

providing for its assumption or assignment. To the extent that any provision in any Executory Contract or 

Unexpired Lease assumed or assigned pursuant to the Plan restricts or prevents, purports to restrict or 

prevent, or is breached or deemed breached by the assumption or assignment of such Executory Contract 

or Unexpired Lease (including any “change of control” provision), such provision shall be deemed modified 

such that the assumption or assignment contemplated by the Plan shall not entitle the non-Debtor party 

thereto to terminate such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or to exercise any other default-related 

rights with respect thereto.

8.2. Determination of Assumption Disputes and Deemed Consent

(a) Any Cure Obligation due under an Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be 

assumed pursuant to the Plan shall be satisfied, pursuant to section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, by 

payment in cash on the Effective Date, subject to the limitation described below, by the applicable 

Reorganized Debtor, or on such other terms as the parties to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease 

may otherwise agree.

(b) In the event of an Assumption Dispute regarding (i) the amount of the Cure 

Obligation, (ii) the ability of the applicable Reorganized Debtor to provide “adequate assurance of future 

performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code), or (iii) any other matter 

pertaining to the assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, sections 365 and 1123 of the 

Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed satisfied following the entry of a Final Order or orders resolving the 

dispute and approving the assumption; provided that the Reorganized Debtors may settle any dispute 

regarding the amount of any Cure Obligation without any further notice to any party or any action, order, 

or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

(c) After resolution of an Assumption Dispute by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court 

or by the parties, the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed assumed effective 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 125 of 171
37

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

as of the Effective Date; provided that if any Assumption Dispute is resolved unfavorably to the 

Reorganized Debtors, including a determination that the Claim subject to such Assumption Dispute is 

Allowed in an amount greater than the Cure Obligation for such Claim asserted by the Debtors or the 

Reorganized Debtors, the applicable Debtor may reject the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired 

Lease by filing a notice indicating such rejection with the Bankruptcy Court, and any such rejection shall 

be effective as of the Effective Date.

(d) Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or 

otherwise, subject to satisfaction of the applicable Cure Obligation, shall result in the full release and 

satisfaction of any defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting 

the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under 

such assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time before the effective date of its 

assumption. Any Claim set forth in the Schedules or any proofs of claim with respect to an Executory 

Contract or Unexpired Lease that has been assumed shall be deemed Disallowed and expunged, without 

further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. 

(e) With respect to any Assumption Dispute, neither the Reorganized Debtors nor the 

Distribution Agent shall have any obligation to recognize or deal with any party other than the non-Debtor 

party to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease as of the Effective Date, even if such nonDebtor party has sold, assigned, or otherwise transferred such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or 

its Claim thereunder.

8.3. Rejection of Executory Contracts and Leases

(a) Unless otherwise provided by an order of the Bankruptcy Court, any proofs of 

claim based on the rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or 

otherwise must be filed with Bankruptcy Court and served on the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as 

applicable, no later than 30 days after the later of the Effective Date or the effective date of rejection of 

such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. 

(b) Claims arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, 

to the extent Allowed, shall be Other General Unsecured Claims in Class 6-B.

(c) Each holder of a Claim arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or 

Unexpired Lease for which a proof of claim was not timely filed as set forth in Section 8.3(a) above shall 

not be treated as a creditor with respect to such Claim, and any such Claim will be automatically Disallowed 

without the need for any objection or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. 

(d) The Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the 

rejection of all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases identified on the Schedule of Rejected Contracts 

and Leases, to the extent not already rejected by prior orders of the Bankruptcy Court. Any Executory 

Contract or Unexpired Lease that is rejected will comply with the procedures set forth in the Order 

Authorizing Debtors to (I) Establish Procedures for Rejection of Unexpired Leases of Nonresidential Real 

Property and Abandonment of Property in Connection Therewith and (II) Granting Related Relief [Docket 

No. 118] unless the Plan provides otherwise. 

8.4. Contracts and Leases Entered into After the Petition Date

Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor and any Executory 

Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed by any Debtor, will be performed by the applicable Debtor or 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 126 of 171
38

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

Reorganized Debtor in the ordinary course of its business. Accordingly, such contracts and leases will 

remain unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date.

8.5. Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each assumed Executory Contract or 

Unexpired Lease shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other 

agreements that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, including any 

easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other 

interests. 

(b) Unless otherwise provided in an order entered by the Bankruptcy Court, 

modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases 

executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of 

such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may 

arise in connection therewith.

8.6. Survival of the Debtors’ Indemnification Obligations

Any obligations of the Debtors pursuant to their corporate charters, bylaws, limited liability 

company agreements, or other organizational documents to indemnify current and former officers, 

directors, agents, or employees with respect to all present and future actions, suits, and proceedings against 

the Debtors or such directors, officers, agents, or employees, based upon any act or omission for or on 

behalf of the Debtors, shall not be discharged or impaired by confirmation of the Plan. All such obligations 

shall be deemed and treated as Executory Contracts to be assumed by the Debtors under the Plan and shall 

continue as obligations of the Reorganized Debtors. Any Claim based on such obligations shall not be a 

Disputed Claim or subject to any objection by reason of section 502(e)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code. The 

Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall not amend or restate their respective governance 

documents before or after the Effective Date to terminate or adversely affect any obligations to provide 

such indemnification rights or such directors’, officers’, employees’, or agents’ indemnification rights.

8.7. Insurance Policies

All insurance policies (including all directors’ and officers’ insurance policies, any 

extended discovery provisions thereunder, and tail coverage liability insurance policies), related 

agreements, endorsements, addenda, schedules, documents or instruments related thereto pursuant to which 

any Debtor has any obligations in effect as of the date of the Confirmation Order shall be deemed and 

treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan and shall be assumed by, and vest in, the applicable 

Reorganized Debtors and shall continue in full force and effect thereafter in accordance with their respective 

terms. All members, managers, directors, and officers who served in such capacity at any time before the 

Effective Date shall be entitled to the full benefits of any directors’ and officers’ insurance policies 

(including any “tail policy” and extended discovery provisions of any insurance policies) for the full term 

of such policies regardless of whether such members, managers, directors, or officers remain in such 

positions after the Effective Date, in each case, to the extent set forth in such policies.

8.8. Intellectual Property Licenses and Agreements

All intellectual property contracts, licenses, royalties, or other similar agreements under

which the Debtors have any rights or obligations as of the date of the Confirmation Order shall be deemed 

and treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan, shall be assumed by, and vest in, the applicable 

Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date, and shall continue in full force and effect unless any such 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 127 of 171
39

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

intellectual property contract, license, royalty, or other similar agreement is rejected pursuant to a separate 

order of the Bankruptcy Court or is the subject of a separate rejection motion filed by the Debtors in 

accordance with Section 8.1 of the Plan. The Reorganized Debtors may take all actions as may be necessary 

or appropriate to ensure the vesting of such intellectual property contracts, licenses, royalties, or other 

similar agreements as contemplated herein.

8.9. Employee Compensation and Benefits

Except as listed in the Schedule of Rejected Contracts and Leases, all Benefit Plans and 

Employee Arrangements shall be treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan and deemed assumed on 

the Effective Date pursuant to the provisions of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. The 

Reorganized Debtors shall honor, in the ordinary course of business, Claims of employees employed as of 

the Effective Date for accrued vacation time arising before the Petition Date and not otherwise paid pursuant 

to a Bankruptcy Court order. Any assumption of the Benefit Plans and Employee Arrangements hereunder

shall not trigger any applicable change of control, immediate vesting, termination, or similar provisions 

therein. No participant shall have rights under the Benefit Plans and Employee Arrangements assumed 

pursuant to the Plan other than those existing immediately before such assumption.

8.10. Assignment

To the extent any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is transferred or assigned 

hereunder, it shall remain in full force and effect for the benefit of the transferee or assignee in accordance 

with its terms, notwithstanding any provision in such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including, 

those of the type set forth in section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code) that prohibits, restricts, or conditions 

such transfer or assignment. Any provision that prohibits, restricts, or conditions the assignment or transfer 

of any such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that terminates or modifies such Executory Contract 

or Unexpired Lease or allows the counterparty to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to terminate, 

modify, recapture, impose any penalty, condition renewal or extension, or modify any term or condition 

upon any such transfer and assignment, constitutes an unenforceable anti-assignment provision and is void 

and of no force or effect.

8.11. Reservation of Rights

(a) Neither the exclusion nor inclusion of any contract or lease on any exhibit, 

schedule, or other annex to the Plan or in the Plan Supplement, nor anything contained in the Plan, will 

waive, exclude, limit, dismiss or otherwise alter any of the defenses, claims, causes of action, or other rights 

of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors to subsequently argue that such contract or lease is or is not in fact 

an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors or their 

respective affiliates do not have any liability thereunder.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, nothing in the Plan shall waive, excuse, 

limit, diminish, or otherwise alter any of the defenses, claims, Causes of Action, or other rights of the 

Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors under any executory or non-executory contract or any unexpired or 

expired lease.

(c) Nothing in the Plan shall increase, augment, or add to any of the duties, obligations, 

responsibilities, or liabilities of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors under any executory or nonexecutory contract or any unexpired or expired lease. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 128 of 171
40

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

(d) If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or 

unexpired at the time of its assumption under the Plan, the Debtors shall have 60 days following entry of a 

Final Order resolving such dispute to alter the proposed treatment of such contract or lease.

ARTICLE IX CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

9.1. Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of the Plan

The following are conditions precedent to confirmation of the Plan:

(a) the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered an order approving the Disclosure 

Statement as containing adequate information with respect to the Plan within the meaning of section 1125 

of the Bankruptcy Code; 

(b) the proposed Confirmation Order shall be consistent with the Transaction Support 

Agreement and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Debtors, the Requisite 

Consenting Support Parties, the Required DIP Lenders, the DIP Agent, the Exit ABL Agent, and the Exit 

Term Agent; provided that the Debtors will also consult in good faith with the ABL Agent regarding the 

form and substance of the Confirmation Order; and

(c) the Backstop Commitment Letter and the Transaction Support Agreement shall not 

have been terminated by the parties thereto and shall be in full force and effect and binding on all parties 

thereto.

9.2. Conditions Precedent to Effective Date

The occurrence of the Effective Date will be subject to the following conditions precedent, 

among others; provided that any condition can be waived with the prior written consent of the Debtors and

the Requisite Consenting Support Parties: 

(a) the Transaction Support Agreement shall not have been terminated by the parties 

thereto and remains in full force and effect and binding on the parties thereto;

(b) the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order consistent with 

the Transaction Support Agreement and the Confirmation Order shall not have been stayed;

(c) the Definitive Documents shall be consistent with the Transaction Support 

Agreement and otherwise approved by the parties thereto consistent with their respective consent and 

approval rights as set forth in the Transaction Support Agreement;

(d) all actions, documents, and agreements necessary to implement and consummate 

the Plan shall have been performed or executed, as applicable;

(e) the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Final DIP Order, the DIP Loan 

Documents shall be in full force and effect in accordance with their terms, the DIP Termination Date (as 

defined in the DIP Orders) shall not have occurred, no Event of Default (as defined in the DIP Loan 

Documents) shall have occurred or be continuing, and the obligations outstanding under the DIP Credit 

Agreement shall not have been accelerated in accordance with the terms thereof;

(f) all documentation related to the Exit ABL Facility shall have been executed and 

delivered by each party thereto, and any conditions precedent related thereto shall have been satisfied or 

waived;

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 129 of 171
41

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

(g) all documentation related to the New Term Credit Agreement shall have been 

executed and delivered by each party thereto, and any conditions precedent related thereto shall have been 

satisfied or waived; provided that the DIP Lenders shall be deemed to have executed and delivered the New 

Term Credit Agreement in accordance with the terms of the DIP Credit Agreement;

(h) all conditions precedent to the issuance of the New Common Equity, other than 

the occurrence of the Effective Date, shall have occurred;

(i) the New Equity Allocation and New Warrants shall have been issued to the 

Consenting Support Parties in accordance with the Transaction Support Agreement;

(j) the organizational documents for NewCo Holdings will be adopted on terms 

consistent with the Transaction Support Agreement and otherwise in form and substance reasonably 

satisfactory to the Debtors and the Requisite Consenting Support Parties;

(k) the Backstop Commitment Letter shall not have been terminated and remains in 

full force and effect;

(l) the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall have been established and funded as 

provided herein;

(m) all fees and expenses owed pursuant to the Transaction Support Agreement or the 

DIP Order, including all Ad Hoc Committee Fees, to the extent unpaid and invoiced at least two business 

days before the Effective Date, shall have been paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors;

(n) all governmental and third-party approvals and consents, including Bankruptcy 

Court approval, necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Support 

Agreement shall have been obtained, not be subject to unfulfilled conditions, and be in full force and effect, 

and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any 

competent authority that would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose materially adverse conditions on such 

transactions; and

(o) all other actions, documents, and agreements necessary to implement and 

effectuate the Plan shall have been performed or executed, as applicable.

9.3. Satisfaction or Waiver of Conditions Precedent

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, all actions required to be taken on the 

Effective Date shall take place and shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously and no such action 

shall be deemed to have occurred before the taking of any other such action. No leave or order of the 

Bankruptcy Court shall be required for the waiver by the Debtors, with the prior written consent of the 

Requisite Consenting Support Parties, of any condition precedent set forth in Section 9.1 of the Plan, except 

the condition precedent set forth in Section 9.1(a), in accordance with the terms thereof. 

(b) The Confirmation Order shall contain a waiver of any stay of enforcement 

otherwise applicable, including pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3020(e), 6004(h), and 7062.

9.4. Effect of Failure of a Condition

If the Effective Date does not occur, then (a) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects, 

(b) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan, assumption of Executory Contracts or Unexpired 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 130 of 171
42

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

Leases effected under the Plan, and document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan shall be deemed 

null and void, and (c) nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall (i) constitute a waiver 

or release of any Claim or Interest or any claims or Causes of Action by the Debtors, (ii) prejudice in any 

manner the rights of any Entity, or (iii) constitute any admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking 

by the Debtors, any of the Consenting Support Parties, or any other Entity.

ARTICLE X EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF PLAN.

10.1. Vesting of Assets

On the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 1141(b) and (c) of the Bankruptcy Code, all 

assets and property of the Debtors’ Estates shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors, free and clear of all 

Claims, Liens, encumbrances, charges, and other interests, except as provided in the Plan or the 

Confirmation Order. On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may take any action,

including, the operation of their businesses; the use, acquisition, sale, lease and disposition of property; and 

the entry into transactions, agreements, understandings, or arrangements, whether in or other than in the 

ordinary course of business, and execute, deliver, implement, and fully perform any and all obligations, 

instruments, documents, and papers or otherwise in connection with any of the foregoing, free of any 

restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules and in all respects as if there were no pending 

cases under the Bankruptcy Code, except as expressly provided herein. 

10.2. Binding Effect

As of the Effective Date, the Plan shall bind (a) all Entities that are parties to or are subject 

to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, and injunctions described in the Plan, (b) each Entity 

acquiring property under the Plan and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired 

Leases, (c) all parties to the Transaction Support Agreement, and (d) all holders of Claims and Interests and 

their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding whether any such holders were (i) Impaired or 

Unimpaired under the Plan, (ii) deemed to accept or reject the Plan, (iii) failed to vote to accept or reject 

the Plan, or (iv) voted to reject the Plan. 

10.3. Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies

(a) Pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, in 

consideration for the classification, distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, the 

provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good-faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, and 

controversies released, settled, compromised, discharged, or otherwise resolved pursuant to the Plan.

(b) The Plan shall be deemed a motion to approve the good-faith compromise and 

settlement of all such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, and controversies pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 

9019, and the entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant 

to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the compromise or settlement of all such Claims, Interests, and controversies, 

as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise or settlement is in the best interests of 

the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests and is fair, equitable, and reasonable. The 

compromises, settlements, and releases described herein shall be deemed nonseverable from one another 

and from all other provisions of the Plan. 

10.4. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

Upon the Effective Date, in consideration of the distributions to be made hereunder, except 

as otherwise expressly provided herein, each holder (as well as any representatives, trustees, or agents on 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 131 of 171
43

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

behalf of each holder) of a Claim or Interest and any affiliate of such holder shall be deemed to have forever 

waived, released, and discharged the Debtors, to the fullest extent permitted by section 1141 of the 

Bankruptcy Code, of and from any and all Claims, Interests, rights, and liabilities that arose before the 

Effective Date. Pursuant to and to the fullest extent permitted by section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code 

and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the distributions, rights, and treatment provided 

in the Plan shall be in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge, effective as of the 

Effective Date, of all Interests and Claims of any nature whatsoever, including (unless otherwise 

specifically provided herein) any interest accrued on Claims from and after the Petition Date, whether 

known or unknown, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to 

the Plan on account of such Claims or Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that 

arose before the Effective Date, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or 

warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 

502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (a) a proof of claim or interest is 

filed or deemed filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) a Claim or Interest is Allowed; 

or (c) the holder of such Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial 

determination, subject to the Effective Date occurring, of the discharge of all Claims and Interests except 

as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan. Upon the Effective Date, all holders of Interests and Claims 

of any nature whatsoever shall be forever precluded and enjoined, pursuant to section 524 of the Bankruptcy 

Code, from prosecuting or asserting any such discharged Claim or terminated Interest against the Debtors, 

the Reorganized Debtors, or any of their assets or property, whether or not such holder has filed a proof of 

claim and whether or not the facts or legal bases therefor were known or existed before the Effective Date.

10.5. Term of Injunctions or Stays

Unless otherwise provided herein, in the Confirmation Order, or in another Final Order of 

the Bankruptcy Court, all injunctions or stays arising or issued under section 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy 

Code or otherwise, and in existence on the Confirmation Date, shall remain in full force and effect until the 

later of the Effective Date and the date indicated in the order providing for such injunction or stay. 

10.6. Injunction

(a) Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, all holders of Claims and Interests 

and other parties in interest, along with their respective present or former employees, agents, officers, 

directors, principals, and affiliates, shall be enjoined from taking any actions to interfere with the 

implementation or consummation of the Plan.

(b) Except as expressly provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or another

order of the Bankruptcy Court or agreed to by the Debtors and a holder of a Claim or Interest, all 

Entities who have held, hold, or may hold Claims or Interests (whether or not proof of such claims 

or interests has been filed and whether or not such Entities voted for or against the Plan or abstained

from voting on the Plan or are presumed to have accepted or deemed to have rejected the Plan) and 

other parties in interest, along with their respective present or former employees, agents, officers, 

directors, principals, and affiliates are permanently enjoined, on and after the Effective Date, solely 

with respect to the Claims, Interests, and Causes of Action that are extinguished, discharged, or 

released pursuant to the Plan, from (i) commencing, conducting, or continuing in any manner, 

directly or indirectly, any suit, action, or other proceeding of any kind (including, any proceeding in 

a judicial, arbitral, administrative or other forum) against or affecting the Released Parties or the 

property of any of the Released Parties, (ii) enforcing, levying, attaching (including any prejudgment 

attachment), collecting, or otherwise recovering by any manner or means, whether directly or 

indirectly, any judgment, award, decree, or order against the Released Parties or the property of any 

of the Released Parties, (iii) creating, perfecting, or otherwise enforcing in any manner, directly or 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 132 of 171
44

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

indirectly, any encumbrance of any kind against the Released Parties or the property of any of the 

Released Parties, (iv) asserting any right of setoff, directly or indirectly, against any obligation due 

the Released Parties or the property of any of the Released Parties, except as contemplated by the 

Plan, and (v) acting in any manner that does not conform to or comply with the provisions of the Plan

or the Confirmation Order.

(c) By accepting distributions under the Plan, each holder of an Allowed Claim 

extinguished, discharged, or released pursuant to the Plan shall be deemed to have affirmatively and 

specifically consented to be bound by the Plan, including the injunctions set forth in this Section 10.6.

(d) The injunctions in this Section 10.6 shall extend to any successors of the 

Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors and their respective property and interests in property.

10.7. Releases

(a) Releases by Debtors

As of the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the 

Effective Date, the Released Parties shall be deemed to be conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, 

irrevocably, and forever released and discharged by the Debtors, their Estates, the Reorganized 

Debtors, and any Entity seeking to exercise the rights of the foregoing, including any successors to 

the Debtors or any estate representatives appointed or selected pursuant to section 1123(b)(3) of the 

Bankruptcy Code, from any and all claims, obligations, rights, suits, judgments, damages, demands, 

debts, rights, Causes of Action, remedies, losses, and liabilities whatsoever, including any derivative 

claims, asserted or assertable on behalf of the Debtors, their Estates, or the Reorganized Debtors, 

whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, liquidated or unliquidated, matured or 

unmatured, contingent or fixed, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, that the 

Debtors, their Estates, the Reorganized Debtors, or their affiliates would have been legally entitled 

to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the holder of any 

Claim or Interest or other Entity, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or 

in part, the Debtors, their Estates, the formation, operation, and conduct of the Debtors’ businesses, 

the Chapter 11 Cases, the acquisition, purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any debt 

or security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (including the New Equity Allocation and the 

New Warrants), the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or 

Interest, the business or contractual arrangements between the Debtors and any Released Party, the 

Debtors’ restructuring, the restructuring of any Claim or Interest before or during the Chapter 11 

Cases (including the restructuring of the IPCo Notes Claims notwithstanding the separate nature of 

the IPCo Indentures or the IPCo Intercreditor Agreement), the DIP Order, the Disclosure Statement, 

the Transaction Support Agreement, the New Term Loan, the Backstop Commitment, the Backstop 

Commitment Letter, the Plan, the Plan Supplement and other related agreements, instruments, and 

documents related to the foregoing (including the Definitive Documents), and the negotiation, 

formulation, or preparation thereof, the solicitation of votes on the Plan, or any other act or omission, 

in all cases based upon any act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking 

place on or before the Effective Date, including all Claims and Causes of Action under chapter 5 of 

the Bankruptcy Code or any other Avoidance Actions under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable 

federal or state law, including any preference or fraudulent transfer Claims or Causes of Action; 

provided that nothing in this release shall be construed to release any post-Effective Date obligations 

of any Entity under the Plan, the Transaction Support Agreement, or any document, instrument, or 

agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 133 of 171
45

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

(b) Consensual Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests

As of the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the 

Effective Date, each of the Released Parties shall be deemed to be conclusively, absolutely, 

unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever released and discharged by:

i. the other Released Parties;

ii. the holders of Impaired Claims who voted to accept the Plan;

iii. the holders of Impaired Claims who abstained from voting on the Plan or 

voted to reject the Plan but did not opt-out of these releases on their ballots; 

iv. the holders of Unimpaired Claims and Interests in Classes 1, 2, 3, 7, and 9 that 

are presumed to accept the Plan but do not timely opt-out of the releases by 

completing a written opt-out form; and

v. the holders of Impaired Claims and Interests in Classes 8, 10-A, and 10-B, 

that are deemed to reject the Plan but do not timely opt-out of the releases by 

completing a written opt-out form;

and with respect to any Entity in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), (a) such Entity’s predecessors, 

successors, and assigns, and (b) all Entities entitled to assert Claims through or on behalf of such 

Entities with respect to the matters to which these releases apply, in each case, from any and all 

claims, obligations, rights, suits, damages, Causes of Action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, 

including any derivative claims, asserted or assertable on behalf of a Debtor, whether known or 

unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, contingent or 

fixed, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, that such Entity would have been 

legally entitled to assert in its own right (whether individually or collectively) based on or relating to, 

or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors and their Estates, the formation, 

operation, and conduct of the Debtors’ businesses, the Chapter 11 Cases, the acquisition, purchase, 

sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any debt or security of the Debtors or the Reorganized 

Debtors (including the New Equity Allocation and New Warrants), the subject matter of, or the 

transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest, the business or contractual arrangements 

between the Debtors and any Released Party, the Debtors’ restructuring (including the restructuring 

of the IPCo Notes Claims notwithstanding the separate nature of the IPCo Indentures or the IPCo 

Intercreditor Agreement), the restructuring of any Claim or Interest before or during the Chapter 

11 Cases, the DIP Order, the Disclosure Statement, the Transaction Support Agreement, the New 

Term Loan, the Backstop Commitment, the Backstop Commitment Letter, the Plan, the Plan 

Supplement, and related agreements, instruments, and other documents (including the Definitive 

Documents), and the negotiation, formulation, or preparation thereof, the solicitation of votes on the 

Plan, or any other act or omission, in all cases based upon any transaction, agreement, event, or other 

occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date, including all Claims and Causes of Action 

under chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other Avoidance Actions under the Bankruptcy Code 

or applicable federal or state law, including any preference or fraudulent transfer Claims or Causes 

of Action; provided that nothing in this release shall be construed to release any post-Effective Date 

obligations of any Entity under the Plan, the Transaction Support Agreement, or any document, 

instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement 

the Plan.

(c) Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s 

approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the compromises memorialized in the releases set 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 134 of 171
46

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

forth herein, and shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the releases set forth in the 

Plan are: (a) consensual; (b) essential to the confirmation of the Plan; (c) given in exchange for good 

and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties, including the Released Parties’ 

contributions to facilitating the restructuring and implementing the Plan; (d) a good faith settlement 

and compromise of the claims released; (e) in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates; 

(f) fair, equitable, and reasonable; and (g) given and made after due notice and opportunity for 

hearing. 

10.8. Exculpation

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and to the maximum extent 

permitted by applicable law, no Exculpated Party will have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is 

hereby released and exculpated from, any claim, obligation, suit, judgment, damage, demand, debt, 

right, cause of action, remedy, loss, and liability for any claim in connection with or arising out of the 

administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, and pursuit of the Disclosure 

Statement, the Transaction Support Agreement, the transactions relating to the Debtors’ 

restructuring, the Plan (including the Plan Supplement), the solicitation of votes for, or confirmation 

of, the Plan, the funding or consummation of the Plan, the Definitive Documents, or any related 

agreements, instruments, or other documents, the offer, issuance, and distribution of any securities 

issued or to be issued pursuant to the Plan, whether or not such distribution occurs following the 

Effective Date, the occurrence of the Effective Date, negotiations regarding or concerning any of the 

foregoing, or the administration of the Plan or property to be distributed under the Plan, except for 

actions determined to constitute gross negligence, willful misconduct, or intentional fraud as 

determined by a Final Order by a court of competent jurisdiction. This exculpation shall be in 

addition to, and not in limitation of, all other releases, indemnities, exculpations and any other 

applicable law or rules protecting the Exculpated Parties from liability. 

10.9. Retention of Causes of Action/Reservation of Rights

Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.7(a) of the Plan, nothing contained in the Plan 

or the Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any rights, claims, Causes 

of Action, rights of setoff or recoupment, or other legal or equitable defenses that the Debtors had 

immediately before the Effective Date on behalf of the Estates or themselves in accordance with any 

provision of the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable nonbankruptcy law, including any affirmative Causes 

of Action against any parties other than the Released Parties. The Reorganized Debtors shall have, retain, 

reserve, and be entitled to assert all such claims, Causes of Action, rights of setoff or recoupment, and other 

legal or equitable defenses as fully as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced, and all of the 

Debtors’ legal and equitable rights in respect of any Unimpaired Claim may be asserted after the Effective 

Date to the same extent as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced. Notwithstanding the 

foregoing, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall not retain any claims or Causes of Action against 

any of the Released Parties released pursuant to the Plan (except that such claims or Causes of Action may 

be asserted as a defense to a Claim in connection with the claims reconciliation procedures).

10.10. Ad Hoc Committee and Indenture Trustee Fees

On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall pay all Ad Hoc Committee Fees and Indenture 

Trustee Fees in cash to the extent not already paid by the Debtors subject to receipt by the Debtors of an 

invoice from any Entity entitled to Ad Hoc Committee Fees or Indenture Trustee Fees and in accordance 

with the applicable engagement letter, the applicable governing documents, or as otherwise agreed between 

the Debtors and such Entity. On and after the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as 

applicable, shall pay all Ad Hoc Committee Fees and Indenture Trustee Fees in cash, to the extent not 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 135 of 171
47

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

already paid by the Debtors, in each case, within ten business days of receipt by the Debtors or the 

Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, of an invoice from any Entity entitled to Ad Hoc Committee Fees or 

Indenture Trustee Fees for any unpaid fees in accordance with the applicable engagement letter, the 

applicable governing documents, or as otherwise agreed between the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as 

applicable, and such Entity.

ARTICLE XI RETENTION OF JURISDICTION.

11.1. Retention of Jurisdiction

Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective 

Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain non-exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising under, or arising 

in, or relating to these Chapter 11 Cases to the fullest extent legally permissible by 28 U.S.C. § 1334 to 

hear, and by 28 U.S.C. § 157 to determine, all proceedings in respect thereof, including, without limitation,

for the following purposes:

(a) to hear and determine matters relating to the assumption or rejection of Executory 

Contracts or Unexpired Leases, including Assumption Disputes, and the allowance, classification, priority, 

compromise, estimation, or payment of Claims resulting therefrom;

(b) to determine any motion, adversary proceeding, application, and contested matter 

pending on or commenced after the Confirmation Date, including any proceeding with respect to a Cause 

of Action;

(c) to ensure that distributions to holders of Allowed Claims are accomplished as 

provided for in the Plan and the Confirmation Order and to adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or 

relating to distributions under the Plan;

(d) to resolve disputes concerning Disputed Claims and consider the allowance, 

classification, priority, compromise, estimation, secured or unsecured status, amount, or payment of any 

Claim, including any Administrative Expense Claims, including any dispute over the application to any 

Claim of any limitation on its allowance set forth in sections 502 or 503 of the Bankruptcy Code or asserted 

under non-bankruptcy law pursuant to section 502(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code;

(e) to enter, implement, or enforce such orders as may be appropriate if the 

Confirmation Order is for any reason stayed, reversed, revoked, modified, or vacated;

(f) to issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, and take such other actions 

as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference with the consummation, implementation, or 

enforcement of the Plan, the Confirmation Order, and any other order of the Bankruptcy Court;

(g) to hear and determine any application to modify the Plan in accordance with 

section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, to remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in 

the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, including the Confirmation Order;

(h) to hear and determine all Professional Fee Claims;

(i) to hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, 

implementation, or enforcement of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Confirmation Order, any transactions 

or payments contemplated herein, or any agreement, instrument, or other document governing or relating 

to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the Transaction Support Agreement and the Backstop 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 136 of 171
48

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

Commitment Letter; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that any dispute arising after the Effective Date 

under or with respect to the Exit Facility Documents, the New Organizational Documents, or any other 

documents entered into by the Reorganized Debtors shall be adjudicated in accordance with the terms of 

such documents;

(j) to take any action and issue such orders as may be necessary to construe, interpret, 

enforce, implement, execute, and consummate the Plan;

(k) to determine such other matters and for such other purposes as may be provided in 

the Confirmation Order;

(l) to hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in 

accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code (including any requests for expedited 

determinations under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code);

(m) to hear, adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to Article X of 

the Plan, including, the releases, discharge, exculpations, and injunctions issued thereunder;

(n) to enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court;

(o) to hear and determine any other matters related hereto and not inconsistent with 

the Bankruptcy Code and title 28 of the United States Code, including in connection with or related to the 

Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, the Plan Supplement, or any document related to 

the foregoing;

(p) to enter a final decree closing the Chapter 11 Cases;

(q) to recover all assets of the Debtors and property of the Debtors’ Estates, wherever 

located; 

(r) to hear and determine any rights, Claims, or Causes of Action held by or accruing 

to the Debtors pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or pursuant to any federal statute or legal theory; and

(s) to hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code.

11.2. Courts of Competent Jurisdiction

If the Bankruptcy Court abstains from exercising, or declines to exercise, jurisdiction or is 

otherwise without jurisdiction over any matter arising out of the Plan, such abstention, refusal, or failure of 

jurisdiction shall have no effect upon and shall not control, prohibit, or limit the exercise of jurisdiction by 

any other court having competent jurisdiction with respect to such matter.

ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

12.1. Substantial Consummation of the Plan

On the Effective Date, the Plan shall be deemed to be substantially consummated under 

sections 1101 and 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 137 of 171
49

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

12.2. Expedited Determination of Taxes

The Reorganized Debtors shall have the right to request an expedited determination under 

section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to tax returns filed, or to be filed, for any and all taxable 

periods of the Debtors through the Effective Date.

12.3. Dissolution of Committees

On the Effective Date, the Creditors’ Committee and any other official committees 

appointed in these Chapter 11 Cases will dissolve; provided that, after the Effective Date, the Creditors’ 

Committee shall continue in existence and have standing and a right to be heard for the following limited 

purposes: (a) Professional Fee Claims or applications filed by the committee, and any relief related thereto, 

for compensation by Professionals and requests for allowance of Administrative Expense Claims for 

substantial contribution pursuant to section 503(b)(3)(D) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (b) any appeals of 

the Confirmation Order or other appeal to which the committee is a party. Upon the dissolution of the 

Creditors’ Committee, the Creditors’ Committee, its members, and the Committee’s Professionals will 

cease to have any duty, obligation, or role arising from or related to these Chapter 11 Cases and shall be 

released and discharged from all rights and duties from or related to these Chapter 11 Cases.

12.4. Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes

Pursuant to section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, (a) the issuance, transfer or exchange of 

any securities or instruments hereunder, (b) the creation, filing or recording of any Lien, mortgage, deed of 

trust, or other security interest, (c) the making, assignment, filing or recording of any lease or sublease or 

the making or delivery of any deed, bill of sale, or other instrument of transfer under, pursuant to, in 

furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan, including, without limitation, any deeds, bills of sale, or 

assignments executed in connection with any of the transactions contemplated under the Plan or the 

reinvesting, transfer, or sale of any real or personal property of the Debtors pursuant to, in implementation 

of or as contemplated in the Plan (whether to one or more of the Reorganized Debtors or otherwise), (d) the 

grant of Collateral under the Exit Facility Documents, (e) any assumption, assignment, or sale of interests 

in Unexpired Leases or Executory Contracts pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code and (f) the 

issuance, renewal, modification, or securing of indebtedness in furtherance of, or in connection with, the 

Plan, including the Confirmation Order, and in each case whether by the Debtors or the Reorganized 

Debtors, shall constitute a “transfer under a plan” within the purview of section 1146 of the Bankruptcy 

Code and shall not be subject to or taxed under any law imposing any document recording tax, stamp tax, 

conveyance fee, or other similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform 

Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, sales tax, use tax, or other 

similar tax or governmental assessment. Consistent with the foregoing, each recorder of deeds or similar 

official for any county, city, or Governmental Entity in which any such instrument is to be recorded shall

be ordered and directed to accept such instrument without requiring the payment of any filing fees, 

documentary stamp tax, deed stamps, stamp tax, transfer tax, intangible tax, or similar tax.

12.5. Modifications and Amendments

(a) Subject to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement, (i) the Debtors reserve 

the right, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules, to amend, modify or 

supplement the Plan before the entry of the Confirmation Order, including amendments or modifications 

to satisfy section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and (ii) after entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors 

may, upon order of the Bankruptcy Court, amend, modify, or supplement the Plan in the manner provided 

for by section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code or as otherwise permitted by law, in each case without 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 138 of 171
50

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

additional disclosure pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, except as the Bankruptcy Code may 

otherwise direct.

(b) Subject to the Transaction Support Agreement, after the Confirmation Date, so 

long as such action does not materially adversely affect the treatment of holders of Claims or Interests 

hereunder, the Debtors may remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan or 

the Confirmation Order with respect to such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and 

effects of the Plan, and any holder of a Claim that has accepted the Plan shall be deemed to have accepted 

the Plan as amended, modified, or supplemented. Before the Effective Date, the Debtors may make 

appropriate technical adjustments and modifications to the Plan and the documents contained in the Plan 

Supplement without further order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided, that such technical 

adjustments and modifications do not adversely affect in a material way the treatment of holders of Claims 

or Interests and that any such technical adjustment or modification is consistent with the Transaction 

Support Agreement.

(c) Entry of the Confirmation Order shall mean that all modifications or amendments 

to the Plan since the solicitation of votes thereon are approved pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy 

Code and do not require additional disclosure or re-solicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.

12.6. Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan

Subject to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement, the Debtors reserve the right 

to revoke or withdraw the Plan before the Effective Date as to any or all of the Debtors. If, subject to any 

consent required under the Transaction Support Agreement, the Plan has been revoked or withdrawn with 

respect to any Debtor before the Effective Date, then, with respect to such Debtor: (a) the Plan shall be null 

and void in all respects; (b) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing of or 

limiting an amount of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests), assumption of Executory 

Contracts or Unexpired Leases affected by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to 

the Plan shall be deemed null and void; and (c) nothing contained in the Plan shall (i) constitute a waiver 

or release of any Claim against, or Interest in, such Debtor (ii) constitute a waiver or release of any claim 

of any other Entity, (iii) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor or any other Entity, or 

(iii) constitute an admission of any sort with respect to such Debtors by any other Debtor, any Consenting 

Support Party, or any other Entity. 

12.7. Severability of Plan Provisions

If, before the entry of the Confirmation Order, any term or provision of the Plan is held by 

the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court, in each case at the 

election and the request of the Debtors with the consent of the Requisite Consenting Support Parties, shall 

have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum 

extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or 

unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted. 

Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions 

of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated by 

such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination 

and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in 

accordance with the foregoing, is (a) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms, (b) integral to the Plan and 

may not be deleted or modified without the consent of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (as the case 

may be), and (c) nonseverable and mutually dependent.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 139 of 171
51

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

12.8. Governing Law

Except if the Bankruptcy Code or other U.S. federal law is applicable, or if an exhibit or 

schedule hereto, or a document in the Plan Supplement or a Definitive Document provides otherwise, the 

rights, duties, and obligations arising under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in 

accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of 

laws there of; provided that corporate or entity governance matters relating to a Debtor or a Reorganized 

Debtor shall be governed by the laws of the state of incorporation or organization of the Debtors or the 

Reorganized Debtors.

12.9. Time

In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the Plan, unless otherwise set 

forth herein or determined by the Bankruptcy Court, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006 shall apply.

12.10. Dates of Actions to Implement the Plan

If any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is 

not a business day, then the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on 

or as soon as reasonably practicable after the next succeeding business day, but shall be deemed to have 

been completed as of the required date.

12.11. Immediate Binding Effect

Notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), 7062, or otherwise, upon the 

occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan shall be immediately effective and enforceable and 

deemed binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors, the holders of Claims and Interests, the 

Released Parties, and each of their respective successors and assigns, including, without limitation, the 

Reorganized Debtors.

12.12. Successors and Assigns

The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be 

binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of, any heir, executor, administrator, successor, or permitted 

assign, if any, of such Entity.

12.13. Entire Agreement

Except as provided in the Transaction Support Agreement, on the Effective Date, the Plan, 

the Plan Supplement, and the Confirmation Order shall supersede all previous and contemporaneous 

negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of 

which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.

12.14. Exhibits to Plan

All exhibits, schedules, supplements, and appendices to the Plan (including the Plan 

Supplement) are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full herein.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 140 of 171
52

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

12.15. Notices

To be effective, all notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Debtors, the Creditors’ 

Committee, the Ad Hoc Committee, or other notice parties shall be in writing (including by electronic or 

facsimile transmission) and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly 

given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received 

and telephonically confirmed, addressed as follows:

(a) if to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors:

225 Liberty Street, 17th Floor

New York, NY 10281

Attn: Maria DiLorenzo

-andWeil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10153

Attn: Ray C. Schrock, P.C. (ray.schrock@weil.com

Ryan Preston Dahl, Esq. (ryan.dahl@weil.com)

Candace M. Arthur, Esq. (candace.arthur@weil.com)

Daniel Gwen, Esq. (daniel.gwen@weil.com)

-andHunton Andrews Kurth LLP

Riverfront Plaza, East Tower

951 East Byrd Street

Richmond, Virginia 23219

Attn: Tyler P. Brown, Esq. (tpbrown@HuntonAK.com)

Henry P. (Toby) Long, III, Esq. (hlong@HuntonAK.com)

Nathan Kramer, Esq. (nkramer@HuntonAK.com)

(b) if to the Creditors’ Committee:

Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones LLP

780 Third Avenue, 34th Floor

New York, New York 10017

Attn: Bradford J. Sandler, Esq. (bsandler@pszjlaw.com)

Robert J. Feinstein, Esq. (rfeinstein@pszjlaw.com)

Shirley S. Cho, Esq. (scho@pszjlaw.com)

Debra Grassgreen, Esq. (dgrassgreen@pszjlaw.com)

-andHirschler Fleischer, P.C.

The Edgeworth Building

2100 East Cary Street

Richmond, Virginia 23223

P.O. Box 500

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 141 of 171
53

WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

Attn: Robert S. Westermann (rwestermann@hf-law.com)

(c) If to the Ad Hoc Committee: 

Milbank LLP

55 Hudson Yards

New York, New York 10001

Attn: Dennis F. Dunne, Esq. (ddunne@milbank.com)

Samuel A. Khalil, Esq. (skhalil@milbank.com)

Matthew L. Brod, Esq. (mbrod@milbank.com)

-andTavenner & Beran, PLC

20 North Eighth Street, 2nd Floor

Richmond, Virginia 23219

Attn: Lynn L. Tavenner, Esq. (LTavenner@Tb-Lawfirm.com)

Paula S. Beran, Esq. (pberan@Tb-Lawfirm.com)

After the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors have authority to send 

notice to all parties in interest that to continue to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002, 

such parties must file a renewed request to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002. After 

the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to limit the list of Entities 

receiving documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to those Entities that have filed such renewed 

requests.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 142 of 171
WEIL:\97578913\4\54457.0008

Dated: August 9, 2020

 Respectfully submitted,

Chinos Holdings, Inc. and Its Debtor Affiliates

By: /s/ Michael Nicholson

Name: Michael Nicholson

Title: Authorized Signatory

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 143 of 171
WEIL:\97430022\15\54457.0007

Exhibit B 

Financial Projections 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 144 of 171
1

Financial Projections

In connection with the Disclosure Statement,1 the Debtors’ management team (“Management”) prepared 

financial projections (the “Financial Projections”) for Chinos Holdings Inc. and its debtor affiliates 

(collectively, the “Debtors”) for the remainder of fiscal year 2020 ending January 30, 2021 through fiscal 

years 2024 ending February 1, 2025 (the “Projection Period”). The Financial Projections were prepared by 

Management with the assistance of the Debtors’ advisors and are based upon a number of assumptions 

made by Management with respect to the future performance of the Debtors’ operations. Although 

Management has prepared the Financial Projections in good faith and believes the assumptions to be 

reasonable, there can be no assurance that such assumptions will be realized. As described in detail 

in the Disclosure Statement, a variety of risk factors could affect the Debtors’ financial results and 

must be considered. Accordingly, the Financial Projections should be reviewed in conjunction with 

a review of the risk factors set forth in the Disclosure Statement and the assumptions described herein, 

including all relevant qualifications and footnotes.

The Debtors believe that the Plan meets the feasibility requirements set forth in section 1129(a)(11) of the 

Bankruptcy Code, as confirmation is not likely to be followed by liquidation or the need for further financial 

reorganization of the Debtors or any successor under the Plan. In connection with the planning and 

development of the Plan and for the purposes of determining whether the Plan would satisfy this feasibility 

standard, the Debtors analyzed their ability to satisfy their financial obligations while maintaining sufficient 

liquidity and capital resources.

These Financial Projections were not prepared with a view toward compliance with published 

guidelines of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or guidelines established by the 

American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for preparation and presentation of prospective 

financial information. An independent auditor has not examined, compiled or performed any 

procedures with respect to the prospective financial information contained in this Exhibit and, 

accordingly, it does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on such information or its 

achievability. The Debtors’ independent auditor assumes no responsibility for, and denies any 

association with, the prospective financial information.

Principal Assumptions for the Financial Projections

The Financial Projections are based upon, and assume the successful implementation of, the Debtors’ long 

range business plan for the Projection Period (the “LRP”). Both the LRP and the Financial Projections 

reflect numerous assumptions, including various assumptions regarding the anticipated future performance 

of the Debtors, industry performance, general business and economic conditions, and other matters, many 

of which are beyond the control of the Debtors or their advisors. In addition, the assumptions do not take 

into account the uncertainty and disruption of business that may accompany a restructuring pursuant to the 

Bankruptcy Code.

Therefore, although the Financial Projections are necessarily presented with numerical specificity, the 

actual results achieved during the Projection Period may materially vary from the projected results. 

Accordingly, no definitive representation can be or is being made with respect to the accuracy of the 

Financial Projections or the ability of the Debtors to achieve the projected results of operations. See “Risk 

Factors” in Art. X of the Disclosure Statement.

 1 Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined have the meanings given to them in the Disclosure 

Statement to which this is an exhibit.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 145 of 171
2

In deciding whether to vote to accept or reject the Plan, holders of Claims entitled to vote to accept or reject 

the Plan must make their own determinations as to the reasonableness of such assumptions and the 

reliability of the Financial Projections. See “Risk Factors” in Art. X of the Disclosure Statement.

Moreover, the Financial Projections were prepared solely in connection with the restructuring pursuant to 

the Plan.

Under Accounting Standards Codification “ASC” 852, “Reorganizations”, the Debtors note that the 

Financial Projections reflect the operational emergence from chapter 11 but not the impact of fresh start 

accounting that will likely be required upon the occurrence of the Effective Date. Fresh start accounting 

requires all assets, liabilities, and equity instruments to be fair valued. The Financial Projections account 

for the reorganization and related transactions pursuant to the Plan. While the Debtors expect that they will 

be required to implement fresh start accounting upon emergence, they have not yet completed the work 

required to quantify the effect upon the Financial Projections, which effect could be material. Accordingly, 

the current balance sheet projections include high level illustrative adjustments to be representative of fresh 

start accounting, but not intended to replace the full implementation of fresh start accounting, which effect 

could be material.

Safe Harbor under The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

The Financial Projections contain statements which constitute “forward-looking statements” within the 

meaning of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements in the 

Financial Projections include the intent, belief, or current expectations of the Debtors and Management 

with respect to the timing of, completion of, and scope of the current restructuring, Plan, LRP, bank 

financing, and debt and equity market conditions and the Debtors’ future liquidity, as well as the 

assumptions upon which such statements are based.

While the Debtors believe that the expectations are based upon reasonable assumptions within the bounds 

of their knowledge of their business and operations, parties in interest are cautioned that any such 

forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, and involve risks and uncertainties, 

and that actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements.

Select Risk Factors Related to the Financial Projections

The Financial Projections are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, most of which are difficult to 

predict and many of which are beyond Management’s control. Many factors could cause actual results, 

performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements 

expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. A description of the risk factors associated with 

the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, and the Financial Projections is included in Article X of the Disclosure 

Statement.

Financial Projection General Assumptions

Basis of Presentation (Non-GAAP)

• The Financial Projections assume that the Debtor’ stores are open by August 2020 and remain 

open throughout the period, which may be subject to material change in light of COVID-19 

and the economic circumstances. In general, the Debtors’ financial performance since the 

Petition Date through June 15, 2020 has met or exceeded expectations under the LRP for the 

same period. As set forth in the Disclosure Statement, there can be no assurance that the 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 146 of 171
3

Debtors’ financial performance will meet or exceed any particular levels, especially in light of 

COVID-19.

• The financial projections by brand include allocations for corporate overhead, including costs 

related to finance, information technology, human resources, corporate occupancy, legal, 

production and sourcing, supply chain, store and ecommerce operations, executive leadership,

loss prevention, real estate and construction. Costs are allocated using a systematic and rational 

allocation methods, most commonly using percent of revenues or percent of employee 

headcount. While the financial projections include these allocations, the projections are not 

intended to reflect the results of operations or cash flows of each brand as if the brands were 

independent standalone companies.

• Non-GAAP profits and losses excludes certain expenses including income tax expense, interest 

expense, depreciation and amortization, transaction expenses, impairment losses, one time 

items, sponsor/management fees, and stock-based compensation. 

Balance sheet projections include high level illustrative adjustments for fresh start accounting; 

projections are non-GAAP and not created in accordance with American Institute of Certified 

Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7.

• The Projections include certain assumptions regarding the Debtors’ lease footprint and related 

lease obligations, which may materially change as a result of discussions and negotiations with 

lease counterparties. 

• The Projections assume a capital structure contemplated by the Plan consisting of (a) a $400 

million Exit ABL Facility of which $291.0 million is assumed to be outstanding as of the 

assumed Effective Date which includes $64.8 million of letters of credit and (b) $400 million 

of New Term Loans. Intercompany payables to J. Crew Domestic Brand, LLC for intellectual 

property royalties would be assumed to cease on the Effective Date.

Non-GAAP P&L

• Total Revenue

− Includes net sales of merchandise through stores, wholesale customers, and websites.

− Net sales are net of returns, shipping and handling fees, discounts and concessions, 

cancellations, and loyalty rewards from gross sales.

− Sales are recognized in stores at the point of sale, at date of receipt by a customer for 

e-commerce, and upon transfer of ownership to wholesale customers.

• Cost of Goods Sold

− Primarily includes the direct cost of purchased merchandise, freight including customs 

and duties, design, and all shipping costs associated with the e-commerce business, as 

well as costs associated with buying, production, and occupancy costs related to store 

operations such as rent and utilities.

• SG&A

− Includes all operating expenses not included in cost of goods sold, primarily 

administrative payroll, store expenses other than occupancy costs, corporate overhead, 

depreciation and amortization, certain warehousing expenses and credit card fees.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 147 of 171
4

Non-GAAP Cash Flows

• The Debtors have not included a cash flow projection for fiscal year 2020 given the number of 

one-time restructuring-related charges that would not be representative of a normalized cash 

flow during the Projection Period

• Change in Working capital

− Driven by ordinary course changes in accounts receivable, accounts payable, inventory, 

prepaid assets and other current assets, other current liabilities, and accrued 

compensation.

• Interest Expense

− Interest expense for post-emergence period is based on pro forma $400 million New 

Term Loans with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points payable in cash and 

900 basis points in PIK or “paid in kind” interest, switching to LIBOR plus 800 basis 

points payable in cash after September 11, 2021, with quarterly amortization payments 

of $1 million, an Exit ABL Facility of $400 million with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 

125 basis points. 

• Cash Taxes

− Cash taxes based upon analyses conducted by the Debtors’ tax advisors in conjunction 

with the Plan.

• Capital Expenditures

− Primarily reflects warehouse facility upgrades, corporate IT, real estate, store 

remodeling and improvements, and other investments.

Non-GAAP Balance Sheet

• Cash and Cash Equivalents

− Includes cash, credit card receivables, and cash held in international balance accounts.

• Accounts Receivable, Net

− Includes amounts due from wholesale customers, net of allowance for doubtful 

accounts. 

• Inventory

− Inventory consists primarily of purchased finished goods and merchandise and is 

valued at the lower of average cost or net realizable value. The Debtors capitalize 

certain design, purchasing and warehousing costs in inventory and these costs are 

included in cost of goods sold as the inventories are sold.

− Inventory also includes in-transit inventories which have yet to be received in the 

Debtors’ warehouses.

• Prepaid and Other Current Assets

− Consists of various prepaid expenses relating to occupancy, selling, maintenance, 

insurance, monitoring fees, and other expenses that have not yet been fully amortized. 

− Other current assets consist of miscellaneous receivables such as uncollected landlord

contributions, corporate receivables, cost of anticipated inventory returns, hosting 

implementation costs, net vendor debit balances, and list rental receivables.

• Taxes Receivable

− Projections assume balance consists of net federal income tax refund not expected to 

be received prior to Q4 2020 and expects to receive an additional $13 million in regard 

to the U.S. stimulus tax refund in Q2 2020.

• Property, Plant & Equipment, Net

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 148 of 171
5

− Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and 

amortization. Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment is computed 

on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which is

twenty (20) years for buildings and improvements, three (3) to ten (10) years for 

furniture, fixtures and equipment, and the shorter of their useful lives or related lease 

terms for leasehold improvements. Certain costs (included in fixtures and equipment) 

related to the acquisition and development of software are capitalized and amortizes 

these costs using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software, 

which is three (3) to five (5) years.

• Right-of-Use Asset

− Reflects the Debtors’ right to use leased space over the life of a lease. The asset is 

calculated as the initial amount of lease liability minus any lease incentives received. 

• Intangible Assets, Net

− Intangible assets include the J.Crew and Madewell trade names, loyalty program, 

customer lists, and favorable lease commitments. Indefinite-lived intangibles are not 

subject to amortization. Definite-lived intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis 

over their useful life or remaining lease term.

• Goodwill

− Includes illustrative fresh start accounting adjustment at emergence. Goodwill is held 

constant over the projection period for illustrative purposes.

• Accounts Payable

− Includes obligations related primarily to inventory.

• Other Current Liabilities

− Consist of reserve for sales returns, accrued operating expenses, customer liabilities, 

accrued freight expenses, and other accrued expenses. 

• Deferred Tax Liabilities

− Are recognized based on the difference between the financial statement carrying 

amount of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.

• Right-of-Use Lease Liability

− Right-of-use Lease Liability represents the present value of lease obligations with 

terms of more than one year.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 149 of 171
6

1. Consolidated Non-GAAP P&L Projection Projection Projection Projection Projection

($ in Millions) FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24

Total Revenue 1,754.9 2,275.6 2,357.3 2,408.0 2,496.3

YoY Growth (%) (30.9%) 29.7% 3.6% 2.2% 3.7%

Cost of Goods Sold (1,227.6) (1,362.5) (1,392.1) (1,420.0) (1,462.8)

Gross Margin 527.3 913.0 965.1 988.0 1,033.5

Gross Margin (%) 30.0% 40.1% 40.9% 41.0% 41.4%

SG&A (705.0) (774.8) (796.9) (814.1) (836.0)

Operating Income (177.7) 138.2 168.2 173.9 197.5

Operating Margin (%) (10.1%) 6.1% 7.1% 7.2% 7.9%

Adjustments2 52.7 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

D&A 72.3 69.9 70.4 70.1 70.5

Adj. EBITDA (52.7) 208.2 238.8 244.2 268.2

Adj. Ebitda Margin (%) (3.0%) 9.2% 10.1% 10.1% 10.7%

2. Consolidated Non-GAAP Cash Flow Metrics Projection Projection Projection Projection

($ in Millions) FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24

Adjusted EBITDA 208.2 238.8 244.2 268.2

Cash Interest and Amortization (19.3) (42.7) (42.3) (42.0)

Cash Taxes3 (34.1) (96.6) (47.5) (54.7)

Change in Working Capital 48.4 18.0 (1.7) (3.0)

Operating Cash Flow 203.3 117.6 152.6 168.5

Capital Expenditures (23.1) (35.0) (34.4) (36.8)

Total Cash Flow 180.1 82.5 118.2 131.7

2. Add-backs include share-based comp, amortization of lease commitments, and one time items

3. Consolidated cash flows includes levered cash tax forecast

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 150 of 171
7

3. Non-GAAP Balance Sheet Pro Forma Projection Projection Projection Projection

($ in Millions) September '20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24

Cash and Cash Equivalents 25.0 192.8 275.3 393.5 525.2

Accounts Receivable 55.7 24.7 25.5 26.3 27.1

Merchandise Inventories 468.5 363.4 376.0 383.7 398.1

Prepaid Exp. & Other Crnt Assets 59.3 54.8 56.1 56.9 58.4

Refundable Income Taxes 7.0 - - - -

Total Current Assets 615.4 635.7 732.9 860.5 1,008.8

Property, Plant & Equipment 190.9 134.7 103.6 72.2 42.7

Right of Use Asset 431.0 415.5 441.8 507.6 600.2

Intangible Assets, Net 293.1 287.8 283.6 279.4 275.1

Goodwill 1,062.2 1,062.2 1,062.2 1,062.2 1,062.2

Other Assets 45.6 58.2 127.3 145.3 164.8

Total Assets 2,638.3 2,594.1 2,751.3 2,927.1 3,153.9

Liabilities

Accounts Payable 68.9 47.5 74.0 79.6 87.2

Other Current Liabilities 224.3 118.2 123.2 124.3 129.2

Borrowing Under ABL 226.2 - - - -

ST ROU Lease Liability 108.7 89.1 69.8 50.4 37.1

Accrued Compensation 2.0 25.6 26.6 27.7 28.8

Total Current Liabilities 630.2 280.4 293.6 281.9 282.3

LT Debt 400.0 432.1 428.1 424.1 420.1

ROU Lease Liability 432.8 424.0 459.3 534.4 636.2

Other Liabilities 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5

Total Liabilities 1,489.5 1,163.0 1,207.5 1,266.9 1,365.2

Stockholders' Equity 1,148.8 1,431.1 1,543.7 1,660.1 1,788.7

Total Liabilities and SE 2,638.3 2,594.1 2,751.3 2,927.1 3,153.9

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 151 of 171
8

1a. J.Crew & Factory Non-GAAP P&L Projection Projection Projection Projection Projection

($ in Millions) FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24

Total Revenue 1,215.7 1,504.9 1,518.1 1,495.6 1,502.8

Cost of Goods Sold (884.7) (944.3) (948.6) (940.2) (942.8)

Gross Margin 331.0 560.6 569.5 555.4 560.1

SG&A (467.3) (508.2) (512.9) (509.8) (514.3)

Operating Income (136.3) 52.4 56.6 45.6 45.8

Adjustments 25.5 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

D&A 45.3 44.4 44.1 42.9 42.3

Adj. EBITDA (65.5) 96.9 100.8 88.6 88.3

2a. J.Crew & Factory Non-GAAP Cash Flow Metrics Projection Projection Projection Projection

($ in Millions) FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24

Adjusted EBITDA 96.9 100.8 88.6 88.3

Unlevered Cash Taxes4 (18.8) (96.4) (14.7) (15.3)

Change in Working Capital 41.5 16.6 3.0 2.2

Operating Cash Flow 119.6 21.0 77.0 75.1

Capital Expenditures (17.0) (18.4) (19.8) (21.3)

Total Cash Flow 102.6 2.6 57.1 53.8

1b. Madewell Non-GAAP P&L Projection Projection Projection Projection Projection

($ in Millions) FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24

Total Revenue 539.2 770.7 839.2 912.4 993.5

Cost of Goods Sold (343.0) (418.3) (443.5) (479.9) (520.0)

Gross Margin 196.3 352.4 395.6 432.5 473.4

SG&A (227.9) (266.3) (283.7) (303.9) (321.4)

Operating Income (31.6) 86.2 112.0 128.6 152.1

Adjustments 21.9 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2

D&A 22.5 21.0 21.9 22.8 23.7

Adj. EBITDA 12.8 111.4 138.1 155.6 180.0

2b. Madewell Non-GAAP Cash Flow Metrics Projection Projection Projection Projection

($ in Millions) FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24

Adjusted EBITDA 111.4 138.1 155.6 180.0

Unlevered Cash Taxes4 (26.4) (32.3) (36.8) (43.0)

Change in Working Capital 6.9 1.4 (4.7) (5.2)

Operating Cash Flow 91.8 107.1 114.1 131.8

Capital Expenditures (6.1) (16.7) (14.6) (15.5)

Total Cash Flow 85.7 90.5 99.5 116.3

4. Brand cash flows includes unlevered cash tax forecast

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 152 of 171
WEIL:\97430022\15\54457.0007

Exhibit C 

Liquidation Analysis 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 153 of 171
1

WEIL:\97510270\7\54457.0007

LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS FOR CHINO HOLDINGS, INC., ET AL. 

I. Overview

This Liquidation Analysis1 has been prepared assuming that the Debtors hypothetically commence a 

liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code as of September 12, 2020 (the “Conversion Date”), a 

day after the outside date under the Transaction Support Agreement for effectiveness of the Plan. Except 

as otherwise noted herein, the asset values reflected in this Liquidation Analysis are based upon the Debtors’ 

unaudited books and records as of May 2, 2020, and those values are assumed to be representative of the 

Debtors’ assets as of the Conversion Date.2 The claim values reflected in this Liquidation Analysis are 

estimated as at the Conversion Date. It is assumed that the Bankruptcy Court would appoint a chapter 7 

trustee (the “Trustee”) on the Liquidation Date to oversee the liquidation of the Debtors’ Estates, during 

which time substantially all of the Debtors’ assets would be sold, abandoned, surrendered, or otherwise 

liquidated, as applicable, and the Cash proceeds, net of liquidation-related costs, would then be distributed 

in accordance with applicable law. In addition, it is assumed that all of the non-Debtor affiliates would

undertake parallel liquidations, whereby the proceeds of such liquidations are, in turn, distributed in 

accordance with the priority of claims and ownership on an entity-by-entity basis. The Liquidation Analysis 

assumes that the Debtors would be liquidated in a jointly administered case, but each Debtor is treated as 

an independent legal entity without substantive consolidation. 

Debtors that are not specifically presented in the Liquidation Analysis do not have any material assets for 

purposes of identifying distributable proceeds in a chapter 7 with respect to those entities, but those entities 

are also subject to material liabilities including obligations outstanding under the DIP Facility, namely: 

Chinos Holdings, Inc.; Chinos Intermediate Holdings A, Inc.; Chinos Intermediate, Inc.; J. Crew Group, 

Inc.; J. Crew International, Inc.; J. Crew Virginia, Inc.; J. Crew Brand Holdings, LLC; J. Crew Brand

Intermediate, LLC; J. Crew Brand, LLC; J. Crew Brand Corp.; and J. Crew International Brand, LLC. Such 

entities are not specifically presented herein but, instead, are presumed to be administratively insolvent in 

a hypothetical chapter 7 proceeding. 

This Liquidation Analysis has not been examined or reviewed by independent accountants in accordance 

with standards promulgated by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Although the 

Debtors consider the estimates and assumptions set forth herein to be reasonable under the circumstances, 

such estimates and assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies beyond 

the Debtors’ control. The impact of the COVID-19 (coronavirus) global health emergency has increased 

uncertainty with the temporary closure of stores and the negative impact on global economic output, product 

demand, foreign sourcing and operations generally. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the results 

set forth in this Liquidation Analysis would be realized if the Debtors were actually liquidated pursuant to 

chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, and actual results in such a proceeding could vary materially from those 

presented in this Liquidation Analysis, and distributions available to holders of Claims and Interests could 

differ materially from the projected recoveries set forth in this Liquidation Analysis.

THIS LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS IS A HYPOTHETICAL EXERCISE THAT HAS BEEN PREPARED 

FOR THE SOLE PURPOSE OF PRESENTING A REASONABLE GOOD FAITH ESTIMATE OF THE 

PROCEEDS THAT WOULD BE REALIZED IF THE DEBTORS WERE LIQUIDATED IN 

 1 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan or the 

Disclosure Statement, to which this Liquidation Analysis is attached as an exhibit.

2 Cash and cash equivalents and the intellectual property value of the J. Crew and Madewell trademarks are 

estimated as at the Conversion Date. The value of land and buildings is based on a third-party appraisal the 

Debtors received in April 2019.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 154 of 171
2

WEIL:\97510270\7\54457.0007

ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 7 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AS OF THE CONVERSION 

DATE. THIS LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS IS NOT INTENDED AND SHOULD NOT BE USED FOR 

ANY OTHER PURPOSE. THIS LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE A 

VALUATION OF THE DEBTORS’ ASSETS AS A GOING CONCERN AND THERE MAY BE A 

SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE VALUES AND RECOVERIES REPRESENTED IN 

THIS LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS AND THE VALUES THAT MAY BE REALIZED OR CLAIMS 

GENERATED IN AN ACTUAL LIQUIDATION.

NOTHING CONTAINED IN THIS LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS IS INTENDED TO BE, OR 

CONSTITUTES, A CONCESSION, ADMISSION, OR ALLOWANCE OF ANY CLAIM BY THE 

DEBTORS. THE ACTUAL AMOUNT OR PRIORITY OF ALLOWED CLAIMS IN THESE CHAPTER 

11 CASES COULD MATERIALLY DIFFER FROM THE ESTIMATED AMOUNTS SET FORTH AND 

USED IN THIS LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS. THE DEBTORS RESERVE ALL RIGHTS TO 

SUPPLEMENT, MODIFY, OR AMEND THE ANALYSIS SET FORTH HEREIN.

I. Global Assumptions and Basis of Presentation

The actual amount and priority of Allowed Claims against the Debtors’ Estates may differ from the claim 

amounts used in this Liquidation Analysis.

The Liquidation Analysis should be read in conjunction with the following global notes and assumptions:

a) Chapter 7 Process

On the Conversion Date, it is assumed that the Trustee would liquidate the Estates, during which time all 

of the Debtors’ assets would be sold or surrendered to the respective lien holders, and the cash proceeds, 

net of liquidation-related costs, would then be distributed to creditors in accordance with the priority scheme 

under section 726 of the Bankruptcy Code. Under section 704 of the Bankruptcy Code, a Trustee must, 

among other duties, collect and convert property of the Estates as expeditiously as is compatible with the 

best interests of parties in interest, which could result in potentially distressed recoveries. 

The liquidation of the Debtors’ estates is assumed to be completed over a six month period, in which the 

Trustee would first conduct sales of the Debtors’ inventory,3 followed by the sale of other assets. For both 

the J. Crew and Madewell businesses, it is assumed the Trustee would conduct simultaneous going-out-ofbusiness sales of the inventory at their remaining retail locations and online sales. The Trustee would 

discontinue online sales after week six, at which time, the remaining inventory for both businesses would 

be transferred to the Debtors’ respective retail stores for sale. The going-out-of-business sales for the J. 

Crew and Madewell inventory is projected to last for 19 weeks and 15 weeks, respectively.4

 The sale of 

furniture, fixtures, and equipment of the Debtors’ retail stores, along with all intellectual property and other 

assets would occur during months four through six.

Throughout this period, the Trustee would also incur administrative expenses, such payroll, certain 

overhead, and professional expenses reasonably required to complete the wind-down of the Estates.

 3 For purposes of this Liquidation Analysis, it is assumed that the Debtors would have access to the necessary 

intellectual property related to the J. Crew and Madewell brands during the inventory sale period following which 

the intellectual property assets would be liquidated as described herein.

4 The Liquidation Analysis assumes that all remaining stores will be operational by the Conversion Date.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 155 of 171
3

WEIL:\97510270\7\54457.0007

b) Non-Debtor Affiliates

The Liquidation Analysis assumes all of the non-Debtor affiliates would undertake parallel liquidations, 

whereby the proceeds of such liquidations are, in turn, distributed in accordance with the priority of Claims 

asserted against such entities on an entity-by-entity basis. Specifically, the Liquidation Analysis assumes 

that any recoveries from the non-Debtor affiliates are used (i) first to satisfy the wind-down or sale costs 

arising from the monetization of those assets; and (ii) second to satisfy indebtedness outstanding with 

respect to those interests or claims against those entities. The material assumptions (e.g. liquidation costs 

and asset recovery percentages) of the non-Debtors’ hypothetical liquidation analysis are substantially 

consistent with the assumptions underlying the liquidation of the Debtors. 

c) Additional Claims

The cessation of business in a liquidation is likely to cause additional Claims to be asserted against the 

Debtors and the non-Debtor affiliates that otherwise would not exist absent such a liquidation. Examples 

of these kinds of Claims include employee-related Claims, such as severance or similar Claims, tax 

liabilities, Claims related to the rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, including real 

property leases and customer contracts, among others. These additional Claims could be significant and, 

in certain circumstances, may be entitled to priority under the Bankruptcy Code. No adjustment has been 

made for these potential Claims in this Liquidation Analysis.

d) Avoidance Actions and Litigation

No recovery or related litigation costs attributable to any potential avoidance actions under the Bankruptcy 

Code, including potential preference or fraudulent transfer actions, are included in the Liquidation Analysis. 

In addition, the Liquidation Analysis does not consider any additional recovery or claims that may arise 

from the outcome of current or potential actions by or against the Debtors. The Debtors believe that 

recoveries from such actions or litigation, if any, would be speculative in nature and are therefore not 

presented here.5

 

II. Conclusion

The Debtors have determined that confirmation of the Plan will provide holders of Claims and Interests 

with a recovery that is not less than what they would otherwise receive in connection with a hypothetical 

liquidation of the Debtors’ Estates under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

III. Notes to the Liquidation Analysis

A. Gross Proceeds

1. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Debtors’ estimated balance of cash and cash equivalents as of the Conversion Date is approximately 

$90.3 million. This includes $56.8 million assumed to be held in the segregated domestic DIP Funding 

Account, providing primary security for the DIP Claims. The balance of domestic cash of $33.5 million is 

 5 See, e.g., Response of the Review Committee of J.Crew Operating Corp. to Motion of Debtors for Entry of Orders 

(I) Authorizing the Debtors to Obtain Postpetition Financing, (II) Authorizing the Debtors to use Cash Collateral, 

(III) Granting Liens and Providing Superpriority Administrative Expense Claims, (IV) Granting Adequate 

Protection to Prepetition Secured Parties, (V) Modifying the Automatic Stay, (VI) Scheduling a Final Hearing, 

and (VII) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 414]. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 156 of 171
4

WEIL:\97510270\7\54457.0007

estimated to be held in the Debtors’ concentration accounts, subject to priority claims of the ABL Lenders. 

In liquidation, the estimated recovery on the balance of cash is estimated at 100%.

2. Accounts Receivable

The Debtors’ estimated accounts receivables balance as of the Conversion Date is approximately $34.5

million. This includes:

• A projected credit card receivables balance of $12.2 million with an estimated recovery of 90% to 

100%. These accounts consist of ordinary course credit card receivables and private label credit 

card deferred billing receivables, net of applicable fees and estimated chargebacks.

• $22.3 million of wholesale and corporate receivables with an estimated recovery of 70% to 80% in 

liquidation. Corporate receivables are primarily comprised of duty refunds and postage rebates, 

most, if not all, of which the Debtors anticipate recovering.

For the purposes of the Liquidation Analysis, the Debtors assume an aggregate recovery range of $26.6

million to $30.1 million.

3. Inventory 

The Debtors’ estimated inventory book balance as of the Conversion Date is $397.1 million. This amount 

is net of certain reserves and ineligibles such as shrink and overstock. 

A 91% to 99% recovery has been estimated for the J. Crew inventory (including factory and wholesale) of 

$297.6 million, and a recovery of 62% to 70% has been estimated for J. Crew merchandise in transit of 

$8.8 million.

A 124% to 130% recovery has been estimated for the Madewell inventory of $88.1 million, and a recovery 

of 95% to 100% has been estimated for Madewell merchandise in transit of $2.6 million. 

The estimated recoveries reflect the net orderly liquidation values (“NOLV”), based on a third party 

appraisal the Debtors received in February 2020. 

The NOLV is presented net of selling costs such as liquidator fees,store payroll, occupancy and advertising.

4. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

The Debtors’ estimated book balance of prepaid expenses and other current assets as of the Conversion 

Date is approximately $47.1 million. The balance includes prepayments for maintenance, insurance 

premiums, information technology, supplies and marketing-related services paid in advance as well as store 

related deposits. The Debtors estimate a recovery of prepaid expenses and deposits between 10% and 15% 

in aggregate, based on a review of actual balances at May 2, 2020. 

For the purposes of the Liquidation Analysis, the Debtors assume an aggregate recovery range of $4.7

million to $7.1 million.

5. Property and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment (“PP&E”) primarily consists of the Debtors’ owned real property in 

Lynchburg and Ashville as well as furniture, leasehold improvements, and equipment at the Debtors’ retail 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 157 of 171
5

WEIL:\97510270\7\54457.0007

stores and corporate headquarters facility. The Debtors’ estimated PP&E book value as of the Conversion 

Date is approximately $211.8 million.

In liquidation, the land and buildings are assumed to be sold at between $12.1 million and $18.1 million. 

This is based on applying an assumed recovery of 50% to 75% to an appraisal value of $24.1 million as of 

April 2019, to account for the accelerated timeline and uncertainty of a liquidation sales process.

The store furniture, fixtures and computer equipment are assumed to achieve recoveries of $3.4 million to 

$6.9 million, representing 5% to 10% of net book value. No recovery is assumed for leasehold 

improvements or other PP&E.

In aggregate, the Debtors assume a 7% to 12% recovery for PP&E.

6. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets primarily consist of (a) the Licensed Marks,6 (b) the Madewell trade names and 

trademarks, and (c) goodwill and other intangibles.

Proceeds of the Licensed Marks are (a) first used to satisfy the DIP Claims, which has a first priority lien 

on all collateral securing the IPCo Notes and IPCo Indentures and (b) secondly used to pay off the 

obligations under the IPCo Notes and IPCo Indentures, which are guaranteed by substantially all of the 

assets of the IPCo Issuers and IPCo Guarantors and secured by the Licensed Marks. 

In liquidation, the Debtors estimate the Licensed Marks will be liquidated at a value of approximately 

$113.0 million to $146.0 million.7

In liquidation, the Debtors estimate the Madewell trade names and intellectual property will be liquidated 

at a value of approximately $47.0 million to $61.0 million. 

No liquidation value has been ascribed to goodwill or other intangible assets on the balance sheet, including 

the value of any intellectual property owned by J.Crew International, Inc. with respect to the use by certain 

parties outside the United States. The Debtors believe the value of such non-U.S. intellectual property is 

de minimis relative to the secured claims asserted against J. Crew International, Inc. 

7. Proceeds from Non-Debtor Affiliates

The Debtors’ collection from intercompany balances depends on, among other things, the available 

proceeds from Debtor and non-Debtor liquidations and the characterization or recharacterization of such 

balances under applicable law. In addition, many of the non-Debtor affiliates are domiciled in foreign 

countries which may make it challenging to distribute proceeds to domestic Debtor entities or other foreign 

non-Debtor affiliates. The ultimate treatment of such balances in a chapter 7 liquidation cannot be 

guaranteed with any certainty.

 6 J. Crew Domestic Brand, LLC owns 100% of an undivided ownership interest in the domestic J. Crew brand 

intellectual property (the “Licensed Marks”). Pursuant to two license agreements, Domestic Brand, as the 

licensor, provides exclusive, non-transferrable, sublicensable, royalty-bearing licenses with respect to 100% of 

the Licensed Marks to J. Crew International Brand, LLC, as licensee.

7 The range of values for the Licensed Marks and for the Madewell trade names and intellectual property are derived 

from third-party analysis of relevant distressed company transactions. It is noted that the disposition of 

intellectual property and trademarks in a distressed scenario is subject to significant uncertainty and could result 

in materially less proceeds for stakeholders. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 158 of 171
6

WEIL:\97510270\7\54457.0007

Intercompany equity interests are valued based on net liquidation proceeds on an entity-by-entity basis. 

For the purposes of this Liquidation Analysis the Debtors assume no material recoveries from the nonDebtor affiliates through either intercompany debt balances or equity investments.

B. Liquidation Costs

8. Chapter 7 Wind Down Costs

Wind down costs are assumed to consist primarily of the ordinary course general and administrative costs 

that will be required to operate the Debtors’ businesses during a six month wind down period after the 

Conversion Date. Expenses are mainly comprised of corporate salaries and wages, information technology 

costs, and facility costs, not considered in the liquidation of inventory, as discussed in Note [3] regarding 

NOLV.

Wind down costs include an estimate for severance assuming that all terminated full-time salaried corporate 

employees receive payments of, on average, two-months’ salary. However, the severance period and 

corresponding costs could differ materially from the assumptions set forth by this Liquidation Analysis, 

thereby reducing recoveries available to holders of Claims and Interests.

Gift cards are assumed to be accepted during the first 30 days of the going-out-of-business sales, after the 

Conversion Date.

Wind down costs associated with the Madewell brand are assumed to be allocated to Madewell Inc. with 

the remaining wind down costs split pro rata between the other Debtor entities based on projected 

hypothetical recovery amounts.

9. Chapter 7 Trustee Fees

Pursuant to sections 326 and 330 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Court may allow reasonable 

compensation for the Trustee’s services, not to exceed 25% on the first $5,000 or less, 10% on any amount 

in excess of $5,000 but not in excess of $50,000, 5% on any amount in excess of $50,000 but not in excess 

of $1.0 million, and reasonable compensation not to exceed 3% of such moneys in excess of $1 million, 

upon all moneys disbursed or turned over in the case by the Trustee to parties in interest. This analysis 

assumes total fees amount to 2% to 3% of liquidation proceeds realized, excluding cash.

10. Other Chapter 7 Trustee Fees

Pursuant to section 726 of the Bankruptcy Code, the allowed administrative expenses incurred by the 

Trustee, including expenses affiliated with selling the Debtors’ assets and winding down operations, will 

be entitled to payment in full before any distribution to administrative claims and other priority claims. The 

Liquidation Analysis assumes that the fees for legal, financial and other Trustee professionals is assumed 

to be 3% of the total liquidation proceeds realized, excluding cash. 

C. Claims

11. Certain Administrative Expense Claims (Carve-Out)

The DIP Order provides that certain fees and expenses of professionals retained in the Debtors’ chapter 11 

cases, fees payable to the United States Trustee for Region 4 pursuant to title 28 of the United States Code, 

fees payable to members of the Creditors’ Committee, and a certain amount of Trustee’s fees pursuant to 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 159 of 171
7

WEIL:\97510270\7\54457.0007

section 726(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case subject to the terms of the DIP Order, are senior to the 

Debtors’ secured indebtedness, including the ABL Facility Claims, the DIP Claims, the Term Loan Claims, 

and the IPCo Notes Claims.

The Liquidation Analysis assumes this Carve-Out amount totals approximately $8.0 million composed of: 

(a) $1.7 million of accrued but unpaid Professional Fee Claims that were not yet previously funded as of 

the Conversion Date in accordance with the DIP Order, (b) approximately $250,000 of fees required to be 

paid to the Clerk of the Court and to the Office of the United States Trustee under title 28 of the United 

States Code plus interest at the statutory rate, (c) $50,000 of fees and expenses incurred by the Trustee 

under section 726(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and (d) $6 million of Professional Fee Claims incurred after 

the Carve-Out Trigger Notice as contemplated by the DIP Order. 

12. ABL Facility Claims

The ABL Facility Claims include estimated balances outstanding on the ABL Facility and letters of credit8

as of the Conversion Date including accrued interest for a total aggregate amount of approximately $375.5 

million.

Proceeds from the Current Asset Collateral (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) of $449.7 million to 

$482.6 million in aggregate constitute priority collateral for the ABL Facility Claims. After estimated 

liquidation costs of $61.4 million to $56.6 million and a pro rata allocation of the Carve-Out detailed above, 

the net proceeds of such collateral are assumed to be $382.3 million to $420.1 million in aggregate. Any 

residual proceeds from disposition of such collateral is assumed to be applied in accordance with the DIP 

Order. 

The Liquidation Analysis concludes that ABL Facility Claims will receive payment in full in a chapter 7 

scenario. 

13. DIP Claims and Diminution in Value

The DIP Claims of $255.9 million include estimated borrowings under the DIP Facility as of the Conversion 

Date, including interest and any related fees outstanding.9

 The DIP Claim does not include payment of the 

Backstop Premium for consummating an alternative transaction, which totals $12 million. There can be no 

assurance that such fee will not be due and payable by the Debtors in the event of a chapter 7 liquidation. 

In accordance with the DIP Order, the liens securing the DIP Claims with respect to the DIP Collateral (as 

defined in the DIP Order) are senior in priority to liens securing the Term Loan Claims and IPCo Notes 

Claims (including any adequate protection claims in favor of the Term Lenders and IPCo Noteholders). 

Pursuant to the DIP Order, the Prepetition Term Secured Parties and Prepetition IPCo Secured Parties (each 

as defined in the DIP Order) are entitled to adequate protection for the diminution in value, if any, of their 

respective interests in their collateral as of the Petition Date. In the event of a chapter 7 liquidation, 

diminution in their secured parties’ collateral may be material and substantially reduce recoveries for junior 

stakeholders on a dollar-for-dollar basis. Because the Liquidation Analysis concludes that no recoveries 

 8 It is assumed that all letters of credit will be exercised by holders on the Debtors’ chapter 11 cases being converted

to chapter 7. 

9 The Liquidation Analysis assumes that the $145.0 million of Additional New Term Loans (as defined in the DIP 

Order) will remain undrawn.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 160 of 171
8

WEIL:\97510270\7\54457.0007

are otherwise available for administrative claims, the Liquidation Analysis does not specifically present the 

impact of adequate protection claims on junior stakeholder recoveries. 

The Liquidation Analysis concludes DIP Claims will receive approximately 85% to 100% in a chapter 7 

liquidation. It is assumed that DIP collateral is marshalled to utilize proceeds from the Licensed Marks 

last, so that remaining proceeds are made available as recoveries towards the IPCo Notes Claims. Even if 

DIP collateral were marshalled in favor of Term Loan Claims, the change would not result in holders of 

Term Loan Claims receiving more under a chapter 7 liquidation than under the Plan. 

14. IPCo Notes Claims

The IPCo Notes Claims are assumed to be approximately $411.7 million, composed of (a) $347.6 million 

of principal as of the Petition Date, (b) approximately $6.1 million of accrued and unpaid interest as of the 

Petition Date, and (c) a “make-whole” premium of approximately $58 million as of the Petition Date.

The Liquidation Analysis anticipates no recovery for the IPCo Notes in the low scenario, and recoveries of 

approximately 13% in a high scenario.

15. Term Loan Claims 

The Term Loan Claims are assumed to be approximately $1,342.1 million of principal and interest as of 

the Petition Date. 

The Liquidation Analysis concludes that there will be no recoveries on account of Term Loan Claims in a 

chapter 7 liquidation. 

16. Other Secured Claims

The Debtors do not believe that there will be any material Other Secured Claims as of the Conversion Date. 

The Liquidation Analysis assumes that such claims will receive the value of their collateral, but that there 

will be no other recoveries on account of the Other Secured Claims in a chapter 7 liquidation. 

17. Other Administrative Expense Claims

Administrative Expense Claims arising in a hypothetical chapter 7 liquidation include the costs of 

administering the chapter 7 estates, and claims arising during the Debtors’ chapter 11 cases before 

conversion into a chapter 7 such as (a) claims arising pursuant to section 503(b)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code; 

(b) postpetition trade payables; (c) accrued postpetition employee obligations; (d) accrued taxes; (e) accrued 

utility payments; (f) postpetition intercompany payables; and (h) other liabilities incurred by the Estates in 

the ordinary course of business.

The Debtors estimate that amounts payable incurred on a postpetition basis, but not paid as of the 

Conversion Date, will exceed $129 million in the aggregate among all Debtors. 

The Liquidation Analysis concludes that there will be no recoveries on account of Administrative Expense 

Claims in a chapter 7 liquidation.

18. Priority Non-Tax Claims

The Liquidation Analysis assumes that Priority Non-Tax Claims outstanding as of the Conversion Date 

totals approximately $250,000. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 161 of 171
9

WEIL:\97510270\7\54457.0007

The Liquidation Analysis concludes that there will be no recoveries on account of Priority Non-Tax Claims 

in a chapter 7 liquidation.

19. General Unsecured Claims

General Unsecured Claims arising in a hypothetical chapter 7 liquidation may include, among other things: 

(a) prepetition trade claims; (b) prepetition lease rejection damages claims; and (c) numerous other types 

of prepetition liabilities. 

The Liquidation Analysis does not include the Term Loan Deficiency Claim, any prepetition intercompany 

payables, or rejection claims for other executory contracts that the Debtors are a party to as of the 

Conversion Date, each of which may be significant. In addition, the Liquidation Analysis does not include 

claims that are unliquidated or speculative, including litigation claims asserted against the Debtors.

The Liquidation Analysis concludes that there will be no recoveries on account of General Unsecured 

Claims in a chapter 7 liquidation.

20. Section 510(b) Claims

This Liquidation Analysis concludes that there will be no recoveries on account of Section 510(b) Claims 

in a chapter 7 liquidation.

21. Intercompany Claims and Interests

This Liquidation Analysis concludes that there will be no recoveries on account of Intercompany Claims 

or Intercompany Interests in a chapter 7 liquidation.

22. Existing Holdings Preferred and Common Equity

The Liquidation Analysis concludes that there will be no recoveries on account of Existing Holdings 

Preferred Equity or Existing Holdings Equity in a chapter 7 liquidation. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 162 of 171
10

WEIL:\97510270\7\54457.0007

Chinos Holdings, Inc

Hypothetical Liquidation Analysis by Entity - Summary

($ in millions) Low Recovery High Recovery

Notes

Consolidated 

Book Value / 

Claim

Madewell 

Inc. J. Crew Inc.

J. Crew 

Operating 

Corp.

Grace 

Holmes, Inc.

H.F.D. No. 

55, Inc.

J. Crew 

Domestic 

Brand, LLC

Chinos 

Intermediate 

Holdings A, 

Inc. Consolidated

Madewell 

Inc. J. Crew Inc.

J. Crew 

Operating 

Corp.

Grace 

Holmes, Inc.

H.F.D. No. 

55, Inc.

J. Crew 

Domestic 

Brand, LLC

Chinos 

Intermediate 

Holdings A, 

Inc. Consolidated

Gross Proceeds

ABL Collateral 465.1 124.2 143.0 36.1 91.5 54.8 - - 449.7 130.7 156.1 36.5 99.6 59.6 - - 482.6

DIP Funding Acct 56.8 - - - - - - 56.8 56.8 - - - - - - 56.8 56.8

Other DIP Loan Collateral 411.2 47.7 6.5 5.9 6.9 0.1 - - 67.2 62.3 10.0 10.0 10.5 0.2 - - 93.0

Licensed Marks 250.2 - - - - - 113.0 - 113.0 - - - - - 146.0 - 146.0

$1,183.3 $172.0 $149.5 $42.1 $98.4 $54.9 $113.0 $56.8 $686.7 $192.9 $166.1 $46.5 $110.2 $59.9 $146.0 $56.8 $778.5

Liquidation costs

Wind Down Costs B8 13.6 12.2 3.4 8.0 4.5 9.2 - 51.1 13.6 11.8 3.3 7.8 4.2 10.3 - 51.1

Chapter 7 Trustee Fees B9 5.2 4.5 0.3 3.0 1.6 3.4 - 17.9 3.9 3.3 0.3 2.2 1.2 2.9 - 13.8

Other Professional Fees B10 5.2 4.5 0.3 3.0 1.6 3.4 - 17.9 5.8 5.0 0.4 3.3 1.8 4.4 - 20.6

$23.9 $21.2 $4.0 $13.9 $7.8 $16.0 - $86.8 $23.3 $20.1 $3.9 $13.3 $7.2 $17.6 - $85.5

Net Recovery

ABL Collateral 106.9 122.8 33.0 78.5 47.0 - - 388.2 114.9 137.3 33.8 87.6 52.4 - - 426.0

DIP Funding Acct - - - - - - 56.8 56.8 - - - - - - 56.8 56.8

Other DIP Loan Collateral 41.1 5.6 5.1 5.9 0.1 - - 57.8 54.8 8.8 8.8 9.2 0.2 - - 81.8

Licensed Marks - - - - - 97.0 - 97.0 - - - - - 128.4 - 128.4

$148.0 $128.3 $38.1 $84.5 $47.1 $97.0 $56.8 $599.9 $169.7 $146.0 $42.6 $96.9 $52.6 $128.4 $56.8 $693.0

Claims

Certain Administrative Expense Claims (Carve-Out) C11 8.0 (2.0) (1.7) (0.5) (1.1) (0.6) (1.3) (0.8) (8.0) (2.0) (1.7) (0.5) (1.1) (0.6) (1.5) (0.7) (8.0)

Net ABL Priority Collateral Liquidation Proceeds $105.0 $121.1 $32.5 $77.4 $46.4 - - $382.3 $112.9 $135.6 $33.3 $86.5 $51.8 - - $420.1

Less: ABL Credit Facility Claims (including LCs) C12 375.5 (103.1) (118.9) (31.9) (76.0) (45.6) - - (375.5) (101.0) (121.2) (29.8) (77.3) (46.3) - - (375.5)

Percentage Recovery 100% 100%

Remaining amount available for distribution 1.9 2.1 0.6 1.4 0.8 - - 6.8 12.0 14.4 3.5 9.2 5.5 - - 44.6

Net Amount Available for Distribution to the DIP Loans $42.9 $7.7 $5.7 $7.3 $0.9 $95.7 $56.1 $216.3 $66.7 $23.2 $12.3 $18.4 $5.7 $126.9 $56.2 $309.4

Less: DIP Loans Claims C13 255.9 (42.9) (7.7) (5.7) (7.3) (0.9) (95.7) (56.1) (255.9) (66.7) (23.2) (12.3) (18.4) (5.7) (73.3) (56.2) (255.9)

Percentage Recovery 85% 100%

Remaining amount available for distribution - - - - - - - - - - - - - 53.5 - 53.5

Remaining IPCo Notes Collateral Available for Distribution - - - - - - - - - - - - - $53.5 $53.5

Less: IPCo Notes Claims C14 411.7 - (53.5) (53.5)

Percentage Recovery 0% 13%

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution - -

Remaining Term Loan Collateral Available for Distribution - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Less: Prepetition Term Loan Claim C15 1,342.1 - -

Percentage Recovery 0% 0%

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution -

Less: Other Secured Claims C16 - - -

Percentage Recovery 0% 0%

Less: Administrative Claims C17 129.4 - -

Percentage Recovery 0% 0%

Less: Priority Non-Tax Claims C18 0.3 - -

Percentage Recovery 0% 0%

Less: General Unsecured Claims C19 324.3 - -

Percentage Recovery 0% 0%

Less: Section 510(b) Claims C20 N/A - -

Percentage Recovery 0% 0%

Less: Prepetition Intercompany Claims C21 N/A - -

Percentage Recovery 0% 0%

Less: Preferred and Common Equity C22 N/A - -

Percentage Recovery 0% 0%

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 163 of 171
11

WEIL:\97510270\7\54457.0007

Chinos Holdings, Inc

Hypothetical Liquidation Analysis by Entity - Low Scenario Hypothetical Recovery

($ in millions)

Notes

 Book 

Value Low High

Madewell 

Inc. J. Crew Inc.

J. Crew 

Operating 

Corp.

Grace 

Holmes, Inc.

H.F.D. No. 

55, Inc.

J. Crew 

Domestic 

Brand, LLC

Chinos 

Intermediate 

Holdings A, 

Inc. Consolidated

Cash and cash equivalents A1 $90.3 100% 100% - - $33.5 - - - $56.8 $90.3

Accounts Receivable A2 34.5 77% 87% 12.2 11.1 2.7 0.7 0.0 - - 26.6

Inventory, Net A3 397.1 98% 106% 112.1 132.0 - 90.8 54.8 - - 389.6

Prepaid Expenses & Other Current Assets A4 47.1 10% 15% 0.3 0.0 3.7 0.6 0.0 - - 4.7

Property and Equipment, Net A5 211.8 7% 12% 0.4 6.5 2.2 6.3 0.1 - - 15.5

Intangible Assets and Goodwill, Net A6 402.5 40% 51% 47.0 - - - - 113.0 - 160.0

Intercompany Receivables from Non-Debtors A7 N/A - - - - - - - -

Equity Interest in Non-Debtors N/A - - - - - - - -

$1,183.3 $172.0 $149.5 $42.1 $98.4 $54.9 $113.0 $56.8 $686.7

Gross Proceeds

ABL Collateral 465.1 124.2 143.0 36.1 91.5 54.8 - - 449.7

DIP Funding Acct 56.8 - - - - - - 56.8 56.8

Other DIP Loan Collateral 411.2 47.7 6.5 5.9 6.9 0.1 - - 67.2

Licensed Marks 250.2 - - - - - 113.0 - 113.0

$1,183.3 $172.0 $149.5 $42.1 $98.4 $54.9 $113.0 $56.8 $686.7

Liquidation costs

Wind Down Costs B8 13.6 12.2 3.4 8.0 4.5 9.2 - 51.1

Chapter 7 Trustee Fees B9 5.2 4.5 0.3 3.0 1.6 3.4 - 17.9

Other Professional Fees B10 5.2 4.5 0.3 3.0 1.6 3.4 - 17.9

$23.9 $21.2 $4.0 $13.9 $7.8 $16.0 - $86.8

Net Recovery

ABL Collateral 106.9 122.8 33.0 78.5 47.0 - - 388.2

DIP Funding Acct - - - - - - 56.8 56.8

Other DIP Loan Collateral 41.1 5.6 5.1 5.9 0.1 - - 57.8

Licensed Marks - - - - - 97.0 - 97.0

$148.0 $128.3 $38.1 $84.5 $47.1 $97.0 $56.8 $599.9

Claims Claims 

Certain Administrative Expense Claims (Carve-Out) C11 8.0 (2.0) (1.7) (0.5) (1.1) (0.6) (1.3) (0.8) (8.0)

Net Collateral after Carve Out

ABL Collateral 105.0 121.1 32.5 77.4 46.4 - - 382.3

DIP Funding Acct - - - - - - 56.1 56.1

Other DIP Loan Collateral 41.1 5.6 5.1 5.9 0.1 - - 57.8

Licensed Marks - - - - - 95.7 - 95.7

$146.0 $126.6 $37.6 $83.3 $46.5 $95.7 $56.1 $591.8

Net ABL Priority Collateral Available for Distribution $105.0 $121.1 $32.5 $77.4 $46.4 - - $382.3

Less: ABL Credit Facility Claims (including LCs) C12 375.5 (103.1) (118.9) (31.9) (76.0) (45.6) - - (375.5)

Remaining amount available for distribution 1.9 2.1 0.6 1.4 0.8 - - 6.8

Net Amount Available for Distribution to the DIP Loans $42.9 $7.7 $5.7 $7.3 $0.9 $95.7 $56.1 $216.3

Less: DIP Loans Claims C13 255.9 (42.9) (7.7) (5.7) (7.3) (0.9) (95.7) (56.1) (255.9)

Remaining amount available for distribution - - - - - - - -

Remaining IPCo Notes Collateral Available for Distribution - - - - - - - -

Less: IPCo Notes Claims C14 411.7 -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Remaining Term Loan Collateral Available for Distribution - - - - - - -

Less: Prepetition Term Loan Claim C15 1,342.1 -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Less: Other Secured Claims C16 - -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Less: Administrative Claims C17 129.4 -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Less: Priority Non-Tax Claims C18 0.3 -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Less: General Unsecured Claims C19 324.3 -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Less: Section 510(b) Claims C20 N/A -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Less: Prepetition Intercompany Claims C21 N/A -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Less: Preferred and Common Equity C22 N/A -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 164 of 171
12

WEIL:\97510270\7\54457.0007

Chinos Holdings, Inc

Hypothetical Liquidation Analysis by Entity - High Scenario Hypothetical Recovery

($ in millions)

Notes

 Book 

Value Low High

Madewell 

Inc. J. Crew Inc.

J. Crew 

Operating 

Corp.

Grace 

Holmes, Inc.

H.F.D. No. 

55, Inc.

J. Crew 

Domestic 

Brand, LLC

Chinos 

Intermediate 

Holdings A, 

Inc. Consolidated

Cash and cash equivalents A1 $90.3 100% 100% - - $33.5 - - - $56.8 $90.3

Accounts Receivable A2 34.5 77% 87% 13.8 12.4 3.1 0.8 0.0 - - 30.1

Inventory, Net A3 397.1 98% 106% 116.9 143.7 - 98.9 59.6 - - 419.0

Prepaid Expenses & Other Current Assets A4 47.1 10% 15% 0.5 0.0 5.6 0.9 0.0 - - 7.1

Property and Equipment, Net A5 211.8 7% 12% 0.7 10.0 4.4 9.6 0.2 - - 25.0

Intangible Assets and Goodwill, Net A6 402.5 40% 51% 61.0 - - - - 146.0 - 207.0

Intercompany Receivables from Non-Debtors A7 N/A - - - - - - - -

Equity Interest in Non-Debtors N/A - - - - - - - -

$1,183.3 $192.9 $166.1 $46.5 $110.2 $59.9 $146.0 $56.8 $778.5

Gross Proceeds

ABL Collateral 465.1 130.7 156.1 36.5 99.6 59.6 - - 482.6

DIP Funding Acct 56.8 - - - - - - 56.8 56.8

Other DIP Loan Collateral 411.2 62.3 10.0 10.0 10.5 0.2 - - 93.0

Licensed Marks 250.2 - - - - - 146.0 - 146.0

$1,183.3 $192.9 $166.1 $46.5 $110.2 $59.9 $146.0 $56.8 $778.5

Liquidation costs

Wind Down Costs B8 13.6 11.8 3.3 7.8 4.2 10.3 - 51.1

Chapter 7 Trustee Fees B9 3.9 3.3 0.3 2.2 1.2 2.9 - 13.8

Other Professional Fees B10 5.8 5.0 0.4 3.3 1.8 4.4 - 20.6

$23.3 $20.1 $3.9 $13.3 $7.2 $17.6 - $85.5

Net Recovery

ABL Collateral 114.9 137.3 33.8 87.6 52.4 - - 426.0

DIP Funding Acct - - - - - - 56.8 56.8

Other DIP Loan Collateral 54.8 8.8 8.8 9.2 0.2 - - 81.8

Licensed Marks - - - - - 128.4 - 128.4

$169.7 $146.0 $42.6 $96.9 $52.6 $128.4 $56.8 $693.0

Claims Claims 

Certain Administrative Expense Claims (Carve-Out) C11 8.0 (2.0) (1.7) (0.5) (1.1) (0.6) (1.5) (0.7) (8.0)

Net Collateral after Carve Out

ABL Collateral 112.9 135.6 33.3 86.5 51.8 - - 420.1

DIP Funding Acct - - - - - - 56.2 56.2

Other DIP Loan Collateral 54.8 8.8 8.8 9.2 0.2 - - 81.8

Licensed Marks - - - - - 126.9 - 126.9

$167.7 $144.4 $42.1 $95.7 $52.0 $126.9 $56.2 $685.0

Net ABL Priority Collateral Available for Distribution $112.9 $135.6 $33.3 $86.5 $51.8 - - $420.1

Less: ABL Credit Facility Claims (including LCs) C12 375.5 (101.0) (121.2) (29.8) (77.3) (46.3) - - (375.5)

Remaining amount available for distribution 12.0 14.4 3.5 9.2 5.5 - - 44.6

Net Amount Available for Distribution to the DIP Loans $66.7 $23.2 $12.3 $18.4 $5.7 $126.9 $56.2 $309.4

Less: DIP Loans Claims C13 255.9 (66.7) (23.2) (12.3) (18.4) (5.7) (73.3) (46.5) (255.9)

Remaining amount available for distribution - - - - - 53.5 9.7 53.5

Remaining IPCo Notes Collateral Available for Distribution - - - - - $53.5 - $53.5

Less: IPCo Notes Claims C14 411.7 ($53.5) (53.5)

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Remaining Term Loan Collateral Available for Distribution - - - - - - -

Less: Prepetition Term Loan Claim C15 1,342.1 -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Less: Other Secured Claims C16 - -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Less: Administrative Claims C17 129.4 -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Less: Priority Non-Tax Claims C18 0.3 -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Less: General Unsecured Claims C19 324.3 -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Less: Section 510(b) Claims C20 N/A -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Less: Prepetition Intercompany Claims C21 N/A -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Less: Preferred and Common Equity C22 N/A -

Remaining Amount Available for Distribution

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 165 of 171
WEIL:\97430022\15\54457.0007

Exhibit D 

Valuation Analysis

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 166 of 171
Valuation Analysis of Reorganized Chinos Holdings

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS NOT A PREDICTION OR 

GUARANTEE OF THE ACTUAL MARKET VALUE THAT MAY BE REALIZED THROUGH 

THE SALE OF ANY SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN. THE 

INFORMATION IS PRESENTED SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSE OF PROVIDING 

ADEQUATE INFORMATION UNDER SECTION 1125 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE TO 

ENABLE THE HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE 

PLAN TO MAKE AN INFORMED JUDGMENT ABOUT THE PLAN AND SHOULD NOT BE 

USED OR RELIED UPON FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE, INCLUDING THE PURCHASE OR 

SALE OF CLAIMS AGAINST THE DEBTORS OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES.

THE VALUATION ANALYSIS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A RECOMMENDATION TO 

ANY HOLDER OF ALLOWED CLAIMS OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS TO HOW SUCH 

PERSON SHOULD VOTE OR OTHERWISE ACT WITH RESPECT TO THE PLAN. 

LAZARD HAS NOT BEEN REQUESTED TO, AND DOES NOT EXPRESS ANY VIEW AS 

TO, THE POTENTIAL TRADING VALUE OF REORGANIZED CHINOS HOLDINGS’S

SECURITIES ON ISSUANCE OR AT ANY OTHER TIME.

A. Lazard’s Estimated Valuation

Solely for the purposes of the Plan and the Disclosure Statement, Lazard Frères & Co. LLC 

(“Lazard”), as investment banker to the Debtors, has estimated a range of total enterprise value 

(“Enterprise Value”) for Reorganized Chinos Holdings on a consolidated going-concern basis and 

pro forma for the transactions contemplated by the Plan (the “Valuation Analysis”). The Valuation 

Analysis is based on financial information and projections provided by the Debtors’ management, 

including the financial projections for the period of fiscal years 2020 through 2024 (the “Project 

Period”) attached to the Disclosure Statement as Exhibit B (collectively the “Projections”), and 

information that is publicly available or was provided by other sources. The Valuation Analysis 

assumes that the Effective Date will occur on September 11, 2020. The valuation estimates set 

forth herein represent valuation analyses of Reorganized Chinos Holdings based on the application 

of customary valuation techniques to the extent deemed appropriate by Lazard. 

Based on the Projections and solely for the purposes of the Plan, Lazard estimates that the 

potential range of Enterprise Value of Reorganized Chinos Holdings is approximately $1.66 to 

$2.03 billion. Based on the potential range of Enterprise Value and assumed net debt of $0.60

billion as of the Effective Date, Lazard estimates an imputed range of potential equity value for 

Reorganized Chinos Holdings of $1.06 to $1.43 billion. For purposes of the Valuation Analysis, 

Lazard assumed that, between the date of filing of the Disclosure Statement and the assumed 

Effective Date, no material changes will occur that would affect the Projections or Valuation

Analysis. Lazard’s Valuation Analysis does not constitute an opinion as to fairness from a 

financial point of view of the consideration to be received or paid under the Plan, of the terms and 

provisions of the Plan, or with respect to any other matters. 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 167 of 171
2

B. Valuation Methodology

Lazard has estimated the consolidated value of Reorganized Chinos Holdings by primarily 

relying on two generally accepted valuation techniques: (i) Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”) 

Analysis and (ii) Comparable Public Company Analysis. While Lazard recognizes that the 

precedent transaction methodology is often used, Lazard believes that this methodology has less 

relevance for purposes of assessing the Enterprise Value of Reorganized Chinos Holdings due to 

the lack of recent comparable precedent transactions, among other factors. For purposes of 

estimating the consolidated value of Reorganized Chinos Holdings, Lazard employed a sum-ofthe-parts approach that values the Debtors’ two operating segments separately, taking into account 

differences in the business and financial characteristics of the J. Crew and Madewell businesses. 

Based on the sum-of-the-parts valuation, Lazard estimates that the potential range of Enterprise 

Value of J. Crew is approximately $0.40 to $0.52 billion and the potential range of Enterprise 

Value of Madewell is approximately $1.26 to $1.50 billion.

(i) Discounted Cash Flow Analysis:

DCF analysis is a forward-looking enterprise valuation methodology that 

estimates the value of an asset or business by calculating the present value of expected 

future cash flows to be generated by that asset or business. Under this methodology, 

projected future cash flows are discounted by the weighted average cost of capital (the 

“Discount Rate”) of the business. The Discount Rate reflects the estimated rate of 

return that would be required by debt and equity investors to invest in the business. 

The Enterprise Value of the firm is determined by calculating the present value of the 

unlevered after-tax free cash flows based on the Projections plus an estimate for the 

value of the firm beyond the Projection Period, known as the terminal value. The 

terminal value is derived using the normalized unlevered after-tax free cash flow in the 

final year of the Projection Period, and discounted back to the assumed Effective Date.

(ii) Comparable Public Company Analysis:

Comparable Public Company Analysis estimates the value of a company relative 

to other publicly traded companies with similar business and financial characteristics. 

Lazard first selected sets of publicly traded companies that it believes exhibit similar 

business and financial characteristics to J. Crew and Madewell. Criteria for the selected 

reference groups included, among other relevant characteristics, similarity in 

operations, business risks, growth prospects, product mix, customer base, margins, 

market presence, size and scale of operations. The selected reference groups may not 

be comparable to J. Crew and Madewell in all aspects, and may differ materially in 

certain specific respects.

In deriving Enterprise Value ranges under the Comparable Public Company 

Analysis methodology, Lazard used earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and 

amortization (“EBITDA”) as its primary valuation metric. Lazard calculated FY2019A 

(representing Chinos Holdings’s fiscal year ending February 1, 2020) and FY2021E 

(representing Chinos Holdings’s fiscal year ending February 1, 2022) multiples of this 

reference group, applying certain qualitative judgments based on the characteristics of 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 168 of 171
3

J. Crew and Madewell and each of their selected reference groups. Lazard then applied 

a range of multiples to the implied FY2019A and FY2021E EBITDA of each of J. Crew 

and Madewell. 

(iii) Precedent Transaction Analysis:

Precedent Transaction analysis estimates value by examining comparable 

precedent merger and acquisition transactions. The valuations paid in such acquisitions 

or implied in such mergers are analyzed as ratios of various financial metrics. These 

transaction multiples are calculated based on the purchase price paid to acquire 

companies that are comparable to J. Crew and Madewell. Precedent Transaction 

analysis reflects aspects of value other than the intrinsic value of a company, and the 

transactions analyzed invariably will have occurred in different operating and financial 

environments. As a result, there are inherent limitations in the application of Precedent 

Transaction analysis to determining the Enterprise Value for Reorganized Chinos 

Holdings. While Lazard considered precedent transactions since 2010, Lazard 

believes that the transactions identified have less relevance when assessing the 

Enterprise Value of Reorganized Chinos Holdings due to the lack of recent and 

comparable observations, among other factors.

C. Application of Valuation Methodologies to the Reorganized Debtors’ Operating 

Segments 

In performing the sum-of-the-parts valuation analysis described above, Lazard separately 

estimated the enterprise values of J. Crew and Madewell based on the application of the Discounted 

Cash Flow and Comparable Public Company analyses. While a sum-of-the-parts approach assigns 

value to each of the Debtors’ two operating segments, the valuation analysis described herein must 

be considered as a whole. Reliance on only one of the methodologies used, or portions of the 

analysis performed, could create a misleading or incomplete conclusion as to Enterprise Value.

(i) J. Crew

Lazard relied primarily relied on two generally accepted valuation techniques: 

(i) DCF Analysis and (ii) Comparable Public Company Analysis in estimating the 

Enterprise Value range for J. Crew.

(ii) Madewell

Lazard relied primarily relied on two generally accepted valuation techniques: 

(i) DCF Analysis and (ii) Comparable Public Company Analysis in estimating the 

Enterprise Value range for Madewell.

THE VALUATION ANALYSIS REFLECTS WORK PERFORMED BY 

LAZARD ON THE BASIS OF INFORMATION IN RESPECT OF THE BUSINESSES AND 

ASSETS OF THE DEBTORS AVAILABLE TO LAZARD AS OF JUNE 10, 2020. IT SHOULD 

BE UNDERSTOOD THAT, ALTHOUGH SUBSEQUENT DEVELOPMENTS MAY HAVE 

AFFECTED OR AFFECT LAZARD'S CONCLUSIONS, LAZARD DOES NOT HAVE ANY 

OBLIGATION TO UPDATE, REVISE, OR REAFFIRM ITS VALUATION ANALYSIS AND 

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 169 of 171
4

DOES NOT INTEND TO DO SO. LAZARD IS NOT MAKING ANY ASSESSMENT 

REGARDING IMPACT OR THE ECONOMIC EFFECTS OF THE COVID-19 VIRUS, 

INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE POTENTIAL IMPACT OR EFFECTS ON THE 

FUTURE FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE REORGANIZED 

DEBTORS. SUBSEQUENT DEVELOPMENTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, IN 

RELATION TO COVID-19, MAY AFFECT THE PROJECTIONS AND OTHER 

INFORMATION THAT LAZARD UTILIZED IN THE VALUATION ANALYSIS. LAZARD 

ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR UPDATING OR REVISING THE VALUATION 

ANALYSIS BASED ON CIRCUMSTANCES OR EVENTS AFTER THE DATE HEREOF.

LAZARD DID NOT INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY THE PROJECTIONS OR OTHER 

INFORMATION THAT LAZARD USED IN THE VALUATION ANALYSIS, AND NO 

INDEPENDENT VALUATIONS OR APPRAISALS OF THE DEBTORS WERE SOUGHT OR 

OBTAINED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. 

THE VALUATION ANALYSIS WAS DEVELOPED SOLELY FOR PURPOSES OF 

THE PLAN AND THE ANALYSIS OF POTENTIAL RELATIVE RECOVERIES TO 

CREDITORS THEREUNDER. THE VALUATION ANALYSIS REFLECTS THE 

APPLICATION OF VARIOUS VALUATION TECHNIQUES, DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE 

AN OPINION AND DOES NOT PURPORT TO REFLECT OR CONSTITUTE AN 

APPRAISAL, LIQUIDATION VALUE, OR ESTIMATE OF THE ACTUAL MARKET VALUE 

THAT MAY BE REALIZED THROUGH THE SALE OF ANY SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED 

OR ASSETS TO BE SOLD PURSUANT TO THE PLAN, WHICH MAY BE SIGNIFICANTLY 

DIFFERENT THAN THE AMOUNTS SET FORTH IN THE VALUATION ANALYSIS.

THE VALUE OF AN OPERATING BUSINESS IS SUBJECT TO NUMEROUS 

UNCERTAINTIES AND CONTINGENCIES THAT ARE DIFFICULT TO PREDICT AND 

WILL FLUCTUATE WITH CHANGES IN FACTORS AFFECTING THE FINANCIAL 

CONDITION AND PROSPECTS OF SUCH A BUSINESS. AS A RESULT, THE VALUATION 

ANALYSIS IS NOT NECESSARILY INDICATIVE OF ACTUAL OUTCOMES, WHICH MAY 

BE SIGNIFICANTLY MORE OR LESS FAVORABLE THAN THOSE SET FORTH HEREIN. 

BECAUSE SUCH ESTIMATES ARE INHERENTLY SUBJECT TO UNCERTAINTIES, 

NEITHER THE DEBTORS, LAZARD, NOR ANY OTHER PERSON ASSUMES 

RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR ACCURACY. IN ADDITION, THE POTENTIAL 

VALUATION OF NEWLY ISSUED SECURITIES IS SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL 

UNCERTAINTIES AND CONTINGENCIES, ALL OF WHICH ARE DIFFICULT TO 

PREDICT. ACTUAL MARKET PRICES OF SUCH SECURITIES AT ISSUANCE WILL 

DEPEND UPON, AMONG OTHER THINGS, PREVAILING INTEREST RATES, 

CONDITIONS IN THE FINANCIAL MARKETS, THE ANTICIPATED INITIAL SECURITIES 

HOLDINGS OF PREPETITION CREDITORS, SOME OF WHICH MAY PREFER TO 

LIQUIDATE THEIR INVESTMENT RATHER THAN HOLD IT ON A LONG-TERM BASIS, 

THE POTENTIALLY DILUTIVE IMPACT OF CERTAIN EVENTS, INCLUDING THE 

ISSUANCE OF EQUITY SECURITIES PURSUANT TO ANY MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE 

COMPENSATION PLAN, AND OTHER FACTORS THAT GENERALLY INFLUENCE THE 

PRICES OF SECURITIES.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 170 of 171
5

Management of the Debtors advised Lazard that the Projections were reasonably prepared 

in good faith and on a basis reflecting the Debtors’ best estimates and judgments as to the future 

operating and financial performance of Reorganized Chinos Holdings. The Valuation Analysis 

assumes that the actual performance of Reorganized Chinos Holdings will correspond to the 

Projections in all material respects. If the business performs at levels below or above those set forth 

in the Projections, such performance may have a materially negative or positive impact, 

respectively, on the Valuation Analysis and estimated potential ranges of Enterprise Value therein. 

In preparing the Valuation Analysis, Lazard: (a) reviewed certain historical financial 

information of the Debtors for recent years and interim periods; (b) reviewed certain financial and 

operating data of the Debtors, including the Projections and anticipated store closure plan; 

(c) discussed the Debtors’ operations and future prospects with the Debtors’ senior management 

team and third-party advisors; (d) reviewed certain publicly available financial data for, and 

considered the market value of, public companies that Lazard deemed generally relevant in 

analyzing the value of Reorganized Chinos Holdings; (e) reviewed certain publicly available 

financial data for transactions involving companies similar in certain respects to J. Crew and 

Madewell; (f) considered certain economic and industry information that Lazard deemed 

generally relevant to Reorganized Chinos Holdings; and (g) conducted such other studies, 

analyses, inquiries, and investigations as Lazard deemed appropriate. Lazard assumed and relied 

on the accuracy and completeness of all financial and other information furnished to it by the 

Debtors’ management and other parties as well as publicly available information.

Lazard did not estimate the value of any tax attributes nor did it estimate the impact of any 

cancellation of indebtedness income on the Reorganized Debtors’ projections. Any changes to the 

assumptions on the availability of tax attributes or the impact of cancellation of indebtedness 

income on the Reorganized Debtors’ projections could materially impact Lazard’s valuation 

analysis.

THE SUMMARY SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE A COMPLETE 

DESCRIPTION OF THE VALUATION ANALYSIS PERFORMED BY LAZARD. THE 

PREPARATION OF A VALUATION ANALYSIS INVOLVES VARIOUS 

DETERMINATIONS AS TO THE MOST APPROPRIATE AND RELEVANT METHODS OF 

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS AND THE APPLICATION OF THESE METHODS IN THE 

PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AND, THEREFORE, SUCH AN ANALYSIS IS NOT 

READILY SUITABLE TO SUMMARY DESCRIPTION. THE VALUATION ANALYSIS 

PERFORMED BY LAZARD IS NOT NECESSARILY INDICATIVE OF ACTUAL VALUES 

OR FUTURE RESULTS, WHICH MAY BE SIGNIFICANTLY MORE OR LESS FAVORABLE 

THAN THOSE DESCRIBED HEREIN.

LAZARD IS ACTING AS INVESTMENT BANKER TO THE DEBTORS, AND HAS 

NOT BEEN, WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR, AND WILL NOT PROVIDE ANY TAX, 

ACCOUNTING, ACTUARIAL, LEGAL, OR OTHER SPECIALIST ADVICE.

Case 20-32181-KLP Doc 707 Filed 08/10/20 Entered 08/10/20 00:04:34 Desc Main

Document Page 171 of 171